A SPECIALIZED MAGAZINE FOR MEDICAL ENTRANCE & 10+2 EXAMS.

Production of Magnesium from Sea Water

Competition
excellent magazine.

Science Vision is an
The theory, multiple choice

& best fifteen questions are

& remarkable features of the magazine.
relevant information in concise & brief

questions, G.K.
useful

gives

It

manner. Every medical aspirant should read

CSV regularly.

Ms. KRATI CHAUHAN

Topper of
8th Position holder

Raj.

in

PMT &

AIIMS-'99

LADIES

New Millennium

RANGE

3 X

KIDS

Series

TN-01
Rs.

699

/-

11

X
1

9018
450
X 3 Rs. 499
1

3 Rs.

II-

I-

Components
are

made

of

Campus range

as per

tfie

of Shoes

International

Standards and are supplied by the

companies of

9064

international repute.

6X10 Rs.

749

3et charged
up!

With Campus

9092
6X10 Rs

990

/-

The lightweight
technology.

The aerodynamic
design.

e contoured grip.

The comfort cushioning.

lish uf

the

SNEAKERS' BOOTS' SHOES SANDALS AND SLIPPERS

nquiries from Distributors

Contact

and chains of Retail shops all over India are solicited.

5472556 Fax 01 1-5473701

01 1-5472500,

K-imiil

cumpusC" ciinipusshoes.coni

In This Issue

March 2000

Year-3

Issue 25
Editorial

Science

News

10

Knowledge

Latest General

Milestones of Science

16

Memorable Points

17
18

Competition Opportunities

19

Science Tips

Our Young TalentsTopper

Editor

8th Position Holder

MAHENDRA

in

Rajasthan

of

PMT and

AIIMS-1 999 Miss Krati Chauhan

22

JAIN

Physics
Chromatic Aberration

24

Measuring Instruments

32

Typical

40

Model Paper

45

Best Fifteen Questions

Numericals

in

47

Physics

Chemistry
Alkaline Earth Metals

Group

IIA

50

Alcohols

58

Typical Model Paper

71

Best Fifteen Questions

Zoology
Annelida

Pheretima Posthuma (Earthworm)

80
90

Snakes
Advertisement

Typical Model Paper

ATUL KAPOOR

Typical Model- Paper

95
97

(Business Manager)
24. Daryaganj,

New

100

Best Fifteen Questions

4840-41 Govind Lane, Ansari Road,

Delhi- 110 002

Phone 3251844. 3251866

:

Botany
The Boundary Around
Soil Erosion

Physical Basis of Life

Editor/Publisher

is

data, figures etc

the Plant Cell

and Conservation
:

Protoplasm

101

105

109

Typical Model Paper

112

Typical Model Paper

115

the articles

Best Fifteen Questions

118

Editor

Other Features

not responsible for views,

expressed

in

by the authors.

No

can be reproduced
any form without the prior

part of this publication

or transmitted

in

Reasoning

in

Physics

119

Reasoning

in

Chemistry

120

written permission from the publishers.

122

True or False
Fill in

Edited and published by

Mahendra Jain for

M/s. Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11 A, Swadeshi
Bima Nagar. AGRA-2 Phone 351238,
351002.
Fax:(0562)351251;
322930;
:

upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
and Printed by him at Printing Unit
Pratiyogita Darpan. Bye pass, Agra.
e-mail

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/

of

125

the Blanks

Assertion and

Reason Type Questions

127

Do You Know

131

133

General Knowledge

CSV Crossword-19
CSV Quiz Contest No.

135
22

136

Readers
To Our
magazine
favourite

issues r
making our
tena
Tree reading

jp (h)S

ma

the

Understand
hints
necessary
are

can recede

a^re,

expert,

the
test in

and

experienced

answe

y0U

aU e

sue

reC e.ve

me
re)y

as
Rely on us

opportune

for

In

(heir

yo*

jssion

e xp

uptoj

read
cSv and

^
t0

it

<

kof(i fe.

success
all su
u a
"
Wishing yo

Q0

^^
(he

^ ardous tasK

^ m0 ^us
enormousj^

r,

P^^M^^^are
s.

pe

eve desired

b(ernS

exa rn.na

with

nl)

fesue

underlying
^nt explan

base

every

MahendraJam
(Editor)

FORTHCOMING COMPETITIVE EXAMS.

2000
in Diploma and
Diploma Exam.

'NIFT'
P.G.

l.l.T.

(Feb. 12, 13)

S.B.I. P.O. Exam.
(Feb. 13)
Navodaya Vidyalaya Joint Entrance Test (Feb. 13)
Association of Indian Management

Schools (AIMS) Test for ATMA

(Feb. 20)
B.S.R.B. Bangalore (Canara, Corporation
& Vijaya Bank) P.O. Exam.
(Feb. 20)
S.S.C.

Combined

Preliminary

(Graduate Level) Exam.

Madhya Pradesh B.Ed. Entrance

2000
Combined Defence Service Exam.

Test,

Joint Entrance Test in Hotel

(3

years Diploma Course)

M.P. P.S.C.

C.S.V./

Exam. 2000

(Feb. 27)

(March 12)
(April 9)

Management
(April 16)
(April

Main Exam.

AFMC

M.B.B.S. Entrance Test

Academy Exam.
Roorkee Engineering (Main) Exam

National Defence

C.B.S.E. Medical Entrance Test

B.S.R.B. (Calcutta) Clerical Exam.
S.S.C. Combined Preliminary

(May 7)
(May 7)
(May 7)
(May 11 & 12)
(May 14)
(May 14)

Exam.

(May 21)

U.P Combined State/Subordinate

Services (P) Exam. 2000
U.P. Polytechnic Entrance Test

(May 28)

(Metric Level)

(For 2000-2001)
Civil

(May 28, 30)

Service (Preliminary) Exam. 2000
(June 4)

B.H.U. Medical Entrance Test

B.S.R.B. (Chennai) P.O. Exam.

(June 4)
(Oct. 30)

30)

March/ 2000/ 4
Copyrighted material

Editorial

God
We

all agree that the picture of

dim and its future is bleak.
poverty in plenty. The

India is

There

is

danger of
true

spirit, lies in

and enlightened

the lack of

patriotism,

so on. But the question

is

why

rules of

life

to think for

asked God for all

might enjoy

life.

things that

God said

on

people of America.

If

people of India

have lost sight of their capabilities,

and forgotten the lessons in self help,
it is quite natural, because no link can
stand without its bottom. Out of
human compassion help of the World
Bank and Save the free world and of
America have made the Indian
leaders lose trust in themselves, and
this distrust is the cause of all failures
and miseries. Boult has rightly said
that They are the weakest, however
strong, who have no faith in them-

So,

Rely only
helps those who

help themselves.

When God has

bestowed

selves his slaves, meaning thereby

losing our freedom to act as per our

which our soul has achieved

so many incarnations.

free

will,

after

on God for help

have they cared or tried to know,
what God has to tell them. A poet
heard His voice and he wrote.
I

asked God

patience,

Patience

is

to

grant

God said
is

me

'No',

a byproduct of

tribulations;
it

happiness,

it

isn't

It

to

give

Who

me
'No'

the capacity to

when
is

outside help

will

whole
I

take

my work

God said

'No',

me

Suffering

March/ 2000/

out.

it

It

hedged

is

with thorns.

One, who is eager to reach the top,

has to clean the thorny and rough
road,

and

that too,

with

his

own

hands. Plato, the Greek philosopher

and

father of the western philosophy

made

clear in

it

that, "the

one of his dialogues

man who makes

everything

happiness depends
not upon other
men, has adopted the very best plan
leads

that

upon

to

himself,

and

for living happily. This is the

man

of

character and wisdom."

After the proverbial massacre,
Nadirshah rode on an elephant to go
round the streets of Delhi to see how
much blood he had shed. He asked
the elephant driver to hand over to
him the driving instrument. But the
elephant man pleaded inability saying
that it was he alone who could
manage the elephant. At once
Nadirshah jumped from the elephant's back, saying "I do not want

my movements be in the hands

someone else." We may abhor

that

of

Nadirshah

for all that

he

did,

did set an unique example

silent

A man who
in

the

but he
in self-

So,

world

that self-reliance

is

the

all great and chivalrous acts

(Emerson). The man was right, who,

basis of
with

a squint

in his

pledged

to self-

takes into his hand.

my lord, as best as can."

young men and women,

remember

is

must be a man with selfand a man of self-confidence must complete whatever he

reliance

confidence,

The earthen lamp says, humbly

"I will,

spare

not

from a corner.

to you.

to

be at
is

refused.

Asks the setting sun

None has an answer

draws you apart from worldly

cares and brings you
closer to Me.
C.S.V./

means

with oneself, to preserve one's

make

reliance.

granted,

God said

asked God

pain,

without anybody's

give you blessings, happiness

up

the capacity to stand

The man, with confidence in himself, howsoever small in the eyes of

the worldly people, is always bubbling with enthusiasm to comeforward
and face the dark forces. The worldpoet Rabindranath Tagore, in his
poetic style goads us to take inspiration from the little earthen lamp

learned.

asked God

is

is

legs,

Self-help

on one's

coming or it

if

we must depend
and success. But

else,

limbs

we depend on some body for

help, it means we should act according to his biddings or make our-

God, and say that

in

move our

If

self-respect,

someone

not

the blessed ones. It is our everyday

experience that no one can climb the
mountain peaks or the stairs of success with his hands in his pocket.

the people believe that

they believe
not

blessings on ourselves,

all

why do we

then

peace

Most of

God

yourself.

help.

selves or their powers.

me

we must realise the message

of truth in the old proverb

ourselves to foreign help specially the

has become customary to say

be successful at the examinations, one must adopt underhand
methods and seek recommendations.
But people do not try to know the
percentage of candidates who have
succeeded through the back door
entry. Let you be sure, our young
friends, that the road to success is
not so simple, as some people try to
It

asked God to help me love

as much as He loves
God said... Ah, finally you
have the idea

ourselves

"with a little luck and plenty of pluck,

a bad mouse sold may bring in gold.

that to

others,

and depend upon our ownselves.

This is because we have accustomed
American dollars and the sacks of
American wheat which the people
sitting in the White House do not
think fit for human consumption the

'No',

and

? The

answer is we have forsaken the

you help yourself

if

I will give you life so that

you may enjoy all things

India's future lies in the

lack of public

help you

will

Our young

friends will

do

well to

remember these words of the great

philosopher mathematician Phythagorus that "Above, all things, reve-

rence yourself."

eye, said, that-

This One
ESUK-

thoughts FOR THE MONTH

> You can not step into same water in a
* There is not much time to lose. Soon
* All glory comes from those who dare.

Rates

river twice.

it

might be too

All

happy

families

own way.
y To err is human,
} A

seem

alike but every

One Copy

Rs. 35/-

One Year

Rs. 335/-

Two Years

Rs. 630/-

late.

Facts do not change with the passage of time.

unhappy family

is

sad

in its

G
to admit one's fault

vocal minority can

Subscription

ship fee by

super-human.

is

MemberM.O. or Bank
Cheques will not be

Please send your

Draft.

create the impression of being the majority.

accepted.

Those who have sharp tongue must not have sensitive skin.
Boots may be different but lickers are the same.
% Fortune favours the brave and success sides the valient.
I-

f-

Liquor on culmination utters the

Money earned

> A highbrow

is

truth.

without sweat creates

* Be neither saint, nor sophist-led,

Money is what money does.

its

own problem.

becoming

but a man.

pays;

it

to

suspend

only whets the appetite of the

appeased.
Faith never

fails.

Have

faith

and never give

member.
will

be accepted only in the

name of M/s Pratiyogita
Darpan, Agra.

a person educated beyond his intelligence.

Appeasement never

M.O. or Bank Draft

In absence of necessary evidence it would be wiser

judgement than to jump to conclusions.

Please
inform
your
Correct Address together
with the period, the month
from which you are

CJ

ORDER FORM
I
want to be a regular
subscriber for Competition
Science Vision. Kindly send
my copy on the following

up.

address

Plemory Retention CoitteSl

Opportunity to
If

MBBS

Win Attractive

Name
Address...:

Prizes]

you are appearing at any examination for admission to

course of AFMC, AIIMS, CPMT, CBSE (Medical) and
to win

any other Medical College/Institute you have a chance

an attractive prize.

Pin

'

All that you are to do is to send us the list of multiple

choice objective questions which were asked in that examination

on the basis of your memory. The questions should be complete

with all the alternatives for answering them. We shall include
all the entries in the contest. Participants with maximum number
of correct questions will be awarded.

[~^_

am sending the M.O. /Bank

Draft for

Rs

Dated
Signature

COMPETITION
SCIENCE VISION
M/s Pratiyogita Darpan

PRIZES

2/1
(i)

First

three participants sending

questions
(ii)

C.S.V./

No

prize

will

is

receive Rs. 200,

maximum number
1

00 and 60 as

admissible for less than

75%

A, Swadeshi

of correct

prize.

questions.

Bima Nagar,

Agra-282 002

Phone

351238, 322930. 351002

Fax:(0562)351251

March/ 2000/

Cop

Now, only

limited copies are

left.

Rush your order today

j.Muaium.-i gtanrrrare
i

^/tsrmn

HIGHLIGHTS OF PREVIOUS ISSUES

March

July '99

'99

November

or Radiation Moment of Inertia

or IUPAC System of Nomenclature of

or Stationary Waves

Organic Compounds
or Mutations
Variation
" A Tiny Group of Tall Plants

or
of
or
or

Gymnosperms
or Nitrogen Cycle
or Many Typical Model Papers
and other Regular Features
Price

Solved Paper

Gametogenesis
Cell-Differentiation and Plant

Tissues
Many Typical Model Papers

Rs. 35/-

EAMCET

'98

Angiosperms

Classification and

Important Families
Typical Model Papers

Many

ment and Metamorphosis

o* Cranial and Spinal Nerves of Frog
or Histology of Root, Stem and Leaf
or Many Typical Model Papers

and other Regular Features

Price

Solved Paper

WBJEE

and other Regular Features

Rs. 35/-

WBJEE

WBJEE'99

May '99
w Digital Electronics

Rs

Solved Papers
'98

ICAR

Noble Gases
or Physiology of Excretion
or Mineral Requirements of Plant
or Special Mode of Nutrition in Plants

- Criteria of Purity and Purification of

Organic Compounds or Entamoeba

Price

Solved Papers
JEE (West Bengal
ICAR

Rs. 35/-

EAMCET

'98)

'98

or Protein Structure and Classification

or Transpiration * Biomagnification
or Many Typical Model Papers

o- Cancer
or Ascaris (Aschelminthes)
or Reproduction and Development in

Histolytica

Leucosolenia (Porifera)

or Isothermal and Adiabatic Processes

of Photoelectric Effect
of Transition Elements
The (7-Block Elements
or Respiration or Endocrinology
or Plants and Human Welfare
or Many Typical Model Papers
:

and other Regular Features

Solved Papers
JIPMER

Price

Pondicherry '98

EAMCET

C.S.V./

and other Regular Features

Price

Solved Papers

Angiosperms

Rs. 35/-

'98

Rs

"

35/"

Wave Motion

and other Regular Features

Price

Solved Paper

Rs. 35/-

WBJEE

Sound

o* Digital Circuits and Logic Gates

or Catalyst and Catalysis

or Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Alkanes

or Hydra Coelenterata
or Eugenics, Euphenics and Genetic
Engineering
of Secondary Growth in Thickness
of Photosynthesis
or Many Typical Model Papers
and other Regular Features
:

Price

Solved Paper

II

or Fertilizers and Biofertilizers

of Many Typical Model Papers

MP PET '99

October '99

June '99

January 2000

Small Biomolecules

BCECE'99

'98

Typical Model Papers

o- Diffraction of Light
or Thermionic Valves
" Chemistry of Hydrogen
" Synthetic Polymers

Model Papers

and other Regular Features

Many

and other Regular Features

Price Rs. 35/-

Typical

Angiosperms
-

or Interference of Sound and Beats

or Elements of Zero Group

'99

o* Polarisation of Light
o- Refraction Through Spherical Surfaces
and Lenses
or Structures of Ionic Solids and
Imperfection in Crystals
o* Alkynes or Acetylenes
or Blood Clotting Mechanism
f Plasmodium (Malarial Parasite)
or Beverages
o- Reproduction and Development in

Thermometry or Photometry
" Rutherford Atom Model and Spectra

Rs. 35/-

'99

December

'98

September '99

BCECE (Bihar) '99

M.P.PMT'99

or Fluids in Motion
Nuclear Energy
Coordination Compounds
or Fuel Cell
of RanaTigrina Fertilization, Develop-

Price

Solved Papers

August '99

or Interference of Light
or Alternating Current
or Chemical Families and Making
New Elements
or Circulatory System

Many

or Vacuum Valve Systems

or Thermal Conduction
o" The Solid State
* Unsaturated Hydrocarbon
of Amoeba (Protozoa)
or Drug Abuse and Addiction
* The Enzymes
o- Plant Breedirg
o* Many Typical Model Papers
and other Regular Features

Price

Solved Paper

'98

April '99

or

Cellular Respiration

and other Regular Features

or

Compounds

Coordination

Of

Rs. 35/-

t CPMT

m de-Broglie Waves

'99

Rs. 35/-

MP PMT

'99

February 2000
or
"
ooo"

Optical Instruments

Cathode Rays and Positive Rays

Group IA

Alkali Metals

Alkyl Halides
General Principles of Taxonomy

w Pollution

f Edaphic Factors
o* Bioenergy
o- Many Typical Model Papers
and other Regular Features

'99

Price

Rs. 35/-

March/ 2000/ 7 /2
CopyrK

And by

saving of foreign exchange.

exporting these isotopes, India

fact

SCIENCE

MNEWS
New

be able

The

will in

to earn foreign currency.

cyclotron

touted as a prime

is

example of nuclear physics. It is

being developed by SINP and West
Bengal Radio pharmaceuticals Ltd.

Hepatitis-B Vaccine

brands

in

the market which use the

caesium chloride in the purifiBevac uses caesiumfree technology making it safe for

phones

Department
logy (DST)

based

liver

and could lead

death due to
cirrhosis or cancer. India has the
to

largest pool of Hepatitis-B carriers.

The company
the

vaccine

is

in

planning to include
the government's

immunisation programme. The company is also working on a project to

develop an Indian version of the vaccine for dengue.

First

medical cyclotron

in

South Asia to function by

2001

the lnsat-3 series,

is

Ariane-space.

satellite-

communication network for

rural development, administration and
poverty alleviation programmes had
also been proposed.

Corp plans
to study

to build

how

Machines
a supercomputer
and

proteins are formed

human diseases. The

new RS/6000 com-

their role in

plan envisions a
puter,

named
1

'Blue Gene', capable of

quadrillion operations

in

1997.

The Blue Gene supercomputer

be used

tracked

will

nal

border reconnaissance, law and order

operations for Indian defence and

giving scientists

loping

remote-controlled

The remote-controlled

police forces.

vehicle called the Articulated Tracked

Vehicle (ATV),

aimed

is

at functioning

hazardous environments like

reconnaissance in hostile regions in
in

bomb

border areas,

defusion and

riot

control to avoid endangering lives of

Though

personnel.

only

mounted

of the project

the

ATV

against

miles
control

ATV

for

an adaplaw and order

country

the

away and
it

proteins fold,

and doctors

better

from

bunkers,

the operator can

with the help of a

mounted

facilitates guiding

vehicle through

oough

deciphering the entire

human

genetic

code by 2005.

would be

The ATV can be

controlled

camera which

how

resistant viruses, induding HIV. IBM's

ATV

infiltrators. Similarly,

in

of

diseases and ways to

combat them. Projected to be 500
times faster than the most powerful
supercomputers, Blue Gene would
help
pharmaceutical
companies
design prescription drugs customised
to the needs of individuals. It would
allow doctors to respond rapidly to
changes in bacteria that lead to druginsight into

breakthrough technology under taking

would build on the roadmap being
created by the Human Genome Project, an initiative that has set a goal of

develop an

guns to provide firepower when used in border areas

tation of the

to create three-dimensio-

is

to

is

with on-board

forces

models

with a camera, the aim

remotely

substantial

genetic secrets
International Business

vehicle to help boost anti-terrorist,

for riot control.

in

Supercomputer to probe

deve-

enable sophisticated treatment of

cancer and heart diseases, within the
reach of common man. Since isotopes
have to be imported at great cost, the
result

intelligent facilities to make the ATV

smart and autonomous in a. limited
way under the control of the operator.

Intelli-

is

active isotopes for medical purposes,

will

is

away with the help of

and the on-board camera.
The video and joystick signals are
transmitted by an antenna. Further
research is aimed at adding more

Kasparov

for Artificial

cyclotron, which will develop radio-

cyclotron

system by an operator who

beat world chess champion Garry

The Centre

gence and Robotics (CAIR)

attached with a long arm for safe

removal and defusion of bombs
placed by terrorists and water cannon

will

walls

like

second, or 100 times more powerful

than 'Deep Blue', the machine that

Remote-Controlled
Vehicle

currently developed prototype

Chidambaram, participating in the

SINP golden jubilee celebrations. The

simpler

structures. This enables control

more than

security

South Asia's first medical cyclotron being developed by the Calcuttabased Saha Institute of Nuclear
Physics (SINP) will be ready for
commercial application by mid 2001
This was declared by Atomic Energy
Commission (AEC) Chairman Dr. R.

made

joystick

scheduled for launch in February this

year from Kourou in French Guyana
using a launch vehicle of French

Company

liver

Science and Techno-

of

is

VS Ramamurthy said. The

satellite, first in

cation process,

Bevac is the product of an award

winning technology in R & D excellence
developed
by Hyderabadbased Bharat Biotech International
Limited. It was noted that Hepatitis-B
is a dreaded disease which destroys

secretary of

satellite early this year,

ATV

penetrate solid obstacles

and

own satellite-based mobile

telephony services may become ope-

toxic

use.

Controlling the

as the video feedback is through a

radio modem as radio waves can

physically miles

Insat-3B will launch Sat

rational with the launching of lnsat-3B

vaccine, unlike the other conventional

with the view of different targets.

of the

India's

Hyderabad-based Biological E.
Limited announced the launch of
Bevac, a new generation recombinant Hepatitis-B vaccine. Marketed
under the brand name BEVAC, the

camera also provides the operator

terrain.

the

The

Bacteria found in deep

Antarctic ice
have been surprised
deep in
Antarctic ice above a freshwater lake
that lies beneath the thick frozen
surface.
Two teams of scientists
Biologists

finding evidence of bacteria

found evidence of bacteria

living in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/

Cop

above Lake Vostok, a subglacial

body of water, the size of Lake
Ontario that is one of the deepest
bodies of water on Earth and is
located more than two miles under
the East Antarctic ice cap. From a

together into a ball. In the process of

creating this ball, the lasers slow

biologist's perspective,

and then

ice

this

is

the

Lake biology', said John

Montana University, who led
one of the two groups. The bacteria
are similar to those known as proteobacteria and actinomycetes, which

a 32-bit multi-tasking, multi-user operating system that runs on most

through a microwave-filled cavity.

computers and interoperates well with

other systems like Apple, Microsoft.
To develop and market the supercomputers, Jaya-chandra has incor-

ball

exis-

frozen oceans.

New Sweeteners
Thirteen new sources of natural
sweeteners from various plants found
mostly in the Himalayas have been
identified by the scientists at
the
of
Sugarcane
Indian
Institute
Research, Lucknow. Newly discovered non-saccharide sweeteners 100
to 10000 times more sweeter than
sucrose. The herbal, sweeteners do
not have any adverse impact on
health which is common problem of
synthetic sweeteners like saccharin,
aspartance and cyclamate. These are
used as alternatives to sugar.

Under the influence of gravity, the ball

falls back down through the
cavity. The entire round trip for the
ball of atoms takes about a second.
then

At the finish point, another laser

ride

sweeteners good

for

health,

drochalcocene and dihydroisocoumarires are produced in plants during

food generation process as byproducts and these are used by plants to
fight pathogens.

New Atomic Clock

Termed NIST F-1, the new
cesium atomic clock at NIST's
Boulder, Colo, has the distinction of

being the most accurate clock

in

the

is

directed at the cesium atoms. Only

those whose atomic states are altered by the microwave cavity are
induced to emit light, known as
fluorescence. The photons emitted in
fluorescence are measured by a
detector. This procedure is repeated
many times while the microwave
energy in cavity is tuned to different

ding

porated Peacock Solutions Private

Limited as the wholly Indian subsidiary

New York-based NRI group's

Peacock systems.

of the

Male

or genetic factors.

causes are

much

genetic ones.

and,

in

turn

makes

ultraprecise time

men

are

understood,

is known about the

Men and males of other

less

mammalian species have both

hallmarks of being male

some

India's First Linux

Supercomputer

X,

and

Y chromosomes, unlike females, who

have two X chromosomes. The major
function of the Y chromosome is to
determine maleness. One of the
is

duction of sperm, and the

keeping possible.

sterile.

The environmental

relatively well

but

is

of

This can be caused by environment

achieved that alters the

states of most of the cesium atoms
and maximizes their fluorescence.
This frequency is the natural resonance frequency for cesium atom-the
characteristic that defines the second
frequency

Infertility

3%

Nearly

frequencies. Eventually, a microwave

number

the pro-

Y chromo-

genes for
the constituents of sperm. If any of
these critical genes are disrupted,
contains a

of

can resulteither from defecsperm, or the complete lack of

sterlity

A NRI

Five types of herbal non-saccha-

terpenoids, steroidal, saponin, dihy-

areas, inclu-

push is just enough to

aboOt a metre high

little

the

The

many

medicine,
defence,
space,
meteorology and the Internet. Linux is

This

soil.

to gently

of the lasers are turned

all

loft

in

used

available for

is capable
computing at
breakneck speeds has a wide range

of applications in

vertical lasers are

toss ball upward (the 'fountain' action)

off.

in Lake
Vostok and elsewhere has given
scientists hope that life could exist in
similarly
forbidding conditions on
other planets. For example, one of
Jupiter's moons, Europa may have

made

two

Priscu of

are usually found

being

is

A supercomputer that

of handling large scale

'Holy Grail of

tence of such 'extremophiles'

and

India
sale.

down the movement of the atoms and

cool them to near absolute zero. The

from Bangalore has deve-

loped India's

first

commerical super-

computer based on the Linux operating system, that costs just a fraction
of what a conventional 'Cray' does.
Mahesh Jayachandra (37), who has
built two models of a super-computer.
The two models 'Peacock and
Maya'will cost between 5 lakhs and
Rs. 10 lakhs each while a Cray costs
nearly 10 million dollars (about 50
crore). He explains, 'Standard benchmarks have demonstrated that Peacock and Maya achieve performances comparable to super-compu-

tive

them although males

with

such

mutations might be otherwise healthy.

One

of

these conditions

is

'Azoosper-

mia', in which a male makes no

sperm. Mutations the remove large

DNA within the Y chromo'deletious' have

been associated with Azoospermia,
precisely
which
gene or genes
but
within a particular region cause the
defect was unknown. A group of
pieces of

someknown as

geneticists Sun, Skaletsky, Birren,

Devon, Tang,
located the

Oates have now

'Azoospermia gene'

Silber,

first

ters costing millions of dollars.

on the

Jayachandra, a neurophysiolocurrently associated with the

physiology department of St. John's

described the identification of the

gene as 'USP9Y', within one of the

a gas of cesium atoms is intro- Medical College at Bangalore. Linux

duced into the clock's vacuum cham-* based supercomputers have been
ber. Six infrared laser beams then are
developed and are being used widely
directed at right angles to each other
by universities and other agencies in
at the centre of the chamber. The
U.S. But it is for the first time that a
lasers gently push the cesium atoms
similar system has been developed in

While screening a large population of

infertile men, the researchers noticed

World. NIST's F-1

fountain clock
fountain-like

obtain

its

is

referred to as a

because

movement

uses a
atoms to

it

improved reckoning of time.

First,

C.S.V./

of

gist,

Y chromosome. They have

large regions of the

that

one

USP9Y

Y chromosome.

men had a mutation in

stopped the gene from
and caused Azoospermia.

of the

that

functioning

March/ 2000/
Copyrighted material

Mrs.

ABBREVIATIONS

Maneka was chosen for her abihuman and animal

ding concern for

welfare and her valuable work for the

IASM Indian

country.

Association of Sports Medicine

Sports medicine specialist, Dr. P. S. M. Chandran has been elected the

president of IASM. Sanjeev Sahni of Sports Authority of India

was

elected

SITAStudies

Information Technoiogy Applications

in

The World Bank-aided programme SITA aims to train socially disabled

in computer skills to help them earn a livelihood. The idea behind the

women
project

'Educating a

is

man

is

educating an individual; Educating a

woman

Bai Holkar, Kanngi, Mata Jijabai, Rani

Lata Mangeshkar AwardWellknown playback singer S. P. Bala-

AWARDS
tural

MedalThe
Dr.

scientist,

agricul-

M. S. Swami-

nathan, has been nominated for the

Franklin D. Roosevelt Four

Medal

Freedoms

2000.

in

subramanyam has been chosen

Lata Mangeshkar Award 1999 for
invaluable contribution to the

tion to the field of light music.

of the developing nations.

for his

Franklin

Financial Express

Home

Union

Award

ter's

Minister's

prestigious Union
for

1998 has gone

Award

Home

Minis-

Forensic Science for

to Mr. T. R.

Nehra, a

distinguished forensic scientist as

Principal

Scientific

Officer

in

the

personal courage and

awards

Barua

Assam

will

Assa-

receive the

Valley

poems

Safety
of

Gas

in

integrity.

sion of the International

Day on March 8.
The idea to institute awards, was

tive

side of

achievements by women.

Gandhi

Indira

AwardThe

Rajbhasha

Tehri Hydro Develop-

ment Corporation

Ltd.

(THDC) has

plant

Award for 1998-99. Mr. M. L. Gupta,

Chairman and managing director of

has received the Safety award fronv

THDC

Gujarat Safety Council and Gujarat

in

in category II,
group C for the year 1997 for their
performance in industrial safety. GAIL
had earlier bagged this award in 1996

ding work performance of

the melody

also.

has been selected

for the N. T.

Rao

Award

factory inspectorate

Dr.

A.

N.

Rai, Director of Extension, Ministry of

been conferred the

2000 Millennium Award for his
and science of

Agriculture, has
India

in

received the Rajbhasha Shield

PSUs

the category of

for outstanofficial

NTR Award Lata

queen

National Film

of

Mangeshkar,
Indian cinema
for

Awards 1998

Bureau of Investigation'
Nehra has been honoured
with the award for his contribution in
the field of forensic documents examination which won him international

communication

National Mineral Awards

(CBI). Mr.

lture,

been given

recognition.

has been jointly given by the International Association of Educators for

World Peace and the World Institute
Building Programme.

Award Mr.

K.

sons

in

recognition of their outstan-

ding contribution to sculpture.

C.S.V./

Diwaliben AwardThe Minister

and Empowerment, Mrs. Maneka Gandhi, is to
be honoured with the 1999 Diwaliben

of State for Social Justice

Award

for her outstanding contribu-

tions to the

cause

of vegetarianism.

for

growth and development of Indian

cinema.

of the Central

Jakanachari

Rama

1999

her outstanding contribution to the

contributions to the art

in the areas of agricueducation and environment. It

work

Hindi.

Central Forensic Science Laboratory

Shamaraya Acharya of Karkala has

been chosen for the Jakanachari
Award for 1999, which is given to per-

by

project the posi-

the contributions and

received the Indira Gandhi Rajbhasha

1991.

AwardWagodhia

Authority of India Ltd. (GAIL)

Millennium Award

The

Women's

to counter the glorification of Sati

Literary

Barua had earlier

received the Sahitya Akademi award
for 1999.

for displaying

be presented on the occa-

will

some elements and

Noted

writer Ajit

prestigious

AwardThe

Punjab Governor, Lt. Gen. (Rtd.) J. F.

R. Jacob presented the 'Financial
Express Award for Economics 1999'
to the former member of Planning
Commission and renowned economist Prof. B. S. Minhas.

The

mese

Award

known

Indian history

for

field of

Award

Literary

Institute, in its

Gaidenlou Zeliang, and Rani Lakshmi

Bai,
eminent personalities in the

his.

music. The coveted annual award

was instituted by the Madhya Pradesh
Government for exceptional contribu-

and
Eleanov
communication to Dr. Swaminathan, said his
extraordinary work as an agricultural
scientist leading the Green Revolution and bringing hope to the people

The

Roosevelt

women who excel in various fields.

The awards Stree Shakti Puraskar
each carrying Rs. One lakh in cash,
have been named after Devi Ahilya

is

educating a family.'

Roosevelt

PuraskarThe
Stree Shakti
Government has announced the instiawards for

tution of five national

secretary of the association.

National Mineral
to nine

1 998 have
eminent geoscien-

tists.

The award winners include Mr.

Rabindra Nath Patra, Senior Geologist with the Geological Survey of
India (GSI) for

making a

significant

contribution towards system exploration of

Platinum

gi

oup

of

elements

in

Baula-Naushi pocket of Orissa. Mr. C.

P. Sisodia, Director (Geology) of the

GSI received the award

in

association

March/ 2000/ 10
Copyrighted material

with Mr. A. K. Chattopadhya, also a

making a

Director at the GSI, for

'Poppaya* at the 31st International

of Malaysia

Film Festival of lndia-2000.

U.K.

significant contribution in identifying

the second largest lead-zinc deposit

in

Kayar

Ajmer

in

Rajas-

district of

than. Dr. D. C. Panigrahi, Professor

Indian School of Mines has been

awarded for his work in underground
mines ventilation engineering and
design of work place environment in

underground mines, including

heat and humidity problem.
Another

recipient

Dr.

is

the

making a

for

significant con-

ribution in identification of high pre-

ssure

dee

Nilgiri
is

Another awar-

granulites.

Mohamad

Mr.

J.

Ahmed,

Senior Geologist with GSI for his con-

Narmada Sagar Mega

tribution in the

Project. Mr. C. V. R.

Sarma,

Scientific

Officer in Atomic Mineral Division

received the award

has

association

in

with Mr. R. Sreehari, also Scientific

Officer

the

in

contributing

same

division,

for

designing a compact

in

Note Book Personal

based Air-borne Gamma

high-sensitivity

computer

Ray Spectrometric survey system.

Yet another recipient

is

'Postmen

petition,

was picked up

Mr. Amit

Mathura
vative

for India.

Singer-

Awards

Bob Dylan and violinist

have won Sweden's
Polar Music Award, dubbed the nobel
prize for musicians. The international

prize

writer

Stern

awarded by the Royal Swedish

of Music, has been given to

Academy

musicians since 1992.

International Film Festival of

lndia-2000
film-maker

AwardsThe Malyalam
Jayraj,

whose

Oil's

has been awarded

refinery

for 1999.

It

film

'Karunam' shared the Golden Peacock Award for the best film by an
Asian director with the Japanese film

of

has been awarded posthumously to

Maj. Sudhir Kumar of 9 Para (special
force)

his

for

gallantry

insurgency operations

in

counter-

Jammu and

in

Kashmir, while Mahavir Chakra, the

second highest war-time

has been awarded to
sepoy Imliakum A.O.of the second
battalion of Naga Regiment for his
nation's

gallantry award,

role in Kargil operation.

Param

Chakra Param

the second time the refinery was

bestowed with a prestigious award,
Earlier, it had received the United
Baldrige national
States Malcolm
quality award and Doming prize of

of captains, Vikram, Batra

Japan.

posthumously, as also to Rifleman

Screen-Videocon
Awards
'Nayi Disha', a non-film music album
penned by Prime Minister Atal Behari
Vajpayee, has been nominated in

Sanjay

was

categories

four

Kumar Pandey, both

Kumar

Yogendra

Premji and Jagjit

HMV,

became
album

the

for the

Nayi Disha

highest

third

year

in

selling

the non-film

of

the 51st

Vibhushan

Eminent

writer R.K. Narayan, Chief Election

M.S.

Dr.

Gill,

ISRO

chairman Dr. K. Kasturirangan, Former Union Minister Mr. Sikander

Bakht, noted economist Prof. Jagdish
Bhagwati, Prof. K.N. Raj, Swami
Ranganathananda of the Ramkrishna
Mission, Mr. M. Narsimham.

Padma Bhushan Film

star

Rajnikant, Eminent industrialist Mr.

Ratan Tata, the former information

advisor to Indira Gandhi Mr. H.Y.
Sharada Prasad, noted Islamic scholar Maulana Wahiduddin Khan.

Padma Sri Music

Rahman,

film

Kapoor,

actress

film

director A.R.

director

Hema

Shekhar

Malini, film

Ramanand

producer

and

Sagar and

Prof. G. L. Bondarevsky
Ms. Janaky Athinahappan

of Russia,

director

award

and
Grenadier
Yadav for their

World Conference on EthnicityThe Punjabi University hosted

an international conference on ethnicity in

the First World, the Third World

and ex-communist countries on January 6 to 8. The conference was orgain

collaboration with the Inter-

national Political Science Associa-

the awards on

Padma

got the

of

SEMINARS/
FESTIVALS

Research Committee on
and Ethnicity.

tion's
tics

Republic Day.

Commissioner

and Manoj

whom

gallantry

EXHIBITIONS/

nised

Following are the eminent recipients

Vir

parents

CONFERENCES/

collection of

(Lataji

Singh

to the

gallantry during Kargil conflict..

The album, based on Vajpayee's

Singh) Released by

highest

country's

this year.

poems, has been nominated for the best non-film album,

best lyricist (Atal Behari Vajpayee),
best singer (Jagjit Singh) and best

Vlr

Chakra was presented

coveted

the

of

Screen-Videocon Awards

Republic Day Awards

Gandhi Peace Prize The President, Mr. K. R. Narayanan presented Gandhi Peace Prize 1999 to Baba
Amte. The award carries a cash prize
of Rs. 1 crore and a citation. The President said Baba Amte's life and
activities have been animated by the
constructive programme devised by
Mahatma Gandhi for attainment of

Isaac

Jury

Innovative

Indian

Management award

category.

Godavari valley and Thanjavur.

song

Peacock

Golden

cessfully tested in the southern part

Polar Music

the Mountains'

Management Award

composer

independence

in

for the Special

and S.N. Gourisaria

Ashok ChakraAshok Chakra

com-

Award which also carries a Silver

Peacock and Rs. 2-5 lakhs. This film
was directed by Huo Jianqi.

Bhusan Dutt, Deputy Director General of GSI for his contribution in developing exploration models for coal
and lignite deposits which were sucof

entry for the

the prestigious Golden Peacock InnoC.

Srikantappa, Professor, University of

Mysore,

The Chinese

International

Poli-

Physics Confe-

renceTo mark the 75th anniversary

quantum mechanics, a science that
changed human perception about
nature in the 20th century, a threeday International Physics Conference
of

was organised from December 28. It

was attended by several distinguished

scientists from

all

over world.

Human

Unity ConferenceThe
five-day 19th International Human
Unity Conference concluded at New
Delhi

on January

2,

2000.

Sant

Rajinder Singh Maharaj said the body

a temple of God and living in the

body is the soul, we should live like
we are in a place of worship, in a
temple of God, full of love that the
whole world is enlightened.
is

Seminar on
2000'The second

'Indian No-Dig
national seminar
and exhibition 'Indian No-Dig 2000'

C.S.V./March/2000/ll
Copyrighted material

on

trenchless

was

held from January 20 to 22 at the

technology

(no-dig)

Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi.

The seminar was organised by

January 26 International Customs Day and Republic Day of India.

January 30 Martyr's Day.

the

Indian Society for Trenchless Tech-

nology (INDSTT)

in

BOOKS

collaboration with

(CIDC).

De.
Inside Diplomacy Written by
Kishan S. Rana.

The

technology,

environment friendly and cost-effective. It is unique

technique for laying, replacing and
renovating of underground utilities
such as power and telecommunication cables, sewage, water supply
and gas pipelines etc. without digging
the ground. The Government has
appointed NBCC as a nodal agency
for promotion of trenchless techno-

Musharraf-

Written by Sulakshan Mohan.

commonly known as no-dig method

of. construction, is

under

Pakistan

Development

Construction Industry

Council

Speed PostWritten by Shobha

Construction Corporation

(NBCC), Ministry of Science and

Technology, International Society for
Trenchless Technology U. K. and

Chidambaram died at Chennai. He

was a multi-faceted personality,
whose activities encompassed fields
such as the

ministry of urban technology, National

Buildings

M. A. Chidambaram A doyen
South Indian industry, M. A.

of

Cup 1999

World

Cricket

Written by Pradeep Mandhani.

My Search

due

on

particle

Nature-

Khand Written

by P. C.

to

stroke. Wilson,

an expert

accelerators,

or cyclo-

worked with Enrico Fermi on

the secret Manhattan project that

the World's

built

atomic bomb.

first

PERSONS

Pai.

Kalidasa's Image of
Written by M. Fahimuddin.

Kal

tion

My Evolution-

Laxman

Written by

Wilson American
Robert
Atomic physicist Robert Wilson, who
had a leading role in developing the
atomic bomb during World War II,
died on January 16, from complica-

trons,

Issues and Themes of Indian

PoliticsWritten by S. N. Balasundaram.

Tamil language,

arts,

education, health and philanthrophy.

IN

THE NEWS

Mr. Boris Yeltsin Russia's President Mr. Boris Yeltsin resigned on

Katoch.

December

31,

Third World in the Age of GlobalisationWritten by Ash Narain

Roy.

ahead

his

Seminar on EarthquakesThe
earthquakes seminar was inaugurated on January 6, 2000 in the Institution of Engineers (India), Roorkee

appointing Prime Minister. Mr. Vladi-

Local Centre Auditorium by Mr. V

Suresh,
Chairman-Cum-Managing

Written by Harinder Baweja.

logy

in

the country.

Director,

HUDCO, New

Delhi. Several

Kargil

soldiers

Diary-

internationally-famous scientists

New

Roorkee, CSIR,

Delhi.

International desert kite festi-

valThe

fourth international desert

kite-festival
held on January 14,
2000. Participants from USA, UK,

France,

Japan

attended.

etc.

international desert kite festival

organised

by

the

The
was

Department

of

Cardiovascular conference
About 400 Indian and Asian Cardiologists were able to see a live operation
taking place in hospital

in Italy.

During

the procedure, they were also be able

to

ask questions

All this

New

was

to the Italian experts.

possible sitting

in

the

Delhi. G. B. Pant Hospital held

ter cardiovascular interventions from

January 26

to 28.

DAYS

term,

mir Putin as acting President and

urging Russians to vote for him

in

assumed as Commander-inChief of the

armed forces and
also

received the so-called 'nuclear

brief-

mber

26.

He was

57.

A member

of

the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame.

Maylield's hits included the sound
track from 'Superfly', the seminal

Mr. T. S. Krishna Murthy Mr.

Murthy, Secretary, Department of

Company

AN Mian Islamic

and

Muslim Personal Law Board

(AIMPLB) chairman, Maulana Syed
Abul Hasan Ali Nadvi, popularly
known as Ali Mian died on December
All-India

31.

in

new

Election

place of Mr. G. V. G.

Krishnamurthy, who retired on September 30 last. Mr. Krishna Murthy is

a 1 963 batch Indian Revenue Service
(IRS) officer and will have a tenure of
more than five years in the E. C.

Goh Chok Tong Goh Chok

Tong

-scholar

Affairs, is the

Commissioner

Get Ready and Keep

on Pushing.'

visited India in the third

January.

week

of

In his earlier visits to India,

the Singapore Prime Minister had

underlined the imperatives of establipolitical and economic
between the two countries. The

shing closer
links

Indian leaders, in turn, has recogT. N.

mer

nuclear arsenal.

try's

Curtis Mayfield Rhythm and

Blues legend Curtis Mayfield, whose
music helped define the Chicago
sound in the 1960s, died on Dece-

three day Conference on trans-cathe-

months

six

case' with codes controlling the coun-

DEATH

singles 'People

Tourism.

1999,

constitutional

early presidential elections. Mr. Putin

Harvesting Our SoulsWritten

by Arun Shourie.

were
present. The seminar is sponsored by
University of Roorkee, Oil and Natural
Gas Commission, New Delhi, DCBR,

of

Kaul Mr.

foreign

T. N. Kaul, for-

secretary,

who

also

served as India's ambassador to the

US as well as erstwhile USSR, died
on January 16 after a fall in his home
at Rajgarh in Himachal Pradesh. He
was also vice-chairman of Indian

nised the importance of Singapore,

not only

terms but also as

in bilateral

a 'window'

to the other countries of

South-East Asia.

PLACES

IN

THE NEWS

Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR).

January
January

12National Youth Day

15Army Day

Kaul

was

on foreign

the author of several books

policy.

He was

82.

KandharThe
stan which

was

in

the

city

in

Afghani-

news when the

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 12

Copyrighted material

was taken

hijacked Indian Airline plane

base

of Mullah

Katchal

there.

The

island in

Andman and Nicobar was

declared by the Greenwich observatory as the

on earth

to

|GHT:

the

is

It

U mar.

first

place

witness the millennium sunrise.

MISCELLANEOUS
Gandhi

runner-up

Einstein

to

in

Time

Mahatma Gandhi has been named runner-up

physicist, Albert Einstein,

as the person

Describe the role of HerboHeight-Therapy for further and

future Height-Growth facing its
practical challenges.

poll

of the century

is perfect.

fluctuates
of the

Herbo-Height-Therapy has

to noted

opened a new

is

alongwith U. S. President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, by

the renowned magazine in its 'People of the Century

normal

power project

for Rajasthan

One brother is tall, other is short,

sister is tall, other is short, Parents
are tall, children are short and its viceversa also. Some bom normal, some
bom abnormal.

medicine.

HHT
running

beneficiaries to

its

credit in India

Abroad. A landmark record

diet before the age ol 9 years,

height can be attained to the betterextent. HHT has also proved helpful lor
better growth H it is consumed at the

the

age

This claim has not proved false in

Judicial examination and other
Practical Demonstration Tests also
upto the age of 35 years.

'Go by reading

of the State

balanced

and

in

history of future height-growth.

allotted 16-70 hectares land free of cost to the

Rajasthan State Power Corporation Limited.

wind-based power project

stress tree environment with hanging

and stretching exercises, nutritious and

now

with
several thousand

and

first

is

in fourth

decade

MW

The

Hence, none is certain about his

height-growth even to the normal
extent, required or to the desired
extent. But under our experience, if
cares are taken under pollution and

ayurvedic system of

Decks have been cleared for establishment of the second

wind-based power project in Rajasthan with the assistance of the Union Ministry for Non-Conventional Energy
Sources, promising to improve the power situation in the
power plant
State to a considerable extent. The 2-25
will be set up in Deogarh village in Chittaurgarh district, for
which the State Government has given formal sanction

was

positive

get by reading'
on the scale of

result

satisfaction.

set up in

Amarsagar

Jaisalmer

in

district,

and

started

"Height

phenomena

functioning, before schedule, in August this year.

known as

is
:

it

There
Research

famous

personality

the

in

received this honour only

in

no ultimate end

any
always
ol

in this World, it is
subject to improvement. Therefore,
negative approach ol modem science
is one-sided, incomplete and now it is
out-dated also. Science has reversed

own decisions. In the past, it has

declared Small Pox is incureable, T.6.
is also not cureable. Breast feeding is
hamful all negatives. Later, it
observed

all

positive.

Ayurveda, Allopathy, Homoeopathy

are different in principles, in theory, in

of

and also

in merits and
one system fails to cure
and cover any problem, other does
miracle
In case of further and future

practice
demerits,

proud.

If

its

India

is all

of strengthening the extension of frozen

was the result

semen techno-

progeny testing and national

production pro-

logy,

gramme

large increase

milk production

bull

resulting in genetic upgradation of

buffaloes. India

is

also

fifth

largest producer of fish

official

in

cows and

largest producer of eggs, sixth

and second

in

inland fisheries,

an

release said.

Honorary Fellowship The All-India Institute of

Medical Sciences (AIIMS) has decided to confer an
honorary fellowship on Dr. Gro Harlem Brundtland,
Director-General of the World Health Organisation (WHO),
Geneva, and the author

Common

of every environmentalists

Future'. During the last

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 13

Under

R
V
I

it

helps to

it

Explain the concept under which

works upto the age of 35 years.

Ayurveda recognises the peroid ol

youth upto 40 year. Till youth is there,
plus action

is there,

certain

change

in

the body is possible. This is associated

with systems ol 'Sarvdhatu-PushtyParikirya' which converts our food into
Ras, Rakta. Mans, Maidh, Asthi, Majha

proved practically on several thousand

Discuss the strategy of Heightat

different
stages
comparing with contribution of HHT.
Height at birth is around 50 cms
and it grows almost double in two
years. These 100 cms are the basic-

N
T

additional plus,

tone up the functional system ol the

body removing its deficiency and
disorders. Also remove the pimples,
improve the complexion, soften the
skin, sharpen the features, improve the
memory. Feminine breastlines &
disorders turns normal. Bulky & lean
person also become normal.

its

Growth

hand-

43 years,
since its inspection, this is the fourth time that the AIIMS
has decided to confer such a fellowship on an internationally renowned expert.
book, 'Our

height beyond the existing

capacity of the body. Even then it is
not minus, but it is also a normal-plus.

and Shukra. Asthi and Majha are our

bony system and bony-system is our
height. Under this concept this therapy
works upto 35 years and this has

allopathy lails

if

has many plus except its one

it can't
do promise for

maximum

ol this solution.

height growth,

set to

position as the World's largest milk producer in

1999-2000 with the output expected to touch the 781 lakh

tonnes mark, up from 747 lakh tonnes last year.

The

It

limitation that

provide any solution, other systems are

also there HHT is the positive answer

India is largest producer of milk

retain

experience ?

it

computer. Ruchir
88 days and has made India
field

is

7-8-9.

What are the other plus and

minut roles of HHT under your

natural

has no remedy".

Justify your claim in this light ?

World's youngest Microsoft certified system engineer Ruchir Jain has become the youngest Microsoft
certified system engineer of the world. Ruchir Jain, just
13, a student of class 8 of M. G. Public School, Muzaffarnagar (U.P.) has received this honour after passing one of
the toughest Microsoft Certification System Examination
(MCSE). Ruchir got his certificate of excellence, which
has been signed by Mr. Bill Gates himself, the most

environment. Age

one

growth
under

ratio

its

of the (actor, not total criteria.

Height refuses to increase further

boys.

faster than the

Decks cleared

body and

after 'Periods' in girls, after 'Beard' in

after child-birth,

Project'.

one

vista in the history of

medical science against the existing

negative norms of modem science for
further and future height-growth
anytime upto the
age of 35 years,
after marriage,

by

Time magazine. Gandhi was selected as the runner-up

none
As observed, Height-Growth
under plus and minus status

limitations for height-growth, but

growth of the body. Deduct these 100

cms from the existing height, remaining
centimetres are the normal growth of
the body. Divide it with years of age,
in a
its ratio would be around 3-2-1
month and with HHT ratio you gain by
10-9-8-7-6-5-4-3
under plus and
minus status of the body. Faster than
the normal growth ratio.

mm

mm

This time-tested therapy helps to

(2-4
increase height by 20 to 40
cms) in short course ol 3 month, 50 to
in lull course ol 1 year, 5 to
100

mm

mm
mm

10
in 1 month
mutual confirmation

trial

doses under

ol Height before

&

alter the course.

Sometimes, Growth turns

Slow-Sluggish-Stop, does not
grow further, during the growth
period. Why it Is so ? Any helpful
suggestions ?
There are various norms

ol

age

beneficiaries.

Do you need any

test report for

joining the course ? Required

information be given with Its
expenditure to follow the procedure.
Alter mutual enquiry, under our
procedure, height ol the candidate is
confirmed under mutual satisfactions,
file is prepared, required doses are
given with prospectus and necessary
directions,

Regn. number

is

also alloted

for future verification ol the result after

every shod course ol 3 month and after

I month trail doses, if desired. Doses
are in the shape ol capsules & drops.
Free Irom exercises, reactions,

and bitter taste, to be used

home. No frequent visits.

restrictions

at

Normal charges for 3 months short

course are Rs. 6,000/- and lor 1 month
trial doses Rs. 2,000/-+ Rs. 100/-Regn7
Post (In India) through MO/DD in the
name el Dr. 0. P.'Bagga, Bazar Lai
Kuan (Opposite Koocha Pandit)
Demi - 1 10006. Phone : 3262426 daily
I I to 6 except Sunday Send self-add-

stamped enveloped

lor

more

details.

Earlier, this fellowship

was con-

upon the Nobel laureate Har-

ferred

gobind Khurana, the former

John

sident, Dr. Patrick

Irish

Pre-

Hillery

and

former Prime Minister of Mauritius,

Seewoosagar Ramgoolam.

Dr. Sir

New
Islands

President

new

ted a

of the

President

Marshall

for

The Marshall

Islands elec-

when Members

(Parliament) unani-

Nitijela

mously voted in three-term Speaker

Kessai Note to replace Imata Kabua.

who as Speaker

Note,

successfully

battled the former President

and

his

two years, became the

serve

all

the Democratic

Sam Gejdenson,
member of the

South Asia issues as well as budget

and oversight of the State Department, the US Agency for International

Development (USAID) and the United
Nations. She also works for refugee
assistance and humanitarian relief.
World's biggest hydel plant

The World's
power

be set up

Kumaramangalam

in

in

at

Arunachal Pradesh.
Mr.

Minister,
told

P.

R.

newspersons

at Guwahati, that the project

1979.

up the
Dihang

plant capable of lighting

entire east will

since this north Pacific nation began

government

hydroelectric

is

expec-

21000 MW, and

Novelist of the century The

author of the timeless classics,

ted to generate

'Charitraheen' and 'Grihadaha', Sarat

Chandra Chatterjee,
has
been
chosen novelist of the century in an

Sonia Gandhi to be replaced

as IGNCA ChiefThe Government

online poll conducted by a literary

Indira Gandhi National Centre for Arts

(IGNCA) and appointed a new

magazine. He

wan

is

followed by Bhag-

S. Gidwani, R. K.

Narayan and

Munshi Premchand.

involvement
currency

Indian

counterfeit

in

dealing.

Wassim

Saboor was allegedly caught with

fake Indian Bank notes worth Rs.
50000, while trying to sell them to a
Nepalese Government agent.

becomes Microsoft
A teena-

Jaipur boy

database administrator

ger has accomplished a rare feat by

becoming youngest Microsoft Certified

and

Database Administrator (MCDBA)

Microsoft

Certified

Developer (MCSD).

Solution

Govind

Jajoo

cleared both the exams. Govind,

is

at present

tion

a second year gradua-

student

Rajasthan.

who

of

He

is

the

University of

already the youn-

gest Microsoft Certified Professional

(MCP), with Internet specification and

Microsoft Certified

System Engineer.

Gujarat-born on US Congressional panel A Gujarat-bom Nisha

Desai has joined the Democratic

professional staff of the powerful

House

US

of Representatives Internatio-

Committee, becoming
the first Indian American to serve on
the panel. Nisha Desai is required to
nal Relations

units each.

recast the board of trustees of the

Member
fresh

Nepal orders expulsion of

Pakistan diplomat The Nepalese
Government has ordered expulsion of
a junior diplomat of the Pakistani
Embassy in Kathmandu for his
alleged

have three

will

Secretary,

elections

for

who
the

will

conduct

president's

post shortly. Mrs. Gandhi's term as

president is deemed to have lapsed

997 as the amendment introduced

to the IGNCA'S Trust. Deed making
her president for life has been found
in 1

ultra vires.

obtained

According to legal advice

by the government, the

amendments

IGNCA

introduced

to

the

The

interna-

first

tional film festival of the

new

mille-

nnium, 31st International Film Festival of India

opened on January

Whistle'.

Chamera
prestigious

project

Work on the

mW Chamera hydro-

300

project

(Stage-ll)

the

in

Chamba district has been undertaken

on a war footing so as to complete
within scheduled five years. So far
600 metres of excavation job in the
underground cower" house tunnel, tail
race tunnel, Adit-I and
tunnel has
been completed within four months.
The Rs. 1682 crore project is being
executed on the Ravi river. The
efforts were on the speed up the
construction work of the project to
complete it within its five-year sche(

II

dule.

India's first medical portal

Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. and

first

medical community

times,

Com, which

is

portal,

media-

designed

updates,

powerful medical

links to

knowledge

and

resources

reputed

hearing

the chief guest at the Republic

petition, challenging the

legality of the

amendments. The new

member-secretary, Dr. N. R. Shetty,

is a former V. C. of Bangalore University. Of the 19 trustees, 12 had retired, two had died and one had
resigned. Of the earlier trustees, only
four

Mrs.

have been retained. They are

Sonia

Gandhi,

Narasimha Rao,

Mr.

P.

V.

Yashpal and
Dr. Abid Hussain. The new-look list
figures vocalist Pandit Bhimsen Joshi,
journalist M. V. Kamath, Indologist
Vidya Niwas Mishra, educationist H.
Narasimahiah, film director Aparna
Sen, painter Anjolie Ela Menon,
singers Bhupen Hazarika and K. J.
Yesudas, dancers V. S. Sharma and
Sonal Mansingh, former ambassador
L. M. Singhvi and agricultural scientist
M. S. Swaminathan.
Prof.

to

serve the country's medical doctors.

Mediatimes Com provides doctors
with round the clock online access to
the latest medical information, regular

journals. In addition,

its

Dr.

HQ

investments have launched India's

deed in 1995
were ultra vires and thus were liable
to be ignored. The Delhi High Court
had in September asked the government to take appropriate action after
trust's original

10,

2000 at New Delhi. India enjoys the

honour of hosting the millennium's
first cinema festival. The Film Festival
opened with Cuba's film 'Life is to

electric

biggest

and Subansiri
The Power

constitutional

She covers

panel.

Film festival

of

directly to

the ranking minority

third President of the Marshall Islands

ruling party for

members

and reports

the Committee,

allows doctors

it

nefworks to facilitates exchange of

ideas, experiences and information.

R-Day Chief guestNigeria's

was
Day
celebrations this year. The President,
a former army general who handed
President Olusegun Obasanjo

over power to a

was a

civilian

government,

prisoner

political

during

Abacha's military rule. He is passionate about democracy and played a

decisive role

the

in

getting Pakistan out of

Committees

of

the

Common-

Durban. Obasanjo led the

campaign by African and Pacific
wealth

in

island

states

not

to

allow

Western countries adopt a

some
'softer"

approach.

SPORTS

T.

IOA honours Dhyan Chand, P.

Usha Hockey Wizard Dhyan

(Continued on Page

18

CAV./ March/ 2000/ 14

Copyrighted material

UPKAR Presenting a Successful Range of

PRACTICE

WORK-BOOKS

GOLDEN FUTURE
IN

WITH
UPKAR PRAKASHAN
Swadeshi Beema Nagar, Agra-282 002.
E-mail upkar @ nde.vsnl.net.
2/1 1A,

Ph.:

351238,351002. Fax: (0562) 351251

in

Branch Office
4840-4 l.Govind Lane, Ansari Road, 24,Daryaganj,New

CS.V./ March/ 2000/ 15

Delhi-1

10 002.

Ph.:

3251844,3251866

MILESTONES of science
Bovine pregnancy
G.B. Pant
University of Agriculture and Technology have developed a special chemical, which can detect pregnancy
through milk within 20 days after
Scientists

the

at

insemination.

introduced through the leg vein under

Water purification using

X-ray guidance and deployed at the

site of the hole, to be followed by

mond

if needed. The advantage

unique technique is that there
is no need of blood transfusion and it
will not leave any scar on the chest

of this

The whole process can be done

under local anaesthesia and the

wall.

welcomed by the
livestock farmer who had to wait for
months to know if his animal was
This would be

patients are required to stay in the

They can
soon after the

hospital only for three days.

pregnant. The kit is a reagent.

Coated strip which changes colour, in
case of pregnancy. It will be soon

discharge from the hospital.

available for field use.

Trenchless technique

resume normal

Lifetime immunity

The

Chickenpox may not be

if

but

their child contacting the disease,

there

is

a vaccine

that guaranties

life-

time immunity against the disease.

The

Varicella vaccine

is

expensive,

one shot costing Rs. 1400. Just

one shot is enough to make a child
with

immune to chickenpox for his entire

The success rate of the vaccine

life.

is

is

98 per cent. Chickenpox

a mild disease and is not fatal

said to be

very rare cases. In United

States, it was included in the national
immunisation programme since 1997.
Varicell vaccine is absolutely safe
vaccine which can save child from
complications due to chicken pox in

except

activity

National Building Construc-

(NBCC) has introduced the 'trenchless technology' in the

country, which facilitates laying of
underground pipelines, sewers and
cables without digging up the surface
of earth. Urban Development Minister
inspected the use of this technique at
a site in Cannaught Place in the
capital, where NBCC is carrying out
the task of laying underground pipelines for the Mahanagar Telephone
Nigam (MTNL). The trenchless technique has the advantage of being
environment friendly and cost
effective. It is a unique method of
laying, replacement and renovation of
underground utilities, such as sewer
lines, electric cables, water and gas
pipes. It ensures that there is no
tion Corporation

fatal,

parents want to take no chance of

in

cases where it occurs after the age of

15. If a child contacts chickenpox
before one year or after 15 years of
age, it can lead to several complications.

traffic

obstruction, accidents or extra

costs

in

providing diversions.

NBCC

has already executed numerous jobs

with

it

for the

DVB, MTNL,

NDMC

and PWD.

Ramplatzer device

new technique

called Ramplatzer device.

The

defect

occurs due to faulty development of

the wall which separates the and left
sides of the heart.
only

Till

recently, the

remedy was open heart

surgery,

involving the opening of the chest

wall

and blood

Institute for

Thin

Films and Surface Engineering

Germany

is

trodes that hold

for

water

in

producing diamond elec-

immense

potential

purification. At the labo-

ratory, substrate of graphite,

metal or

ceramics are coated with a fine but

extremely stable diamond layer,
which is doped by adding boron and
as a result becomes electrically
conductive. The coated parts make

an excellent material for electrodes

as they are more resistant to corrosion and wear than conventional
electrodes and can withstand much

Due

higher current densities.

extremely high
that they

do

stability

to their

and the

fact

not easily electrolyse

Diamond electrodes are espe-

water.

cially well suited to

organic

the conversion of

molecules,

according

to

scientists at the institute.

Disinfection and the breaking

down

of organic toxic materials are

the key issues

drinking

in

the purification of

and waste water. Polychlo-

rinated hydrocarbons, for example,

are very stable and often resistant

microbiological decomposition.
Diamond-coated electrodes enable
such compounds to be destroyed in
electrochemical processes without
harming the environment in any way.

to

Germs

are also eliminated during

electrolysis. Under high voltages the

water molecules break up and
oxygen radicals are formed. These in
turn combine to form ozone, which

destroys microorganisms.

De-addiction
Doctors of Shri Jayadeva Institute of Cardiology, Bangalore, have
successfully treated heart hole, a
congenital defect, without any
surgery by using a

The Fraunhofer

corrections

dia-

electrodes

transfusion, leaving

scar on the chest wall. Doctors of

Institute said the device would be

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 16

Robot nurses
British

company is leading the

a new vaccine to cure

for sick, elderly

treatment works with a course of

Robot nurses may soon be

helping the sick and elderly by telling
them when to take the medicine pills
and recording their temperature and

three injections spaced a month

pulse. Engineers from the University

apart. Previous treatments for both

cocaine and nicotine injections have
relied on the use of substitutes used
as aids to reduce the level of
dependency. None of these treat-

of Pittsburgh

clinical trials of

addicts of two of the most addictive

drugs

new

cocaine

and

nicotine.

ments have proved totally

and the replace rate is high.

The

effective

and Carnegie Mellon

University (CMU) in Pennsylvania
have designed a new generation of
robots to
elderly

make

life

easier for the

and housebound and

inform their

to

doctors of any medical

(Continued on Page

]8

MEMORABLE POINTS

Astronomical unit

The number

of

the

is

moles

mean

distance of the earth from the sun.

of a solute per

of

litre

a solution

is

It

is

1-4960 x 10 11

equal to

called

Molarity (M)

Temperature
If a substance dissolves with absorption of heat, the solubility increases with rise in
An angle of 1 sec of arc
Par sec is the distance at which one astronomical unit subtends
The property of a chemical substance which does not depend on the size of the sample is known as

The approximate

<*

binary solution

is

composed

From 4000 A

spectra are

limits of visible

to 8000

Weight
The measure of the force of attraction of the earth acting on an object is termed as
Ecological genetics
What deals with the effect of environment on genetic set up of organisms
10
* 3x 10 the magnitude of speed of light in free space
The ratio of e.m.u. of charge to e.s.u. of charge is
,

On

the Kelvin Scale, the temperature at which the volume of a gas

becomes

zero,

known as

is

Absolute zero (OK)

* Out cross

Intensive property

Solute and solvent

two components Known as

of

When

individuals are crossed with

Heat can be

gill-slits, in

When a
An
In

directly

organic

is

said to be

compound

Thermocouple

is

the developing

human embryo,

illustrates the

that contains the divalent

the nucleus pulposus

approval or evidence of

its

wavelength

group

^ C=NH,

ray of light enters into a glass slab from air

mammals

parent, the type of cross

converted to electrical energy with the help of

metal which melts at 30

The

homozygous dominant

theory

Decreases

* Ketimine
* Intervetebral disk
* Mach number

known as

is

found within

is

Gallium

Recapitulation

The ratio of the velocity of a body to the velocity of sound is called

The property of a system which depends only on the state of a system, not on the path used to get that state, is
* State-function
known as
A compound having the simplest formula which gives minimum information about that compound is known as

Energy stored

When

* Empirical formula
a stretched wire per

in

unit

volume

a set of orbitals has same energy, the orbitals are known as

Availability of

two kinds

of leaves

on the same plant

called

is

relative ability of

to

draw electrons

in

a bond towards

tube, the Cochlea,

in

the inner ear

itself
is

concerned with

molecule can be written by more than one satisfactory Lewis structure, the molecule
*

The percentage

When a

of carbohydrates

and

protein in potato

ray of light enters a glass slab from air

Boiling point of

liquid

N-type germanium

area

Sound

reception

Rectifier

its

is

frequency

liquid flows

is

can be changed by

intrinsic

germanium

When some amount of gas expands

When the

entire

slit

isothermally, the

arrangement

and

is

large

quality

Arsenic

where cross-sectional
Large

Increase of pressure

decreased with the

double

pitch

through a horizontal pipe of variable cross-section, the pressure

is

be

Changing the pressure

with elements like

is

Melting point of ice

said to

* Loudness,

obtained by doping

is

Resonance hybrid of these structures

23% and 1-6% respectively
Remains same

Musical sounds are characterised by

When

Heterophylly

Pressure of Magnetic flux respectively

Electronegativity (EN)
is called

mostly used as a

is

When a

an atom

membranous

spirally coiled

Diode

strain

Degenerate orbitals

<

Pascal and weber are the units of

The
The

^ x stress x

is

amount

of

work done

for production of interference is

u.RT log

is

dipped

in

V2
yT

[u.

=>

Mole number]

water, fringe width

will

be

* Narrow

Heat energy produced

1

GeV

C.S.V./

is

equal to

in

the sun

is

due

to

Thermonuclear reaction (nuclear fusion)

1-6 x 10"10 joule

March/ 2000/ 17
Copyrighted material

Competition Opportunities

Examinations for Admission to Various Medical

Institutes/Colleges
INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES
Admission Notice
The Banaras Hindu University
hold an All India Combined

will

Competitive written test (PMT/PAT)

for- admission to

MBBS/BAMS/BD'S

Pharma course on Sunday the

4th June, 2000 at Delhi, Varanasi,
Chennai and Nagpur
Calcutta,
and

B.

centres.

EligibilityQualifications Pas-

sed

Science/Pre-

Intermediate

Medical Course/12 years of 10 + 2 or

equivalent examination with
of

50% marks (40%

candidates)

in

in

case

English,

minimum
SC/ST

Uttar

Madhyama

Sampurnanand

BAMS

students of

Sanskrit

Vishwa-

course. Candidates at the

aforementioned qualifying examina-

may also

tion

AgeFor MBBS/BAMS/BDS

Completed 17 years but not exceed

25 years on 31st December 2000
(Candidates born on or after 1st
January 1 984 need not apply).

How

apply.

Institute of

to

obtain

application

Prescribed application form

along with the Information Booklet
can be obtained By Cash On payment of Rs. 500/- (including bank
:

charges, postal charges and examination fees) from the branches of the

Banaras State Bank

Ltd.

By postal channel From

the

Office of the Director, Institute of

Medical Sciences, Banaras Hindu

Varanasi-221005
University,
by
sending a written request through

Medical Sciences, BHU'

payable at Varanasi. The request

and address

of the candidate

It

full

should also be accompanied

by two white paper self addressed

10 cm x 6 cm size. The
envelope containing requisition for
slips of

application form

and demand

draft

should be superscribed 'Request for

Application form by post' Last date
for requisition for PMT/PAT form by
post is 22nd February, 2000.

Last date for submission of

completed application formApplication forms duly completed must be
sent through Registered Post, so as

The Controller of Examina(PMT/PAT cell), Banaras Hindu

to reach

tion

drawn

by 15th March, 2000.

favour of 'The Director,

and

demand

particulars of the enclosed

Registered Post along with crossed

Demand Draft/Bankers Cheque of
Rs. 500/- of a Nationalized Bank,
in

name

application must include the

draft.

form

Physics,

vidyalaya, Varanasi are eligible only

for

BANARAS HINDU UNIVERSITY VAR AN ASI 221005

MBBS/BAMS/BDS/B. Pharma Course-2000

of

Chemistry and Biology taken together.

for

University, Varanasi-221005. Latest

RAJASTHAN PRE-MEDICAL AND PRE-VETERINARY TEST

The combined entrance

test for

admission to MBBS/BDS/BV & ASC

session 2000-2001 will be
held on May 24, 25, 26 and 27, 2000.

for the

How
form

obtain
application
Prescribed application form
to

along with information booklet can be

obtained by sending stipulated fees

from

Manager,
Ingkol Cooperative Stores

2000, at Jodhpur situated office of

Examination Controller.

Pin

Code-34201

Application forms can also be

obtained from the Medical Colleges
and Veterinary College of the state
after paying cash price.

Last date for submission of

completed application form

Application forms duly completed
will

be accepted upto 18th March,

the Arjuna

and Padmashree

in

Award

(Continued from Page

14

Chand and sprint queen P. T. Usha

were named the Indian -Sports persons of the Century by the Indian
Olympic Association (IOA).

Dhyan Chand was gold

in

medallist

the 1928, 1932 and 1936 Olym-

He led the side in

Berlin Games and had the

the 1936

pics.

distinction

of the

38 goals scored

by the Indians there.

He was awarded

of scoring

the

1 1

Padma Bhushan in
Usha has won

number
field

of

medals

1956.
the

highest

for India in track

events, especially

in

Asian Track and Field meet

and the Seoul Asian Games

Jakarta
in
in

1985
1986.

1983

in

1985.

(Continued from Page

2000.

M.B.M. Engineering College

Jodhpur (Rajasthan)

She won

For detail description, see 'Rajasthan Patrika' dated 18th January,

16

problems. 'Flo' the robot nurse, will

remind people when to take their
medicines and regularly check their
vital

signs

e-mailing the data

doctor. At present Flo

is

an

to

early

prototype for a personal service robot

which developers are design to help

people. Flo is unique in the range of
developed to assist the
elderly, according to Sebastian Thrun,

tools being

an assistant professor of CMU's

centre for Automated Learning and
Discovery. It is a personal assistant
as opposed to an intelligent wheelchair or smart walking aid. The
engineers are also working on ways
to enable the robots to open jars and
bottles for arthritis patients.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 18

Copyrighted material

T
Ao

Physics

13.

Name this

logic gate

What

km

the resultant of a displacement 4

is

AND

North

and the other 10 km East ?

14.

km at 68-2 E

* 10-78
2.

What

in

It

is

the property of a body to continue

absence of any external

A
to

is

followed

and

reactions, electrification by friction

Law
15.

Name

in

gate

nuclear

electrification

of conservation of charge

the majority carriers

*

16.
in its

uniform motion along a straight line

4.

of conservation

Holes

in

semiconductors.

p-type and electrons in n-type

in

the inertia of motion ?

is

body
space

of a

Which law

by induction ?

is the motion of a body said to be three

dimensional ?

occurs
3.

of

When

When the motion

-o

B o-

||

in

force.

100 litre of air contain 15 g water vapour at room

temperature. For complete saturation, the same
volume of air requires 3-75 g water vapour. What is
the relative humidity ?

* 40%

flywheel starts from rest and speeds up uniformly,

1200 rpm

in

20 sec. What

is

the angular acce17.

leration ?

27i

What

is

the value of the gas constant ?

rad/s 2

Gas constant R =

8 31

Joule

per mole per C

5.

When is a body said to be in equilibrium ?

" When a body acted on simultaneously by

18.

What

is

conserved

in

perfectly elastic collision ?

Both the

several forces remains at rest or in motion

it

6.

What

is 1

foot

is

pound equal

to in M.K.S.

momentum and

the kinetic energy

said to be in equilibrium.
9.

system ?

What

is

meant by

1-356 joule

diffusity

Diffusivity

Thermal co nductivity
Ther(na|capacitype ;
unit

7.

What

is

cm 3 gm~
8.

sec -2

20.

What

metallic cube of side 10 cm is subjected to a

shearing force of 900 kg wt. What is the shearing
stress ?

How many gm

of glycerine

can be poured

into

milk (density

bottle

oil

(density

is critical

8-82 x 10 6
9.

volume

the C.G.S. unit of gravitation constant ?

It

is

damping ?

a particular value of damping for which

the simple harmonic motion just

dyne/cm 2

Chemistry

-26 x gm/cc)

which holds 247-2

gm

of

03 gm/cc) ?
302-4

21

1/273- 1 5 of the temperature interval

zero and the

gm

triple point of

water

is

between absolute

known as
!

10.

What are

the dimensions of coefficient of viscosity ?

ML"1
1 1

23.

The amount of heat required to raise the temperature

of one gm of water from 14-5C to 15-5C is known

When do the thermal

stresses

of the

* A mole

two dissimilar metals,

200Cto1600C
12.

come

into play inside

as

metallic rod ?

"

When

A thermochemical

calorie

the ends of a rod are rigidly fixed so

change

temperature, the
expansion or contraction of the
rod is shoved off.

that with

C.S.V./

kelvin

The amount

is the thermometric substance and approximate

range of a thermocouple ?

circuit of

substance that contains as many

entities as there are atoms in exactly 0-012 kg of
carbon- 12, is known as

22.

What

* Closed

becomes

non-oscillatory.

in

24.

When monosaccharides condense

rides, the linkage

formed

is

to for disaccha-

known as

Glycoside linkage

March/ 2000/ 19
Co

25.

polymer formed from a dialcohol and an aromatic

diacid

is

26.

The

35.

called

natural rubber

(Hevea rubber)

The compound which is responsible

odour of almonds is known as

for characteristic

Polyester, Dacron
is

CHO

a polymer of

Benzaldehyde

2-Methyl-1, 3-butadiene

(isoprene)
27.

The

synthetic rubber obtained by polymerization of

2-chloro-1, 3-butadiene

is

-*
28.

36.

known as

thermoplastic prepared by mixing 1, 1-dichloroethene and chloroethene is used as thin films to wrap
it goes by trade name

The beewax

an ester

is

37.

The candy bars contain

known as

38.

The same ion which can

and base is termed as

food,

29.

of myricyl alcohol, the

same

chemical composition of the

Neoprene rubber

is

[C 15 H 31 COOC3oH 61 ]

based on saturated acid

fat

Myristic acid [CH 3 (CH 2 ) 12 COOH]

A common

form of starch which has a branched

chain arrangement of glucose units is known as

act both as a Bronsted acid

Amphiprotic

Amylopectin

aqueous

39. Aluminium sulphate crystallizes from

compounds by
passing alkane vapour over a bed of Al 20 3 containing

30. Conversion of alkanes into aromatic

Pt

and Pd

The HCI

is

salt of

Procaine

Catalytic Reforming

40.

Paper maker's alum

The number of donor atoms bended

ion, is known as

used as most common

is

local anaesthetic, the trade

name

number

of this anaesthetic

"1

Zoology

Novocain
41.

due

to

regulation of

RBC

production

is

accomplished by

harmone secreted by the kidneys

*
42.

fish is

The
the

COCH 2 CH 2 N(CH2CH3)2
The 'smell of death' of decaying
appropriately named amines as

to the central

* Co-ordination

is

32.

solu-

known as

known as

is

*
31.

as AI 2 (S04 ) 3 -18H 2 0,

tion

two

Erythropoietin

A hormone

released by the cortex of the adrenal

gland that stimulates the kidneys to reabsorb sodium
and excrete potassium

Cadaverine

[NH2

CHjCH2CH CH2CH NH
2

2]

43.

nerve

cell

cell

process that carries impulses toward the

body
Dendrite

Putrescinc

[NH 2
33.

A ketone which

CH CH CH CH NHJ

is

odoriferous

44. Nerve tissue that contains unmyelinated nerve cells

component

of

musks

located

in

the brain and spinal cord.

Gray matter

is

known as

45.

The serous membranes

that lines the thoracic cavity

and covers the lungs

=0

46.

A bond

of connective tissue that attaches

Pleura

muscle

to

bone

Tendon
47.
34.

Chemical compound which is responsible

characteristic odour of citral fruits is known as

"+ Citral

0=CH
[

CH

<_

yCH
'CH

Large fragment produced by

48.

The

49.

Bone developing

cells that are

process

of protein

embedded

in

Peptone

the matrix of cartilage

cularly
lying

CH 3 J

initial

hydrolysis

for the

within

Chondroblasts

tendon of vertebrae

where tendon operates over ridge

parti-

of under-

bone.

Sesamoid bone

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 20

Copyrighted material

50.

Tube connecting middle ear

to

pharynx

in

tetrapod

66.

vertebrates which allows the equalization of~au

When does

Venus-flytrap obtain

some

nitrogen

and

minerals ?

pressure on either side of eardrum.

When

its

leaves capture and digest insects

Eustachian tube
67.

51

What causes 'Stem

Principal fibrous protein of the yellow fibres of animal

gall of Coriandrurrt

Protomyces macrospordus (a fungus)

connective tissue

52.

Elastln

68.

What

are

possible hominoid ancestor, a forest dwelling

primate with some characteristics of living apes

69.

What

is

Proconsul
53.

mycophages ?

* Breakdown of water molecules under the

The process by which ATP production is tied to an

electron transport system that uses oxygen as the
final

influence of light
70.

receptor.

What

brings about the termination of polypeptide

chain ?

Oxidative phosphorylation

<*
54.

namely UAA,

'

a neuron that conducts impulses form the

body to the synapse

72.

What

The process

mammal

of expulsion of foetus from uterus in

In

One

73.

of the

many

rod-like

of arthropoda forming

What

is

the primary acceptor of

74.

Hormone secreted by pass nervosa of the pituitary

gland. Causes strong contraction of uterine muscles
and secretion of milk in mammals.

What does IPM stand

Peg

like

Oxytocin

process of axis vertebra which projects

75.

How many

C0 2 in C4 cycle ?

Phosphoenol pyruvic acid (PEP)

<*

elements of compound eyes

an image

for ?

Integrated Pest

phosphate group

is

Management

contained

76.

Which type of

RNA

Only one phosphate

carries specific

amino acid during

protein synthesis ?

the ring of Atlas

60.

Channels

in

are arranged

bones around which

in

cells

/-RNA

77.

What contains the bark of tree ?

Cork, Cork cambium and phloem

78.

Who introduced hierarchy in taxonomy ?

79.

What

and lamellae

concentric rings.

in cyclic

AMP?

into

Odontoid process

T and the
amount of G = C

- Ommatidium

59.

ONA bases

each species the amount of A

Parturition

58.

Parthenium argentatum

rule regarding

called

is

Chargaffs

is

Axon

57.

UAG and UGA

71 . Which plant yields latex similar to para rubber plant ?

part of

cell

56.

One of the three terminating codons,

connective tissue in which the cell lies within

lacunae embedded in a flexible proteinaceous matrix.
"* Cartilage

55.

Viruses attacking fungi

photolysis of water ?

Haversian canal

Botany

is

Prantl

regulator

gene ?

* Gene

responsible for the synthesis of a

repressor
61

What are two

similar halotypes called ?

80.

62.

Which
plant"

What

is

plant of pteridophyte

is

How many

cell within

the anther pollen sac ?

* Four (due to meiotic cell division)

called 'resurrection

haploid pollen grains are formed from

spore mother

Isotype

HINTS
Selaginella
1.

63.

southern blotting technique ?

10

Recent technique used for separating

DNA fragments.
64.

What

is

the latest trend

in

km

<

plant disease control ?

Biological control
65.

From where does bacterium

in

root nodules get

By the host plant

Resultant

supply of carbohydrate ?

R = V42 + 102
= 10-78 km
(Continued on Pane

31

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 21

Copyrighted material

because to clear the

must be having

subjects

Our Young Talents

competition one
control over

Topper of Rajasthan

PMT and

all

the four subjects.

gave more weightage

8th position holder in AIIMS

that

1999

could increase

while

solving numericals.

CSV Did you make

Miss Krati Chauhan

study of

topics or of

all

CSV Congratulations

selec-

made complete study of

Krati
the topics because one can never
be sure as to questions concerning to
which topic will be more frequently
asked in the exams.
I

all

Competition Science Vision has held an extensive interview with

Krati Chauhan who has been an exceptionally brilliant
student. Her views are published here in original.

Miss

your

for

Competition Science Vision

success.

brilliant

complete

some

tive topics

Thank you very much.

CSV Before knowing your

The

magazine.

excellent

Krati

is

what did you think about those who

an

theory,

and
and

multiple choice questions, G.K.

best fifteen questions are useful

result

achieve top positions ?

remarkable feature of the magazine. It

gives relevant information in concise

Krati thought that all these

students must have done immense

and

brief

manner. Every

aspirant should read

CSV Achieving
come as

top position has

surprise to you or

confident of achieving

Krati
I

was

did

it

Krati Chauhan

CSV What

really confident that

well.

would

achieve rank among top ten position

in Medical Entrance examination.

CSVWhat
secret of

do you think
your success ?

the

is

Krati Channelised hard work

over a period of time, perseverance
and will to succeed are the reasons
behind my success. Beside this had
I

faith

God which gave me

my goal.

in

dence

confi-

to achieve

CSV In how many

you get

this

attempts did

make

got

my

....

Krati

planning

success

NameMiss Krati Chauhan

First of all

in first

planned

to get

did you get

Chauhan

Chemistry and Physics. started from

the basics and then went on to tough

Mother's
Chauhan

so that could catch with the

minute details of the subject. used
prepare a topic and then solve the
multiple choice questions related with
it.
practised numericals in Physics to
increase my speed as time is an
important factor that one has to keep
topics

in

School, Bikaner (Raj.)1997.

Inter/ Std.

time did you

devote daily and regularly

CSV How
Krati

At the beginning, when

my

started with

how

the subjects according to the topics

did you give final

touches to your preparation ?

for Physics,

XII 85% Maharani

School, Bikaner (Raj.), 1999.

mind.

services to

career ?

H.S./Std.X88% Sophia High

P.

J.

NameSmt. Shashi

Educational Qualifications

to

Krati
used to study Physics,
Chemistry daily and either Botany or
Zoology along with the two. use to
devote about 8-10 hrs for studies
daily and as the exams, drew nearer
increased the study hours to 14-15
h's daily.
devoted the time among

the inspiration of choosing a medical

NameDr.

Father's

through with the theory of Biology,

Chemistry, Botany and Zoology.

CSV From where

Bio-Data

tell

in detail.

CSV How much

attempt.

you

did

Please

preparation ?

for

something

success ?

Krati

,.

were you

my papers

all

mm

medical

CSV regularly.

hard work to achieve top position.

So

Physics so

to

my speed

preparation at that

used to underline
important points and used to mark

time

only

important questions.

When

was

Krati

got inspiration of be-

coming a doctor from my father

wanted to get into a profession in
I

which

could offer

help others.

doctors save

something

used
life

my

to read about

and wanted

do

the preparation for

From

in

the end

these

used

to

go

underlined

sentences and marked questions.

CSV Did you

prepare notes ?

prepared notes of the

topics that
found difficult in all the
four subjects.
used to select a book
in which the topic was presented in
Krati

concerned with the subject.

similar.

CSV From when

Krati

to

doing revision
all
through

it

CSV Out

of

the above four

did

you

start

class IX

subjects, to which subject did you

give

started

preparing for the Entrance Exams.

more weightage and why ?

Krati More

or

less

weightage

to

all

equal

the

the simplest

gave
four

manner and then note

down. There notes helped

during

exam

me

it

lot

time.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 22

Copyrighted material

CSVWhat was your attitude for

solving numerical questions. What
weightage did you give them ?
Krati While solving numericals
used to keep in mind was
time limit. used to practice all sorts
the thing
of

numericals simple as well as tough

one which might be given

like

make

tions given in the

to

the paper tough.

CSV How much

time

is

suffi-

cient for preparing for this examination ?

our

year of devoted study to get through

the exams. One must be very careful
about dividing time according to the
syllabus otherwise it creates problem
at the end.

CSV From what

How much
find

paring for

it

KratiAn aspirant should

preparing for Entrance

helpful

Vision?

and useful

you

did

start

Exams from

CSV Please mention various

books in each subject and magazines
on which you based your preparation.

Krati

consulted and

read

should read

Physics

Nutan
Physics,
Pradeep fundamental for Physics,
S.C Verma.
Chemistry

Shivahare

CSV

books/ magazines/
you read for G.K.

For G.K preparation

Krati
depended mainly on daily news, on
television and reading Times of India.
consulted CSV and India Today
I

the magazines.

CSV Whom

would you

really

is

It

CSV Please

suggest

what

in

way CSV can be made more

Krati

give

to

useful

was

through the exams.

ful

Reason type of questions which are

useful for AIIMS it can meet its
purpose more effectively.

CSV Please
position in the merit

your

list.

Pre-Medical

First Position. All India Institute

Sciences,

New

me

which helped

Delhi/

Eighth Position (8 th ). At present

studying in AIIMS, New Delhi.

am

give to our readers of

Krati

Message

is

that

hard work

is

CSV ?
if

you are

exams then

the only key to success.

So work hard as much as you can.

Prepare a plan how to complete your
course and in the end a revision is a
must.
would like to suggest you to
I

keep working hard and read

regularly.

CSV

and

Botany M. P. Kaushik.
Zoology Ramesh Gupta.

Krati

courses
Delhi,

Delhi

in

joined correspondence

of Brills education India,

New

yTita g? [fetes

Sachdeva New P.T. College,

and ALLEN Institute, Talwandi,

Kota.

Personal Qualities
Hobby/HobbiesListening

(Unique for
to

Music, Reading Magazines.

Ideal

Person

Ravindra

Strong Point Determination and

Hard work.

Weak PointSlow at work.

help do the science

magazines render
for this

in

the preparation

examination ?

Krati

Science

magazine give

the students latest information about

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 23 /3

10 + 2 students for General Awareness)

Edited by
The Board of Competition Science Vision

Price
Rs. 85

Nath

Tagore.

CSVWhat

PMT, PET and

00

Questions on 'True or False' statements and 'Fill in the Blanks' are

generally asked in all science and competitive examinations. These
questions are by no means quite easy questions. To meet the needs of the
students in this respect, this unique book has been prepared and published.
A large number of typical questions, most of them from various examinations
are given along with their answers with clear-cut hints and explanations.
Purchase from neatest bookseller or get the copy by

UPKAR
PR A K AQH A M
rnMrxMOnMIl

2/11 A,

Phone

all

get

to

CSVWhat message would you

like to

preparing for competitive

mention

Rajasthan

God and

the blessings of

elders

Lavania, O.P Agarwal.

CSV Did you take coaching

your preparation ?

my

encouragement
would not have
achieved this target. My teachers
helped me a lot by making me
understood the topics. Above all it

Krati CSV is already very useMagazine. By including Assertion-

Medical

of

my

medical aspirants.

Test -

credit

parents and my
sisters. Without their support and

success

for

Krati

like to

give credit for your success ?

regularly.

very useful.

of

following books for the preparation

all

and remarkable features of the

magazine. Every medical aspirant
useful

did

preparations ?

among

Krati Competition
Science
is an excellent Magazine. The
theory, Multiple Choice Questions,

class IX.

3.

it

Science

Vision

level of edu-

cation should an aspirant begin pre-

2.

Competition

G.K., Best Fifteen Questions are

Krati started my preparations

from class IX One needs at least one

newspaper

CSV What is your opinion about

CSV What

The multiple choice quesmagazines are

examination oriented and very useful
from examination point of view.,
the topics.

V.P.P.

sending M. 0. ot Rs. 70J- on the following address

Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002

351238 351002 322930; Fax
'

'

e-mail

(0562)351251

upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in

Topic on Physics

CHROMATIC ABERRATION
Dr. R.
1.

The image
ted by white

and
is

V. S.

Chauhan

Chromatic Aberration
of

light)

a white object (i.e., an object illuminaformed by a lens is usually coloured

image produced by a lens

blurred. This defect of the

called chromatic aberration.

Suppose parallel rays of white light fall on a lens. We

know that the focal length of a lens is minimum for violet
light and maximum for red light. Hence rays of violet light
are focussed at shorter distance (at V) and rays of red

Longitudinal

chromatic
aberration

Axial chromatic aberration

= Ir-Iv.

are focussed of larger distance (at R). Therefore,

image formed by a lens becomes coloured.
light

the object

if

at finite distance

from the lens

at infinite distance

from the lens

is

fa-V

White
light

if

the object

is

Axial chromatic aberration of a lens

product of

power
i.e.,

White

consists of

light

all

is

its

mean

focal length

material.

fa-f\j =

is

equal to the

<af.

the dispersive power of the material and fy

the mean focal length of lens.

where
produced by a lens because

is

and the dispersive

Axial or longitudinal aberration

possible wavelengths bet-

ween 3800A and 7800A.

Chromatic aberration

of

its

co is

the refractive index of a material of lens and, therefore, focal length of the lens is different for different

colours of

Here,

L = f= ylW*

and

co

light.

Relations are as follows

u =

so that
(Lens maker's formula)
(ii)

|i

is

refractive index of the material to lens,

wavelength

A and B

are constants, /
length of this lens, and R, and R 2 are the
of light,

is

Since n R < n v so

fa

>

is

and

tne

recl

co

remove this defect because

= 0 nor f = 0
y

fa

fV

= afy =

As the

violet

Chromatic aberration

is of

produced by the lens also varies

rent colours are of different sizes

of

same

and

finite size.

violet

images

The

(i)

images of diffeeven if the object is

the

is

difference

measure

in

the sizes of red

of lateral

chromatic

aberration.

A'
1

two types

A"

Axial or longitudinal or linear chromatic aberra-

When a white point O

tion

different

for different colours. Therefore, the

and while the outer edge

will be red. At R the centre of the image will be red
and outer edge violet.
be

will

lens, then

images

is

situated as the axis of

of different colours are

different points along the axis.

images

for

0.

Lateral chromatic aberration

cation

radii of

ravs are focussed

violet rays are

centre of image

Hv-Hr
Uy-1

colours are focussed at different places the magnifi-

focussed nearest to the

lens. The rays of intermediate colours are focussed
the
between V and R. If a screen is placed at

farthest

focal

curvatures of the surface of the lens.

CO

single lens can not

single lens neither

and

where

or

(Cauchy's formula)

formed

The formation

of different colours at different positions

Lateral chromatid
aberration

at
of
is

cod
Lateral chromatic aberration =

called axial or longitudinal aberration.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 24

Copyr

where
is

dispersive power of material of lens

<o is

F V = Fr

image is nearest to lens and shortest in

size and the red image is farthest and biggest in size,

The

violet

situations of chromatic aberration

concave lens
2.

According to condition

and d

the diameter of circle of least confusion.

The

is

JL JL =--ET
F
F

or,

also true for

/Hv-1 \

IV- 1^

Achromatism
If

two lenses are combined

in

such a way that

this

\hy-i/'y

lens combination produces images of different colours at

the

same

and of the same size, then the lens

known as achromatic combination of

position

combination

is

lenses and this property

also.

is

glass.
violet

crown glass and other lens

of

is

made

of

this

tion.

is

It

combination

is

- ufA

of

(0

0)

o)P + ca'P'=

or

or,

is

flint

The focal length of this combination is equal for

and red light i.e., for this combination (Fv = Fr).

Hence

(^^y'-^Jfy'

called achromatism.

To remove chromatic aberration a combination

convex lens and concave lens is used. One lens

made

nv-n R \

or

or, In

general
0)2

("1

f+t

free from chromatic aberra-

= 0

Or

iSp2

=0

called achromatic combination.

and P 2 are powers of first 1

{ and second lens respectively J

Flint

Crown

<-

0)2

called condition of

is

It

or,

h
i.e.,

Here

o>i

Here

<

(o2

<(o 1

ratio of focal

Achromatic concave lens

Achromatic convex lens

achromatic combination the

In this

white

light into

first

lens disperses

light.

No

coloured

lengths of two lenses.

Here negative sign shows that two lenses must be of

different nature i.e., if one is convex then other is
concave. Both the lenses can be neither convex nor
concave.

seven colours and second lens recom-

bines these colours to form white

achromatism

the ratio of dispersive powers must be equal to

For achromatic combination, the lenses should be of

different materials.

images are obtained.

If

= -

Mi = 2 than

combination
or,

F =

f2

and the

focal length of

5=7+7=0

00 i.e. lens

system

will

behave as a plane

glass plate.

Achromatic combination

is

free from variation

ofu

For achromatic combination

with X.

Soto remove chromatic

Condition of Achromatism

Fv = FR

1
F
J_

in

Fv
jfy

An achromatic

and

is strictly

of the lens

must

true only for the two

In achromatic combination the lenses are cemented

by Canada balsam, because Canada balsam is

V are the

[for violet

lens

wavelengths e.g., red and violet. Other colours may

be present in very small amounts. So the system is
not achromatic for all colours at a time.

contact

= - o)2P2

power of lens and dispersive power

be equal for two lenses.

We know that for this combination

But for thin lenses

g)^

aberration, the product of

transparent and has a refractive index almost equal

focal lengths

colours for two lenses

to the refractive index of glass.

j
J

The achromatic doublet

optical instruments

camera

(combination) is used in
such as telescopes, microscopes,

etc.

Another method of removing chromatic aberra-

Similarly,

tion

JL
Fr

These days this defect is removed by taking two

convex lenses of same material separated by a distance d

CS.V./March/2000/25
Copyrighted material

d =

where

Smaller the focal length of the lens, smaller

U+h

In

This combination

free from chromatic aberration,

is

the

is

chromatic aberration.
both

practice

the

and the

lateral

longitudinal

chromatic aberrations can not be removed

for

all

colours. Longitudinal chromatic aberration can be

fi

removed only

for

two colours

a time by using

at

lenses of suitable focal lengths and of suitable

materials but lateral chromatic aberration can be
removed for all colours when two lenses of same
material are placed at a particular distance apart.

Here

if

is

The

focal length of combination

1 1

then

This

are achromatic for violet and green colours. The

F
is

used

in

used in telescopes are achromatic

and red colours while those used in camera

lens doublets

for blue

_d_

making the eyepieces

of

telescopes

and microscopes.

reason for this is that our eye is most sensitive

between blue and red colours while the photographic
plates are most sensitive between violet and green
colours.

TYPICAL SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example 1 Focal length of an achromatic convex
lens is 24 cm. The dispersive powers of two lenses
are 0-02 and 0 03. Calculate focal length of each lens.
.

Solution.

Solution. Axial chromatic aberration

and

CO,

0)2

Given

CD,

002

and

glass

Solution.

We know that for achromatic combination

0)2

from achromatic condition

CO2

" _0)i

0)2

002

0-03

also

or,

F
24

0031

-0)

*2

*"*

f\

o) t

= 0 021

= 0 031

1+1
f2

of the material of lower

0031

84

84 x 0 031
0 021

from

= -124

(1)

Example

24

made

= 0

0021

(negative sign

3fi

is

84 cm.

0021

-h
f,

"

= 0

Given

84
f2

t\

Here the convex lens

dispersive power

0)1

or,

cm

Achromatic convex lens

0)1

Now

0-3

achromatic.

003
24 cm

tog

02x15 =

Example 3. Calculate the focal length of a lens of

dispersive power 0-031 which should be placed in
contact with a convex lens of focal length 84 cm and
dispersive power 0-021 to make the combination

Crown

Oify

= 0

We know that for achromatic convex lens

3f,

f,

f,y 3)

3f,

= 24
= 8

cm

(i.e.,

convex

shows

cm

that this lens

is

concave)

Two

lenses of different materials having dispersive powers 0-03 and 0-06 are placed in
contact to produce an achromatic combination. If the
power of the combination is +5 diopter, find the focal
lengths of the two lenses.
4.

lens)

Solution. Focal length of combination

and hence

=
-'1
2

= - 12 cm

x8
(i.e.,

concave

F =

100
5

1
F

1+1

lens)

and

Example 2. Mean focal length of a lens is 15 cm. If

the dispersive power of its glass is 0 02, then find out
the axial chromatic aberration of the lens.

or,

J_
20

cm = 20 cm

f2

f,

+
f,

f2

d)

C.S.V./March/2000/26
Copyrighted material

also

f2

= -2fy

003

If

1 = 1 1
F
f/4
F =

= -

As

cm

5. Two lenses of focal lengths 6 cm and

are placed at a certain distance apart. Calculate
the distance between the lenses if they form an achro-

Example

cm

matic combination.
Solution.

We

know

when

that

+20-30

h~

the focal length of the doublet

behave as a convex

= - 20

2/,

_ (+20)x(-30)

Uh
U +

= + 60 cm

= 10 cm
f2

the focal length of the lens-doublet, then

(1

J_ _
_ i_J ~
20
U 2U
=>

is

(2)

putting value of f2 from (2) in

So,

cog

is

positive,

it

will

lens.

Example 8. The dispersive powers of crown and

glasses are 0 02 and 0 04 respectively. What will
be the focal length of the crown-glass convex lens
which forms an achromatic doublet with a flint-glass
concave lens of focal length 80 cm.
flint

the lenses are separa-

Solution. Since achromatic condition

is

ted at distance 'd then for achromatic combination

'

h m _i

f
w_ Jh

2
6 + 2

IT-

8
f\

6.

The

f2

Here, ! = 0 02, 2 = 0 04 and f2 =

refractive indices of the material

length of the lens is 10 cm. Determine the chromatic

aberration of the lens between the violet and the red
colours.

-80 cm

0 02
on
U = -b^04 x(_80)
.

and red colours of light are

1-64 and 1-62. The mean focal

of a lens for violet, yellow

respectively 1-66,

x
0)2

= 4 cm.

Example

2
= -

= + 40

cm

Example 9. The dispersive powers of the glasses

two lenses used in an achromatic doublet are in the
ratio 4
3. If the focal length of one lens is 12 cm,

of

Solution. Let
rial

violet

co

be the dispersive power

Then the chromatic

of the lens.

and red colours

is

of the

mate-

calculate the focal length of the other lens.

aberration between

Solution. The condition

given by

lenses
/r

fy

(0

We

Example

0-625

cm

know

contact

(i)

cm

If

we

that

fj

<1

f\

and

lenses and

Here

fj

o>,

f2

= + 20 cm,

=-

Then

cm
-12
h

co?

If

f2

we

f2

= - 30 cm, , = 0-18, 2 = ?

(concave) as

= 9 cm

take the focal length of the second (convex)

f2 = 12 cm and then from (1)

cm then

12

focal lengths of the

= --2Q-x(-30) = 0-27

first

12x3

(ii)

are the dispersive powers.

12

h =

lens as 12

mean

0-18

0)2

..(1)

are the

and

take the focal length of the

Then

" h

where

Here two cases arises

12

is

achromation of two

an achromatic (convergent) lensdoublet the dispersive powers of the material of the

convex lens is less than that of the concave lens. Here,
the dispersive powers are in the ratio 4 3. Therefore, the
first lens is concave and the second is convex.

We know that the condition of two lenses in

i

fj

that in

length of the lens doublet.

Solution.

for

is

An achromatic

lens-doublet is formed
by placing in contact a convex lens of focal length 20
cm and a concave lens of focal length 30 cm. The
dispersive power of the material of the convex lens is
018. Determine the dispersive power of the material
of the concave lens and also calculate the focal
7.

contact

in

Ay

=>

fi

-16 cm

Example 10. An achromatic convergent lens of

cm is made by combining flint and
crown glass lenses. Calculate the focal lengths of
focal length 150

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 27

Copyrighted material

both the lenses

flint

if

the ratio of the dispersive powers of

is 3 2.

and crown glasses

Also

"

150

0)2
or,

or,

-|

f1

-2k

'2

3"~f2

and

f2

3\

t2

2)

>1

2f2

(i.e.,

concave

of

glass)

flint

"3 f2 ="3*(-75)
cm

+ 50

...(1)

150

h = - 75 cm

=>

or

150

=>

We know that achromatic condition is

4
~%

.12

21

150

or,

2
= x and F = 150 cm
3

0)2

f2

101

according to the question

Gh

U < h

1
f,

gjass

So

is

Crown

i =

focal length of the combination then

is
1

Solution. Achromatic convergent or convex lens

and

if

{i.e.,

convex

of

crown glass)

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

When a beam

of white light

(C)

parallel to the principal axis is

convex lens,
then the rays converge on the
principal axis. If a screen is
placed at a sufficient distance
from the

(D)

4.

will

(B)

A sharp white point

A sharp violet point

(C)

(A)

be

circular spot

whose edges

5.

red

achromatic

form

from

these,

6.

Image

0-5

o) 0

o/

(B)

o)

o) 0

o)'

= 2o)0

(C)

o)

o) 0

o)'

= 2o)0

2o) 0 ,f'
,

f'

(D)

3.

o)

o) 0 ,o)'

2o) 0

cm and

(A)

7.

The

dispersive

0 01

An achromatic

flint

(B)

Both divergent lens

10.

(B)

(D) 5

cm

power

double convex lens is made of

which has its refractive

glass

index of

lens of

(A)

(a)

Convex

0 02

100

cm

is

made

(to

= 0

03).

The

are

= 75 cm, concave

f=25cm
(B)

Convex

f=75 cm

If

length for violet rays

doublet of resul-

glass

-55 for violet rays

1-50 for red rays.

of

= 002) and concave

flint

for

using a convex lens of crown

use

Both convergent lens

and

the focal
is

20 cm,

be

(A)

9 cm

(B) 18

(C)

20 cm

(D)

(D) 0-20

focal lengths of lenses

(A)

is

then the focal length for red rays

by combining the lenses of

and crown glasses. The correct

to

(C) 5

(A)

is

(B)

04

tant focal length

-|

cm

49-5

glass

is

a lens

lenses ?

has focal

lens

An achromatic convergent combination of lenses is to be made

choice

in

Interference

An achromatic convergent dou-

will

= -2f

(B)

blet of two lenses in contact has

a power of + 2D. The convex
lens has a power +5D. What is
the ratio of the dispersive powers
of the convergent and divergent

focal

10 cm

(D) 2-5

convex

the lens material

= 2f

V =|
/'

mean

red and violet colours respec-

(C) 0
,

(B)

Reflection

(C) Diffraction (D) Dispersion

9.

free from colours

cm

Chromatic aberration
caused by
(A)

lens has a

0016 cm

thin

tively.

o)

8.

black and white

in

lengths 50-5

is

correct ?
(A)

of

produce

(D)

A convex

(C) 0

of

To

relation

to

= 50 cm, concave

combination

which

used

is

Highly enlarged image

(A)

o)'.

cm

cm and the disperpower of the material of the

is
0 04. The longitudinal
chromatic aberration for an object
placed at infinity is

circular spot whose edges

are violet and central portion

and

r"=33-3

Image

and V and dispersive powers

Convex

(C)

lens

their materials are o)

(D)

(B)

sive

Focal lengths of two lenses are

convex

of crown,

flint

length of 25

are red and central portion

2.

Convex f= 33-3 cm, concave

/ = 50 cm

Coloured image

violet

(D)

(C)

(A)

or red

point

concave

An achromatic combination
lenses

focus-point perpendi-

of crown,

flint

Concave
of

cular to the principal axis then

the image on the screen

Convex
of

refracted through a

= 50 cm, concave

11.

The

22

focal lengths of

cm
cm
a convex

and red colours of

are fb and fr respectively and
those of concave lens are F b and
lens for blue
light

Ff.

Then

(A)

fb

(B)

(C)
(D)

> ff and F b <F r

^</f andF b >F
fb > f,andF b >F r
fb < fr andF b <F r
r

CJS.V. / March / 2000/ 28

Copyrighted material

12.

A convex

lens,

a glass

slab,

17.

glass prism and a spherical solid

ball

same

optically transparent

mate-

(A)

The glass
The

(C)

The prism only

slab

What causes chromatic

Nonparaxial rays

(B)

Paraxial rays

curva-

in radii of

(A)

same

(C)

two lenses should

(D)
19.

(A)

Put

(B)

Separated from each other

contact

concave lens kept

and

One convex and

other con-

tively

an extended object. The image

is coloured due to chromatic aberration. What will be the colour of
the image of least size ?

(C)

(B) Yellow

Green

20.

lens

of

crown

glass and an equiconcave lens of

flint glass make an achromatic

and

ft

(A)

CD-i

>(02

(B)

(0,

> 2

(C)

COt

<

002

(D)

(0,

<

cog

(A)

system. The radius of curvature

convex lens is 0-54 m. If the

mean

colour

refractive

is 1

indices

-50

and

for

the

crown glass are u. R = 1 -53 and

u v = 1-55, then the dispersive
power of the flint glass will be

0 055

(C)

0 027

Due

to

= 1 75 cm

(C)

Divergent of

f2

U >
U <

75/6

cm

f= 175 cm

Two

lenses in contact form an

achromatic lens. Their focal
in

the ratio of 2

contact.

3.

the ratio of

(A)

(B)

(C)

3 2

(D)

(B)

(C)

co 1

(D)

is

of

Blurred images
Distorted images

Images

of different colours

in different

Images

sizes

of different colours

at different positions

are their focal

25.

Two convex
length are
flint

lenses of

made

same

focal

crown and

of

The
is

glass respectively.

fz

chromatic aberration

axial

f2

(A)

Equal for the two lenses

(B)

Greater for the crown glass

U > f2
U < fz

lens

Chromatic aberration of lens can

be corrected by

(B)

(B)

(C)

Proper polishing of

its

the

flint

glass

lens
(D)

Sometimes greater for crown

glass lens and sometimes

Suitably combining

it

for

two

flint

glass lens

ANSWERS

with

another lens
(D)
21.

0 037

(D) 0

(C) Greater for

Providing different suitable

curvatures to its surfaces

surfaces

focal length of the combination

(A)

= 1 75/6 cm

(A)

of

the

Convergent of

(D) Blue

An equiconvex

for the

Convergent of

the formation

To form an
achromatic concave lens

of

Red

(A)

lengths are

are dispersive powers of

and

=0

24. Lateral chromatic aberration

lengths respectively.

lens forms real image

-FV

(B)

material of these lenses respec-

cave

T6.

<o 2

in

FR

a divergent lens of focal length

50 cm is put in contact with a
convergent lens of focal length
70 cm, the doublet will be
If

in

a convex lens and a

of

(D)

Their dispersive powers must be

An achromatic combination consists

Convex

A convex

23.

-20 cm and 25 cm
20 cm and -25 cm
-15 cm and -20 cm
15 cm and -20 cm

(B)

obtain an achromatic combi-

FR

FR <Fv

(D) Divergent of

of the

60 cm, then the focal

the component lenses

length of

are

of the lens

be

(A)

The dispersive powers

ture of the bounding surfaces

material, the

15.

< 2T4

focal length

Difference

nation using the lenses of

(D)

200

materials of the two lenses are in

3. If the achromatic
combination of these two lenses
in contact is a convex lens of

colour

in

22.

>FV

(B)

(C)

are

light

_9_

[a)

1000

the ratio 4

(C) Variation of focal length with

(C)

aberra18.

(A)

To

of

be

619_

(A)

tion ?

14.

and red

of the lens will

solid ball

<

(D)

Images

and the prism

(D) All the four

13.

of white light

lens.

and 21-4 cm respectively. The

dispersive power of the material

and the

lens

on a convex

formed on other side of the lens

at a distance of 20 cm, 20-5 cm

will

possessed by

(B)

beam

paralled

blue, yellow

be

power

Dispersive

rial.

falls

have been prepared from the

Reducing

aperture
aberration

the combination of lenses should

be such
(A)

015

its

To remove chromatic

1.(D)

2.(B)

3.(C)

4.(D)

5.(B)

6. (B)

7. (C)

8. (D)

9. (B)

10. (D)

11. (D) 12. (D) 13. (C) 14. (B)

15. (D)

16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (C)

that

21. (D) 22. (D) 23. (B) 24. (C) 25. (C)

F R + FR = 0

HINTS
1

colours

chromatic aberration the images of different

will

screen at a

be

at different

sufficient distance

positions.

On
we

from focus,

placing
will

for violet colour is less

than for red colour.

We know that for achromatic combination

get

image on the screen as a circular spot whose edges

are violet and central portion red because focal length

co

f_

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 29

Copyrighted material

This relation
co

correct for (B) as

is

I
f

3.

10.

2 = 3:5

-(*-*}

is to behave as convex lens, the

convex less should be less and
should, therefore, be made of material of less dispersive power i.e., of crown glass whose refractive
power is less than that of flint glass.

and

-/v =

r"

= (MV

/v

_ mr- 1 = 1-55-1
~ U _1
1-50-1
R

fv

= 20 cm

fa

tofy

/r

cm

We know that

=>

the

is

15.

image

focal length

50-5 + 49-5

=
50-5
<

7.

F = 100 cm

to

100

0 03

_
~

f~3f ~

3f

and

= -f =

convex lens = + 5D = P,

achromatic combination

P-\<>1

-1

^ m Uy+J*

m 155^153 =

-p2

54

= 2
If

F be the

focal length of the combination, then

111
=

F
U+h
1
i i
~ F
h
U
1 _ J-_ 2= _4

or,

is

Now from

the focal length of

equation

1-5

f2

where f2

flint

glass

(1)

=0

0-037x2 + 0^

+ P2OO2 = 0
to,

=>

1-55-1-53
1-55 + 1-53

-fx 33-3

2 = 5 + P2
P2 = -3D
Power of concave lens = - 3D = P2
of

Uy + UR
2

Pc = Pi + P2
Pc = + 2D, P^ = + 5D

for

-d)

We know that power of the combination

Power

two

For crown glass

100

F = 33-3 cm

and

of

and

=>

Here

achromatism

is

of least size.

1-55-1-53
= 0-037
1-54-1

= -50 cm
9.

contact

3f

3/ =

=>

"
a'

in

is

that the condition for

O02

know

003

1
1

We

= 002 and

V
Also

10

the four colours (red, yellow, blue and

all

of blue colour

nM

- 49 5
1
= 002
= 50
50

to

16.

lenses

For convex lens

to'

11

50

Crt
= 50

Given

For concave lens

0-50

= 22 cm

fn

of

0-55
_
-

green) blue colour has least focal length and hence

mean

Out

55__

_
_

20

'r-'v = wfy

...(2)

Dividing (2)by(1)

= 0 04 x 25

Here fy

...d)

of

Longitudinal chromatic aberration

to

_
5"5

For lens

Since combination

6.

(~ 3)

(-2f)

focal length

5.

to,

"

cog

~2

2co 0

to'

and

SSI

g_

_
~

tog

0 037 x 2 x 3

= 0055

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 30

Copyrighted material

17.

We

know

lens, they

that

when

converge

parallel rays

on a convex-

fall

at the focal point.

So according

to

CO

23.

the question
25. Since axial chromatic aberration

= 20 cm
= 20-5 cm and fR = 2-14 cm

fb
f

y
also the dispersive

power

f*-fb

0)

focal lengths for both lenses are

know

that

flint

glass has

crown glass, therefore,

fu
)

C0f*y

Here

21-4-20

1-4

20-5

20-5

greater for the

flint

move

same. But we

dispersive power than

chromatic aberration

axial

is

glass lens.

14

205
1

8.

When

lenses are

in

contact then

(Continued from Page

we know

1 _ 1+1
F "

0 = 68-2 East

=>

11

J_
60 ~ f,*f2

(D

4.

Initial

00/

0)2

T
2

3
=
4
f2

From

(1)

and

o),-

"

-b

(2)

Sheanng

8.

solving

9.

Tangential force
stress

Ar| aofface
102

= 8-82 x 106 dyne/cm 2

get

f2

= + 1 5 cm

Let

9.

V be the volume of liquid

= -20

^1

of milk

Density of milk

247-2

Flint

^ /

held by bottle.

Mass

V =

For achromatic concave lens

9' ass

_ 4Q ft
" 20

rad/sec2

900x103x980

r"i

2jt

(2)

we

and

(0/

20

rad/sec

7i

Angular acceleration

J_ _ 1__3_
60 ~ U 4f,

On

1200 0
= ~60~ x27t

0)2

or,

.-.

Wl

= 40

0)2

speed

or,

but

Final angular

= 0

of North

angular speed

Also for achromatic combination

y = 2-5

tanG =

f2

f,

F = 60 cm

Here

21

that

"

_Crown
glass

103

= 240
(0i

and

/!

>

>

0)2

.-.

c.c.

Required mass of glycerine

= 1-26x240

f2

= 302-4

gm

(Achromatic concave lens)

22.

When

lenses are

in

10.

contact then

1 =

t\

11
+

So

A- v

2
_ [MLT- [L]
mj 1
[L 2][lt]

h h
Given ^ = - 50 cm and = 70 cm
f

F-

- 50

70

= [ML" 1 T~1 ]

Mass

-70 + 50
50x70

20

'

of

present
*

water vapour actually

in

a certain volume

of air

~ Mass

of water vapour required to

saturate the same volume

35x100

at the

same temperature

"
f

1-5

175

" 3-75 x 100

= -175 cm
(divergent since f

=
is

negative)

40%

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 31

Copyrighted material

Topic on Physics
V//////////////////^^^^

MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
v/////////////^

One
whose

basic measi'

shows a

pointer

g instrument
deflection

is

'galvanometer',

when

current passes

For radial magnetic

Er. D. K.

Gupta

field,

9 0 = 90
.

through

it.

a device

Using a galvanometer one can easily construct

NIAB = ce

measuring current, potential difference or

resistance, ammeter, voltmeter and ohmmeter respecfor

For accurate measurement of potential difference

one uses a potentiometer whereas resistances

are accurately measured using a Wheatstone bridge. All
these instruments are discussed here one by one in brief.
(A)

= Ke

The

(b)
coil

where K is the galvanometer constant which depends

on the construction of the galvanometer.

Galvanometers

(d)

(a) It is an instrument used to detect the presence of

current upto 10~9 A through it.

due

Moving

(i)

measure

(e)

of the deflection of the

produced by a magnetic

From above, we have,

For

Lamp and

field.

(d)

Moving

coil

Suspended

9 =

Pivoted

galvanometers are of two types

coil

coil

9
in

the coil

is

Scale arrangement

d_

2D

where

d = displacement

when

D =
D =

galvanometer.

coil

Therefore the deflection produced

directly proportional to the current flowing in the coil,

Moving magnet galvanometer.

(ii)

(ii)

to torque

the

is

Galvanometers are mainly of two types

(c)

(i)

current

(nai) 9

tively.

or e.m.f.

of light spot

distance of scale from galvanometer

1

metre

galvanometer.

galvanometer.

(e) In moving coil galvanometer the coil is movable

and magnet is stationary whereas magnet is movable and
moving magnet galvanometer.

galvanometer is defined as the

galvanometer coil per unit current.

Sensitivity of

(f)

deflection of

Sensitivity of

galvanometer

coil is stationary in

Moving

galvanometer

coil

(a)

Principle

In this

coil is free to rotate in a radial magnetic

produced by a permanent magnet. When the current
is passed through the coil, a couple acts on it due to the
magnetic field. This is opposed by the torsional couple
produced in the suspension wire (in the case of
suspended coil galvanometer) or in the springs (in the
case of a pivoted coil galvanometer) and the coil is

S,=

galvanometer, a

field

deflected by angle 6,

when

The galvanometer which gives more deflection for

a small current is more sensitive. To increase sensitivity
the values of N, A, B must be large and the value of C
must be small.
(h) The reciprocal of current sensitivity is defined as
(g)

the figure of merit of galvanometer (K).

the two couples balance each

other.

S|

Thus the
galvanometer
(i)

is

The

is

required

current

known as

for

unit

deflection

deflection of galvanometer coil per unit voltage

defined as voltage sensitivity of galvanometer.

Voltage sensitivity of galvanometer

deflected coil

ConstructionA rectangular coil is suspended

between the pole pieces of a cylindrical magnet with the
help of a fine phosphor bronze fibre.
(b)

(c) in state of

equilibrium of

S
9

coil,

S =

or,

deflecting torque

NIAB
where 60
the coil

is

sin e 0

restoring torque

= C6

77?

NIAB

IG~ IG
S =

or,

NAB

the angle which the normal to the plane of

makes with

the direction of the

field

where

in

figure of merit.

= resistance

of

galvanometer

coil.

CAV./ March/ 2000/ 32

Cop

(f)

Note A galvanometer is a low resistance instrument.

Even when a small current is passed through the galvanometer,
produces full scale deflection. If a large current is
passed, the galvanometer may be damaged because of the

Conversion

Galvanometer

of

into

an

ammeter (i) An ammeter

it

following

(ii)

in

ammeter

large current

The

(ii)

two reasons

The

cause the coil of the galvanometer to deflect through a large angle and the pointer of the
galvanometer in an attempt to go out of scale, may break.
(i)

large current

will

produce a large amount

may

galvanometer may be converted into an

any required range by connecting a suitable

in parallel

with

its coil.

of heat

damage

also

a shunted galvano-

of

resistance shunt

will

the coil of the galvanometer which

fact

is in

meter.

the

galvanometer.

(B)

Tangent Galvanometer

perpendicular to the direction of earth's magnetic

the needle deflects through an angle 6, then

If

2nNI
=
10r

in

the

coil is

oc

where,

where

= current

= radius

in

the coil

full

(n-1)
scale deflection

New Range

n =

and

Old Range

field

The

The

reduction factor

meter

current

in

an

of.

a tangent galvanometer
its

for

measuring

(c)

Since the ammeter

known as

galvano-

shunt.

it

(iii)

does not

disturb the current to

be measured.

protects the galvanometer coil from burning.

Any galvanometer can be converted

into

ammeter of

desired range with the help of a shunt.

electrical circuit.
is

in parallel to

order to control current flowing through the

is

(i) The combined resistance of a shunted galvanometer

becomes quite low so that when it is used in series with a

(ii) It

An ammeter

Advantages of shunt
is

needle by 45.

an instrument used

(b)

small resistance connected

coil, in

galvanometer,

Ammeter
is

factor,

circuit

Ammeter

the galvano-

Shunt

a constant, called the reduction

equal to the current which deflects

(a)

in

turns in the coil

= K

2nN

(d)

)S

G+S

For a given galvanometer,

is

s = lg current in the shunt

G = Galvanometer resistance
S = Shunt resistance

horizontal intensity of the earth's

10rH

(C)

of the coil

magnetic

where K

N = number of
(c)

(I

-I 9

S=

tan 9

H =

s =

= Ktane
I

Since

Also,

tan 6

2jtN

This reduces to

HtanQ

S
'o-'g + S

ls=l

or,

given by

10 fH\

or,

field,

the plane of the coil is vertical and lie in the

magnetic meridian. Under the combined effect of these
two mutually perpendicular fields, a small magnetic
needle pivoted at the centre of the coil is made to deflect.

according to tangent law, the current

becomes

circular coil

when

(b)

VA -V B

the tangent galvanometer, the magnetic field

(a) In

produced by a current carrying

always connected

the circuit

in

(iv)

in

The range

of

an ammeter can be changed by using

shunt resistances of different values.

Disadvantage of shunt
its coil

is

essentially

a galvanometer,

has some resistance, so on connecting

it

in

series,

Shunt resistance decreases the

sensitivity of the

galvanometer.

the resistance of the circuit increases and, therefore, the

current

in

it

somewhat decreases. Thus the

sured by an ammeter
measured.
(d)

is

it

in

small a resistance as

the

circuit,

the current

be measured may not change appreciably.

(e)

it

meabe

is

An

ideal

(D) Voltmeter
(a)

An ammeter should have as

possible so that on connecting

to

current

less than the actual current to

ammeter should have zero

not possible.

resistance but

A voltmeter

is

used

rence oetween two points

(b)

It

is

in

measure the potential

an electric circuit.

to

always connected

in parallel

across which potential difference

is

to

with resistance

be measured.

Voltmeter is also essentially a moving

galvanometer with a high resistance in series.
(c)

diffe-

coil

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 33

Copyrighted material

(d)

to

When a

measure the

for

voltmeter

is

deflection. This lowers the potential difference

be measured. Thus the

to

connected across two points

it draws some current

potential difference

No.

measured
1.

by a voltmeter

is

may

it

across the given points,

it

An

(f)

may

change appreciably.

not

should have

ideal voltmeter

infinite

is

in

3.

The resistance
In

it

difference,

(g)

one

voltmeter having a higher resistance

for better

a better

Conversion of Galvanometer into a volt(i) To convert a galvanometer into a voltmeter, a

(h)

meter

is

accuracy.

has

suitable high resistance

be connected

to

in

series with

is

graduated

the

in

measures small current and

terms of potential difference (product of current and

resistance).

is

in

connected

in

series

circuit.

The resistance of an
ideal ammeter is zero.

ideal

is infinity.

In

conversion from gal-

vanometer, a low resistance (shunt)

ted

in parallel

is

connec-

to the coil.

(E) Potentiometer
(a) A potentiometer is an arrangement which measures potential difference accurately. It can also be
adapted to measure current and resistance.

The potentiometer

Principle

(b)

it

It

coil.

principle that
In fact

an

conversion from galva-

it.

(ii)

of

nometer, a series resis :

tance of high value is
connected in series with

should draw no current from source of potential

(null
deflection
method).
(Potentiometer
achieves this).
i.e.,

in parallel

circuit.

voltmeter
4.

resistance

measures the strength

It

of current.

connected

It

not draw appreciable current. Hence, the potential

difference across the points

potential diffe-

rence.
2.

voltmeter should have as large a resistance as

possible so that on connecting

measures

It

be

less the actual potential difference to

measured.
(e)

and ammeter

Difference between voltmeter

potential difference,

S.

own

its

when a

constant current

is

based upon the

passed through a

is

wire of uniform area of cross-section, the potential drop

across any portion of wire

is

directly proportional to the

length of that portion.

Ah

(iii)

Potential gradientThe

(c)

length of potentiometer wire

is

of potential per unit

fall

defined as pontential gra-

dient (x)

r-J-^/)-WAVH

The vaiue
ted

in

of the resistance

required to be, connec-

the series of the galvanometer to convert

voltmeter of range

is

x =

it

into

where V

x depends upon

The

(i)

The

!a

(iv)

If

V*!

to

(iii)

= resistance of galvanometer
= current which produces full scale deflection in the

from

galvanometer

n =

(iv)

wire

Old Range

The

(iii)

In

potentiometer

is

inversely

more sensitive
more accurately.

said to be

if

it

order to increase the sensitivity, the length of

will have to be increased so that the

potentiometer wire

Vi

length

Remember

is

potential difference

may be measured more

accurately.

The process of determining potential gradient

is known as standardization of potentio-

experimently
>

meter.
Circuit

diagram

we can

Convert galvanometer

into

ammeter.

Increase the range of an ammeter.

(ii)

an ammeter.

(iii)

Convert voltmeter

(b)

By connecting a high resistance

into

R = G(n(i)

sensitivity of

potentiometer

measures a small

(f)

(i)

(ii)

Y2

By connecting a small resistance ^Rg

=jf~\)

(a)
parallel

Sensitivity of potentiometer

(i)

proportional to the potential gradient.

(e)

Points to

The radius of potentiometer wire (/).

The current flowing through the potentiometer

(I).

(d)

we want to increase the range of a voltmeter

V 2 we should connect a resistance of
R = G (n - 1 ) in series
New Range

where,

resistance per unit length of the potentiometer

wire P.

R = r-G

specific resistance of the material of the

potentiometer (K).
(ii)

where

the potential difference across the poten-

tiometer wire

given by

V
R+G

is

1) in series

Convert galvanometer

(ii)

we can

into voltmeter.

Increase the range of a voltmeter.

Unknown Galvanometer
(iii)

Convert an ammeter

into

voltmeter.

e.m.f.

C.S.V./ March/2000/34

Copyrighted material

Applications of potentiometer

(g)
It

used to
Measure potential
Determine the

(ii)

Measure

(iii)

At balance, no current flows through G, therefore,

(iv)

the potential difference across

is

(i)

internal resistance of

cell.

Determine thermo

= current through resistance S

The

(vi)

cell

AD
P

and, current through resistance

e.m.f.

(h) Internal resistance of

potential difference across

= current through resistance

Compare e.m.fs of two cells.

(v) Calibrate ammeter and voltmeter.
(vi) Compare two small resistance.
(iv)

(vii)

zero and so potential

is

At balance, current through resistance

(v)

current.

BD

AB

difference across

difference.

can be determined by

sensitivity of the bridge is

the four resistances are of

same

maximum when

all

order.

(vii) While performing experiment with Wheatstone

cell key
should be pressed first and then
galvanometer key K 2 otherwise a momentary deflection in

using the relation.

bridge the

resistance used from the resistance

box.

galvanometer is produced even in balanced bridge due to

induced e.m.fs in various resistance coils as initially the
current is changing from 0 to I. While leaving the keys this

'1

balancing length corresponding to

order should be reversed.

balancing length corresponding to

R =

where,

in

in

To compare

(i)

open

cell

circuit.

closed

cell

circuit

e.m.f.'s of

two

cells,

we can use

the

relation

El

E2
Difference between Potentiometer and Voltmeter

(viii) Post office box, meter bridge and Carey Foster

bridge are instruments based on the principle of Wheatstone bridge and are used to measure unknown resistance or specific resistance.

Note Wheatstone bridge is not suitable for the measurement of very low resistances or very high resistances
of order of mega ohms. Very low resistances are
determined with the help of 'Kelvin's double bridge' while
very high resistances by 'Leakage method'.
(G)

s.

Voltmeter

No.

Potentiometer

The potential difference

measured by voltmeter is
less than the actual potendifference.

tial

2,

It

a low

is

sensitivity instru-

(i) It

The potential
measured by

(ii)

difference
potentiometer is equal to the actual potential difference.
Its sensitivity is

Ohm-meter
is

an instrument designed

It

the source of e.m.f.

not draw any

current from the source of
It

does

e.m.f.
4.

is

It

based

on deflection

resistance.

3'

draws some current from

measure

high.

ment.
3.

to

diagram

Circuit

It

is

ction

under

test

based on zero

defle-

method.

(iii)

The terminals A and B are first short

and the resistance Rh is adjusted till the

Principle

circuited

ammeter shows

(F)

Wheatstone Bridge
(i) It

of

is

an arrangements

for

measuring the resistance

ammeter

a conductor.

a graph

Circuit

(ii)

full scale deflection. The full scale

reading corresponds to zero external resistance. Now
connecting a resistance box between points A and B,

in

the galvanometer, then

If

the ratio of the resistances

resistance

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 35

tance R,

is

P and Q, and the

noted for different values of

is

9'

is

R and

between 6 and R.

called calibration curve.

replacing the resistance box by

unknown

resis-

noted and from the calibration curve value

corresponding to deflection

(H) Post Office

are known, then the unknown resistance can

be calculated.

Now
of

plotted

The graph

(iii) Principle
The resistances, P, Q, R and S are so
adjusted that when keys
and K 2 are pressed there is

no deflection

deflection e

is

Box

6' is

determined.

This instrument used to determine the breakage

telegraph line

in

Post Office box.

post and telegraph office

is

in

known as

(I)

Meter Bridge
(i)

is

It

used

to

determine the resistance of a con-

ducting wire.
(ii)

Circuit

corresponding to the four corners of the Wheatstone

bridge where a galvanometer is connected across B and
D. Here point B is the point for no deflection in the
galvanometer.

diagram
E

The meter

+ 1.-

bridge

is

be

said to

balance position

in

when,

R
S
or,

(iii) PrincipleThe meter bridge, a form of the

Wheat-stone bridge, consists of points A, B, C and D

(iv)

(100-/)

unknown

resistance

Resistances ranging from 1Q

with the help of meter bridge.

to

10 3

can be

measured

TYPICAL SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example 1. A galvanometer of resistance 20ft
gives full scale deflection with a current of 2mA. What
size resistance should be connected in parallel so
that it may measure 2 amp on full scale deflection ?
(A)

0 04

ft

(B) 0-4 ft

(C)

0 02

ft

(D) 0-2 ft

Solution

110R
= 105
R + 20x 10 3
110R
105R + 105x20 x10 3
105 x20x10 3
R =

or.

= 420
Hence, the answer (C)

G
1000

Example

2.

20 + S

20
= 0 02
999

S
Hence, the answer (C)
resistance of 20

+S

= 2

is

kft

correct.

is

the circuit shown in figure below,

the current drawn from the battery is 4A. If 10ft
resistor is replaced by 20ft resistor, the current drawn
from the circuit will

Example

3. In

ft

correct.

A 100 V voltmeter having an internal

kft, when connected in series with a
R across a 110 V line reads 5V. The

large resistance

magnitude of R
(A) 210 kft
(C) 420 kft
Solution

is

(A)

1A

kft

(C)

4A

kft

Solution

(B)

(D)

315
440

Resistance of voltmeter

G =
=

20

current
cing

kft

20x103 ft

h
VR

WW

-i

B
1

5V

Current through voltmeter

110

Now,

C.S.V./

since,

V R + 5 = 110
V R = 105

March/ 2000/ 36

(C)

is

will

2A
8A
balanced, there

is

no

resistance. So, repla-

make no

difference.

correct.

(A)

Increase resistance

(B)

Decrease resistance

(C)

Increase resistance
e.m.f. is to

(D)

R + 20x10 3
VR

R + 20x10 3
or,

arm containing 10ft

with 20ft resistance

110

Potential drop across R,

the

is

Example 4. In a potentiometer of 10 wires, the

balance point is obtained on the 6th wire. To shift the
balance point to 8th wire, we should

= (110-5) V

(D)

Since the bridge

Thus answer

110V

it

in

(B)

the main circuit

in
in

the main

circuit.

series with the cell

whose

be measured

Decrease resistance in series with the

e.m.f. is to be measured

Solution

xR

in

When

cell

whose

the resistance of the main circuit

is

increased the current through the wire decreases. So, the

potential drop

which

now be found on
Answer

earlier existed

the 8th wire.

(A) is correct.

on the 6th

wire,

may

Example 5. A voltmeter of range 0 to 100 mV is

calibrated with the help of a potentiometer having 4m
wire.

It

gives

deflection,

full

the two ends of the wire.

connected across 1-41m of the

in

wire,

what

Reading across

-41

(A)

Solution

(B) 0-5

mV.
:

x25x

41

No

(D)

mV

Hence, error

in

10"3

mV

= 35-25

mV

m wire

the error

is

the reading ?
(C) 0-25

25x1(r3 V/m

when connected across

If it reads 35mV when

the reading

error

= 35-25 -35-00

Potential gradient

mV

= 0-25

100 x 10"3

Answer

(C)

is

correct.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

In

a moving

the

galvanometer

coil

deflection

the coil

of

So

(D)

that

may

it

not change

the value of current by

is

related to the electric current by

(A)

(B)

e2

(D)

oc

Ve~

oc

6.

(CPMT)
2.

divisions

when

joined

A DC

deflection for

(A)

11-11 CI

(B) 9-9

(C)

(D) 4-4 CI

milliameter has a resistance of 12Q and gives full scale

a current of 0 01 A.
To convert it into a voltmeter
giving

put

series with the instrument

in

ohm and
a 2 0 V accumulator. The current
galvanometer,

sensitivity of the

(A)

7.

uA is
(B)

(1/2)

(C) 5
3.

in

(A)

102ft

(B)

288

ft

(C)

300

(D)

412

ft

The

deflection in

8.

24

ft

(B)

(C)

48

CI

(D)

high resistance

in

e.m.f.

low resistance

with the

into

a voltmeter by connecting

(A)

A low resistance in series

A high resistance in series
A low resistance in parallel
A high resistance in parallel

(D)
5.

An ammeter should have

(A)

For large deflection

(B)

For better

(C)

So

it

necting the voltmeter across

(C)
9.

1%
10%

(B)

(D)

The reading

10-2

(B)

(C)

10~ 1

ft

(D) 10-3 CI

The resistance

13.

198

(C)

20

The

deflection of a

not

bum

CI

coil

60ft.

rlr
eon

(B)

1980

(D)

Oft

moving

coil

The

resistance of galvano-

meter is

14.

(A)

30

ft

(B)

(C)

60

ft

(D) 15 ft

A moving

coil

25%
I

will

galvanometer reduces to half on

shunting it with a resistance of

measure

son

20O.

out

it

CI

CI

generally used

I(VWlAA-

a moving

of

(A)

5%

of voltmeter in the

following circuit will

2V-

very

stability

may

to

50V and an internal

What is the

low resistance

that

employed

decrease in the
potential difference across the
200 CI resistor as a result of con(A)

(C)

of

(A)

percentage

An ammeter can be converted

(B)

is

an
will

it

be

resistance of 20ft.

in parallel

coil.

(CPMT)
4.

CI

into

ampere range

voltmeter of range 20 volt

voltmeter having a resistance

1800

ft

connected to the terminals of a

DC power supply having an

series

with the coil

(D)

36
60

of

CI

coil

measure the potential difference

across a 200 CI resistor which is

in parallel

with the coil

(C)

12.

is

of

high resistance

100 2 gives full scale deflection

a current of 10-5 A. The shunt

galvanometer is 20ft. It requires

0 01 ampere current for full scale
deflection. The value of resistance required to convert it into a

tance of the galvanometer

(A)

resistance

of

for

a moving coil
from 50 to 10

falls

when a shunt of 12 ft is
connected across it. The resis-

(D) 10

CI

A galvanometer

ammeter

divisions

coil

(B)

ft

galvanometer

To use a moving coil galvanometer as an ammeter one must

connect
(A) Low resistance in series with

11.

required to convert

with a resistance of 20k

division per

full

mA?

is

series

in

scale deflection

full

10 mA current. What should

be the value of shunt so that it
can measure a current of 100

scale deflection for

3V, the resistance required to be

A galvanometer of resistance 95
ohm shunted by a resistance of 5
ohm gives a deflection of 50

galvanometer of resistance

100ft gives

(CPMT)

tane

A
for

the relation

(C)

10.

its

presence

in

120ft

voltmeter

is

laboratory to

potential

difference

across a conductor of resistance

r carrying a current. The voltmeter has a resistance R and will

measure the potential difference

more correctly as
(A)

(B)

(A)

2volt

(B) 0-80 volt

(C)

(C)

1-33 volt

(D) 1-60 volt

(D)

R approaches r
R equal zero
R becomes larger than r
R becomes smaller than r

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 37

Copy

15.

shown

the circuit

In

in

the figure,

21.

potentiometer gives

HINTS

null deflec-

350 cm when connected

between the points X and Y.

the voltmeter reading would be

tion at

When
Y

at

2.

the potentiometer terminal

is

connected

deflection

is

at Z, the null

obtained at 50 cm.

If

(B) 0-5 volt

is connected
between Y and Z then the null

(D) 2 volt

point

the potentiometer
(A)

Ovolt

(C)

volt

A and V

are ideal

ammeter and

16.

17.

To measure very low

we should use

'(C)

Potentiometer

(D)

Voltmeter and ammeter

a standard
volt

cm

wire.

The

of

cell

balanced

is

-0-15

(B)

0-15 volt

length

(D)
18.

05

23.

Decrease by 0-8

(B)

Increase by

volt

at

151 -66

(C)

520 cm

260 cm length

If

Increase by 0-8

cm

(B)

(D)

cm
80 cm
130

(divisions/nA)

(divisions/jiA)

6.

cells are in the

2:1. When

the cells are

of

/t

is 1^.

they are connected so as

/2 will

(A)

3:1

(C)

is

'

oppose each

balancing length

24.

The value

R+G

the

other,

be

R + 12

100
(B)

(D) 2

current

R = 288 Q

Become four times

Become two times
{O Become half
(A)

flows

when a

20ii

resis-

connected across the

terminals of a cell. The value of
tance

will

current

is

when

resistance

replaced by R/2
(A)

Less than

(B)

21

will

"slv
I

is

be
20011

21

Current through 200ft resistor

(C)

(D)

More than

(B)

circuit of

in

the

1.(B)

2. (A)

3.(D)

4.(B)

6. (B)

7. (C)

8. (A)

9. (C) 10. (A)

11. (D) 12. (B)

third

(C) Six times

(B)

Three times

(D) Nine times

^-A
22

increased three times than the

value of potential gradient will

One

Potential

is

become

50
50
200 + 20 "220

ANSWERS

pri-

a potentiometer

21

Remain constant

the applied e.m.f.

C.S.V./

50

The balancing lengths corres-

When

a current of

If the radius of a potentiometer

is increased four times,
keeping its length constant then
the value of its potential gradient

mary

= 0-5

1m

Decrease by

(D)

to

of

wire

(A)

8.

(A)

If

Current sensitivity

other then balancing length

be

(D)

1m

(C)

ratio

0-2A flows through 3-52 resistance then balancing length will

20.

100 nA

be

ponding to two

potentiometer wire.

19.

10-*

10 3

connected so as to support each

In a potentiometer experiment, a
standard cell of e.m.f. 1-2 V gets

balanced

20x

Yqq-

(C) 0-5 volt

-0

will

100

balancing

in

(A)

be

volt

kft resistance

95 x 5

potentiometer

the

change

wire, then

across the ends of a resistance

is found to balance against 220
cm of the wire. The corresponding reading of voltmeter is
0-5 volt. The error in the reading

(A)

20

300 cm

(D)

with

series

of potentiometer

potential difference

of voltmeter will

cm

potentiometer wire of length 10

and resistance 9-8 n is connected in series with a battery of

e.m.f. 2 volt and internal resistance 0-2 2. The balancing
length for a cell of e.m.f. 1 volt on
this potentiometer is 4 m. When
a 2Q resistance is connected in

the experiment of calibration of

1-1

Kelvin's double bridge

against 440

20V
in

20
22.

(B)

In

150

(C)

resistance

Wheatstone bridge

e.m.f.

at

250 cm

(B)

Current

(A)

voltmeter,

be obtained

will

350 cm

(A)

voltmeter respectively.

13.(C)14.(C)

5.

(D)

15. (A)

resistor

16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (B)

21. (D) 22. (D) 23. (A) 24. (A)

drop across 200

^x200
500

volt

March/ 2000/ 38
Copyrighted material

When
1

800

a voltmeter of resistance
connected across it, its

Second Method

will

increasing the e.m.f. three

times, the potential gradient

be
'a

1
or,

On

.-.

1 is

effective resistance
1

"

1800^200

R =

180

21.

10 =

100

50

is

V XY = 350 x
and potential difference between
X and Z is

50
180 + 20

Vxz = 50 x

200"4 A

"

V YZ = Vxy-Vxz

Potential drop across resistor

^x180

45

.-.

Change

300 cm

TT- 45 = TT
x

rT

500

4
+ 0-2) "

x 100

4_ _
_

"

1%

10

-20

001

/'

Total resistance of the circuit

13.

=
=

20 +
60

The

1980

current

is

80x80

two resistances

when

their

divided equally

80 + 80

in parallel

17

1
V 2
=
amp
R = 60 30

The reading

x =
=

only

"440

60

23.

When

When

0 0025 V/cm

of voltmeter

cells

00025x220

0-55 volt

x40

30

1-33 volt
18.

S=

10.

where,

n =

E2 =

cells

_
=

or,

Reading

of voltmeter

0-5-0-55

-0 05 volt.

V =

IR

xl

old range

100

S = 10-1
9

each

to

x/ 2

E + E2
t

E,-E2

=
20.

IRL

3:1

E
R+
R
2

151 -66

cm

which

e.m.f.

1-2

source

0-2 x 3-5 x 260

Since potential gradient

of the

2-1

and

100
= 10
10

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 39

increase

x/.

2+

24.

new range

= 11-11

0-8

oppose

Ei-E 2

(n-D

100

4-8-4

support to each other

reading of potentiometer

"

12

Error in the reading of voltmeter

J_ X / 80 x 80 \
30 V80 + 80/
1

_T

4-8

other,

Potential difference across

IR'

/'

+ 9-8 + 0-2)

(2

values are same.

/'-/ =

in

E, +

Current

'

xT

ER,
xl'
x4 =
(Rp+OL^ " (R + Rp+r) L
(9-8

xl

ER,

Percentage change

.*.

300 x

two cases

500

9.

350

V =

potential difference

in

x- 50*

volt

22.

in

between X

Potential difference

and Y

100 + s

Now, the current

r =

will

also increase three times.

'g + S

is

less than

R
2

or

21.

/4
Copyrighted material

13.

Model Paper For Various Medical Entrance Examinations

ray

unpolarised

of

polarising angle.

The

(A)

is

at the

Then

reflected

mitted rays

will

and transbe comp-

plane polarised

letely

The

(B)

light

on a glass plate

incident

reflected

ray

be

will

completely polarised and the

1

The neutron was discovered by

(A)

Marie Curie

(B)

Pierre Curie

(C)

James Chadwick

7.

(D)

Amplifier
coefficient of self-inductance

X-rays

(A)

3.

can deflect

Electric field

amp

in

y-rays

characteristic X-ray radiation

50

(C)

0-5 volt

(B)

volt

(D) 0

volt

8.

05

The maximum amount

electrons are accele-

can be given

to

is

The

(A)

2268 J

(B)

6468 J

(C)

336 J

(D)

4200 J

(C)

The bombarding

An extremely
look

hot

star

inner

atoms and one

electrons

into

this

vacancy.

The valance
target

electrons

in

the

would

10.

The voltage across a diode

is

ded

at

each

step.

Violet or indigo

length

Green

Orange

changed, as a result the fringe

system on K moves

(D)

White

or yellow

or red

wire of resistance

is

(A)

Is

always

(C)

proportional to

Rises to a
falls to

maximum

1 1

4R

(B)

(D)

What

A and B

in

known

of

the

energy of the electron

in the second quantum
-E 2 The total energy of
in

the third

(C)

Diffraction

(D)

Total internal reflection

A convex

m
(A)

23 Q

(B) 3-2

He atom
is

Polarisation

(B)

total

is

quantum

(C)

(D)yO

4fi

(C)

-E 2

(B)

~gE 2

(D)-?E

-E 2

12.

A charge q

equal charges Q.

Radio waves

if

is

equal

of constant ampli-

tude are generated by

(A)

Rectifier

(B)

Electron transition

C.S.V./

The system
will be

the three charges

equilibrium

6.

placed at the

is

centre of the line joining two

to

(A)

(B)

(C)

<D)+f

17.

lens of focal length 0-5

and a concave lens

are placed

length

Power

of the

(A)

(C)

state
(A)

is

it

H-atom

state

phenomenon

Scattering

(A)

the

Increases with voltage but

The

The

as

figure
all

16.
5.

Horizontally, slightly to the

While passing over an obstacle a

light ray slightly bends round the

the following

20

not proportionally to

slightly

slightly

right

2R

the equivalent resistance

time
(D)

upwards

Horizontally, slightly to the

corner.
is

between

zero

Remains constant

(C)

then

downwards

Vertically

(C)

left

voltage applied
(B)

Vertically

(B)

(D)

15.

(A)

(A)

doubled

be

The current

and the optical path

from S to A is not

(C)

half of this stretched wire will

increased in small steps and the

current passing through it recor-

a trans-

parent material of higher refrac-

by stretching. The resistance of

4.

experi-

slit

tive index)

atoms are removed as

result of the collision

a Young's double

In

(B)

(A)

of the outer

falls

and the transbe partially

will

slightly (by introducing

9.

the target

of

shell

reflected

ment the source slit S and the

slits A and B are horizontal
with slit A above slit B. The
fringes are observed on a vertical
screen K. The optical path length
from S to B is increased very

electrons

knock out electrons from the

The

two

(B)

source
of electrons
emits a monoenergetic beam

will be
and the
be com-

volt

of heat

g of water
without change of temperature
that

ray

will

polarised

rated to a fixed energy

(D)

(D)

14.

The

reflected

mitted ray

when

emitted

polarised.

The

pletely polarised.

0u second.

tially

transmitted ray

induced e.m.f. is

of

(A)

(D) Neutrons

(C)

(A)

to

The value

be par-

partially polarised

is

(B) a-particles

The
is

coil

amp

1 -5

2.

(C)

100 uH and the

current flowing in it changes from
a

will

transmitted ray

The
of

Rutherford

(D)

Oscillator

(C)

in

(B) 0-5

of focal

contact.

combination

(D)

is

- 0-5 D

small pin fixed on a table top

is

of

viewed from above from a

in

tance of 50 cm. By what distance

dis-

would the pin appear to be raised

if it is viewed from the same point
through a 15 cm thick glass slab
held parallel to the table ? Refraction index of glass

= 1-5

March/ 2000/ 40
Copyrighted material

18.

(A)

(C)

A
=

cm
cm

(B)

1 0 mm is balanced by that due to

a column of oil of specific gravity

cm
cm

(D) 10

0-9,

pool of water (refractive index

4
is

60 cm deep. What

apparent depth when view

through air ?

cm
45 cm

(C)
19.

The sun

(B)

(C)

0-3002 dyne cm" 1

(D)

20-30 dyne cm" 1

When

is

20.

of

Reflection

(B) Refraction

(C)

Scattering

(D) Diffraction

Sound
form of

27.

Transverse

(C)

waves

33.

oscillator is kinetic

(A)

fth

(B)

(C)

fth

(D) |th

fth
34.

The escape

velocity of

an object

density

(p), its

radius (R)

and the
Thus

waves

..V

(A)

(B)

.-.v.

(C)

v=

in

22.

23.

second.

Its

(A)

10 sec" 1

(C)

sec"

t is

(B)

The

air

pressure at a height h

(C)

A square
moves
with

28

(D)

plate of 10

parallel to

cm

cm

-1
,

30.

both

immersed in
water. If the viscous force is 200
dyne and viscosity of water is

25.

cm
cm

is

their distance

31

cm
cm

(A)

0 005

(B)

5 0

(C)

0-5

(D)

0 05

total

energy

(A)

(B)

(C)

-7

(D)

The

coefficient of restitution for

of the particle

(A)

(B)

(C)

C from a point
- 3000 V to another

cific

rise in

is

-5
5 x 10

J.

Find the

(A)

22000 V

(B)

2500 V

(C)

30000 V

(D)

3200

blackened platinum wire of

length 5 cm and perimeter 0 02
cm is maintained at a temperature of 3000 K. At what rate is
the wire losing its energy ? (o =
54-927 watt

(B)

27-945 watt

(C)

45-927 watt

(D)

94-527 watt

A 40

watt daylight bulb has a

tungsten filament of surface area

0-25 cm 2 What is the tempera.

of

the

filament

when

it

reaches incandescence. Emissivity of

is

the filament = 0-35,

5-67 x ICr 5 cgs

units.

a =

J = 4-18

(A)

9296 K

(B)

8096 K

(C)

9629 K

(D)

2996 K

is

37. Calculate the Hall constant for

silver

knowing

its

density,

3
3
p = 10-5 x 10 kg/m and atomic

D -1
)

mass A = 107-868,

The valency of the impurity atom

that is to be added to germanium
crystal so as to make it a n-type
semiconductor is
(A) 6
(B) 5
(C) 4
(D) 3
With

moving a

in

2 x 10"9

of

J/cal

no.
(A)

of

Avogadro's

N = 6 02 x 1026 per kg mol

107x1(r 10 m 3/C

(B)

107x10 10 m 3/C

(C)

7 01 x1(r 10

(D)

10-7x10 10 m 3/C

m 3/C

temperature, the spe-

resistance of semiconduc-

tors
(A)

Increases

spherical soap bubble of radius

(B)

Decreases

C.S.V./

36.

where k is a constant. The

the excess pressure inside a

If

The work done

ture
>

perfectly elastic collision

the plates being

0 01 poise, what
apart ?

particle of mass m is moving in

a horizontal circle of radius r,
under a centripetal force equal to

side

another plate

velocity of 10

is

P = P0 e- a
P = P 0 e ah

(D) Aluminium

5-67 x lO^c.g.s. units)

Vgmr

- j2

29.
(B)

8tcGR
3

2GM
(D)

by

P = P 0 e a/?2
P = P0 e -*

(A)

2 sec- 1

(D) 0 01 sec" 1

(B) Iron

Nickel

(A)

frequency is

If two tuning forks A and B are

sounded together, they produce
4 beats per second. A is then
slightly loaded with wax, they
produce 2 beats when sounded
again. The frequency of A is 256.
The frequency of B will be
(A) 250
(B) 252
(C) 260
(D) 262

given

24.

x-2f)

cm and

Copper

(C)

of potential

mean

35.

The equation of a transverse

wave is given by
in

(A)

potential at the point

its

a substance

The substance

S.I.

be

point

of the earth (M),

gravitational constant (G).

10 sinn (0 01

-0-1 x 10"8

mass

the formula for escape velocity

y=

susceptibility of

+2D
-4D

(B)

(D)

from the earth depends upon the

Both longitudinal and transverse elastic waves

where x and y are

The

could

8rcGp
21.

-2D
+4D

energy of a simple har-

only

Non-elastic

(D)

waves

elastic

(C)

charge

only
(B)

of

travels in rocks in the

Longitudinal elastic

(A)

is half

is

monic

power

(A)

atmospheric

(A)

person can not see objects

beyond 50 cm. He must use lens

of

the displacement

of total

after the actual sunset. This

because

ses

the amplitude, then what fraction

little

before the actual sunrise and a

little

(D) First decreases then increa-

32.

cm -1
002 dyne cm-1

30 02 dyne

verti-

to us

Remains unchanged

(C)

high, calculate the

(A)

(B)

is visible

mm

surface tension

50 cm
(D) 54 cm

40

-36

is

cally

(A)

38.

If

A +B = A - B

the following
(A)

is

then which of

correct ?

A =0

March/ 2000/ 41
Copyrighted material

ANSWERS

10.

B =0

(B)

and B are simultane-

(C)

ously zero

A+B*=0

(D)

2. (B)

3. (C)

4. (D)

6.(C)

7. (B)

8. (A)

9. (A) 10. (B)

The

is

the

If

13. (B) 14. (B) 15. (C)

these

18. (C) 19. (B) 20. (C)

times (resistance

number

T, the

have

is

of

(Ri~Ti

<R,-R 2 )

(C)

(^-RaVT

that

36. (D) 37. (A) 38. (B) 39. (C) 40. (C)

in

time

41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (D) 44. (B) 45. (A)

than
(A)

The energy
tum state
1

Equivalent resistance of upper

arm R = 2 + 2 = 4Q

a radioactive

(B)

(C) 2"5

(D) 2

the nth quanhydrogen atom is

= 8+8

of

of

E2

-13-6Z2

it

is

-5

-13-4

j-

16

2 (series)

R and

R'

RR'

R* =

eV. Here

p^p7 (parallel)

4x16

3-2 ft

4 + 16

(n = 2i
12.

= -3-4 eV.
For helium atom at

used

is

Equivalent of

eV. For other hydrogen

atoms

like

2x5

Graff generator

(series)

arm

3*6

- -^5-

half value period is

Van de

11.

R'
5.

to survive 5 times larger

its

nal to area). Half of the wire will

HINTS

probability of

atom

four

proportional

is

inversely proportio-

Equivalent resistance of lower

(R,-R 2 )T

The

and

have a resistance 2R.

atoms

- R2T2)

(A)

becomes

changes

to length

proportional to

(B)

(D)

41.

31. (B) 32. (A) 33. (A) 34. (A) 35. (C)

disintegrated

(T 2

40.

26. (A) 27. (A) 28. (B) 29. (A) 30. (B)

half,

same. The

is

resistance of the wire due to

11. (B) 12. (B)

a sample is
at a time

and R 2

half-life of

doubled, area of

is

16. (A) 17. (A)

the specimen

radioactivity of

at time T,

T2

length

because volume

21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (D) 25. (A)
39.

When

cross-section reduces to

5.(D)

1.(C)

third

quantum

- -4-

-+-

state,

(A)

Detect charged particles

(B)

Count charged

13-6Z

particles

13-6

Accelerate charged particles

(C)

Q
13-6x4

An

electrical strain

(A)
(B)

gauge

A thermistor
A triode with more

is

(D)

alters with

43.

The

changes

in

(B)

(C)

correct dimensions of per-

meability

and

2/Vb +

pectively

as

c2

L -3

M-1

MLQ-2 M~

(C)

MLQ^.M^L^T^Q

(D)

M~1

L"3

gram

Power

of water will remain so

Vaporise =

T3

Power

of

at constant

Q,

MLQ-1

rooms

Chiefly by convection

(C)

By radiation
By conduction

By

radiation

and conduction

both

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 42

for
9.

of

tem-

Power

of

P =

By Wien's displacement law XmT

= constant, where X m is the
wavelength of radiators carrying
maximum energy and T is the
temperature of the star. For a
low.

T is high. So X m is
Lower wavelength corres-

ponds

1 g.

very hot star

to the violet region.

concave lens

P2 = -

it

m x L = 2-268 x 10 6 J,

kg or 2268 J for

convex lens
1
1
00
2D
7 = 05 =

(D)

(B)

16.

volt

becomes steam

T3 Q 2 MLGr2
L-3 T2 Q 2

45. Radiators heat

*= "4
-1-5)

Pi

Qj_5

"T2
Q

dl

perature 100C. Heat required to

(B)

Q2
472 =

only upto 100C. After that

permittivity are res-

(A)

Q xq

10X10"6

2fVc 2 -6 2

The

c 2 (D)

xy

IOOxKHxQ

is

2f(b+c)

rVo 2

(A)

-L

8.

44.

e =

7.

y=bt 2 The speed of

the particle

(2r)

(negative for attractive force)

respect to time are

particle with
ct 2 and

QxQ

4tceo

-Mt)

stress

position coordinates of

x=

(A)

= -3-4

A mesh of wire under strain

A resistor whose resistance

electro^

if

4x9

grid

(C)

and

13-6x4x4
than one

equilibrium

in

static force of repulsion

Accelerate neutrons

(D)

42.

be

will

between
= electrostatic force of
attractions between q and Q.

x22

17.

If

y is

the

=-

-1D

combination

P 1 + P2

2-1=1D

the distance through which

pin

would appear

to

be

raised, then

y = Real

thickness of slab

Apparent thickness of slab

Real thickness

_ Real

thickness

Real thickness

0-136 x 0-9 x

Total energy

981 dyne

18.

15

P =

2r

T -

26. Since

Apparent depth

31.

K.E. =

^mco 2

= 45 cm

(a 2

-y 2

comparison we

= 2n

9 =
and

50
f

100

^50

V27r,
R2

cave

lens,

=>

M = fpR3
9 = G

=>

33.

The
tic

T pR

is

v e = V2gR
8tc

r\

is

G P R2

V be

the potential at P.

potential difference

This

v2

is

taking

k_

(- 3000)

equal to the work done

1C

..

onrto

+ 3000 =

K. E.

r=

Density p =

Height

h =

10
0-9

mm = 1cm,

2x10"9

mx mr
or,

k_

200
= 005 cm
Radius

001 x 100x10

2r

\E.U. =

mm

= 0-136 cm

-j

Excess pressure

P = hpg

V + 3000 = 25000
V = 22000 V

=*

e AoT4

F dr
35.

gem -3

1-36

Work
ChaTgl
5 x icr5

T\Adv

in

of positive charge from

to the other point

mr

25.

Then

between the

two points

= (V + 3000)V
28. Here

dx

a dimagne-

negative. Here

copper.

= V-

poise,

dx

focal length is

susceptibility of

substance

200 dyne

Distance,

where

wear a con-

the only diamagnetic substance

Coefficient of viscosity,

= 001

suffering from

can see.

Viscous force,

F =

a person

In short,

short sight should

p =

-2D

GM

34. Let

cms -2

= -50 cm
=

dv
10

equal to the farther distance he

10

u ~

100

v0 =

27.

cm x 10 cm
= 100 cm 2

Velocity,

3
4

sec -1

A =

a2

" g-mo^a 2 -!

2tc

Since the frequency of A will

decrease on waxing. Hence, the
frequency of B will be 252.

moo2

E = 2

get,

The frequency of B may be either

256 + 4 = 260 or 256 - 4 = 252.

24. Area

Ill
1

The given equation is

y = 10sinjc(0-01x-2r)

22.

^a2

K. E.

Total energy,

'

n =

negative.

is

is

is

y = a sin ^f- ~\

2n n =

semiconductors

2
2
\ mto a

Standard wave equation

=>

rrxo

60 x 3
60
4/3" 4

oo

coefficient of

a case of myopia. Since

the person can not see the
objects placed beyond 50 cm,
the lens he uses should bring all
objects placed beyond 50 cm to
infinity, at 50 cm.

Real depth

On

The temperature

32. This

Refractive index

_k_

Pr 0-136x0-9x981x1
4
4
= 30 02 dyne cm-1

cm

Real depth
Apparent depth

21

K. E. + P. E.

2r

Refractive index

cm -2

4T

dr

-^r1

watt

5x0 02

s-eyxio-Sxsooo4

45-927 watt

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 43

Copyrighted material

eAaT4

P =

36.

.-.

watt

10 7

No. of atoms decayed

-T 1 ) = (N 1 -N 2 )

t-iI/4

|~

P x 107

L e

% = 2bt

"y=

Velocity of the particle =

(R1-B2)

1
"I

"

"
is

called

Time

40.

+ vy2

V(2cf) 2 + (2bf) 2

The basic expression are

44.

decay

of

V vx2

= 2rVb 2 + c 2

0-693

(Ri-RaJT

reciprocal of 'ne'

v =

0-693/T

(Ri-R 2 )T

2996 K

The

Velocity along y-axis

40x1

L0-35x0-25x5-67x10-5J

37.

time

~ R2

Ri

Ao

I"

in

(T2

"

Hall constant.

Half-life

C H = J_
ne

A
A

cH

and

= tifexn

5 '1/2 =

U/2

(Given

Ne

=5

Q2

d2

Newton
^ " Ampere 2
[MLT-2

f 1/2 )

n = 5

=>

<7i

F =

4tcq

xn

2n'

half-lives

pN
But n

F _

x No. of

107-868
Survival probability of a radio-

10-5x10 3 x 6 02x1026

active

107x

m 3/C

10- 10

Radioactivity at time

39.

=
=

= MM,

Radioactivity at time

T2

No

or =

and

*x =

dx

Coulomb2
Newton x Metre2

[MLT"2 x
]

New

Rs.

[L

2
]

[M^L-^Q 2

UPKAR'S

Release

in

Science

(Unique for PMT, PET and 10 + 2 students

for General Awareness)

Edited by

MATHEMATICS
Price

[Q!]

= 2cf

Just out

Dr. H. B. Pandey

PASSPORT

N.D.A. / C.D.S.
:

[MLQ-2]

>

Tips

By

eo

43. Velocity along x-axis

R 2 = MM 2

Read
UPKAR'SX

PT

atom

x1-6x10" 19
=

15/-

The book has been written in conformity

most scientific technique of under-

with the

and reproduction. A
highly renowned and experienced author of
the subject has classified the subject matter

The Board

Price

It

Rs.

50 00

puts important topics of the syllabus at

finger-tips.

crystal clears the intelligently selected

with
clear-cut
hints
and

problems

explanations.
*

It
provides indepth knowledge which
enables you to solve problems quickly and

Only a trial will convince you that

make you the un-do-able.

into parts

designed to conform the requirements of the

It

your
*

standing, memorization

and has added to their utility.

From beginning to end the book has been

of Competition Science Vision

precisely.
it

can

examination. This makes the book highly useful,

self-sufficient

UPKAR
PRAKASHAN

and unique in itself.

2/11 A, Swadeshi Blma Nagar, Agra-282 002

Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251;
:

-mall : upkarende. vsrtl.net. in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 44

Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy by V.P.P.

sending M. 0. ofRs. 40/- on the following address

UPKAR
PRAKASHAN

2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-282 002

Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251
:

e-mail

upkarende. vsnl.net. in

Best Fifteen Questions

1.

An

gas

ideal

confined to a

is

cylinder fitted with a piston.

piston

is

slowly pushed

the gas temperature remains at

6.

27 C. During compression 730 J

of

work is done on the gas. Find

change in the entropy of the

the

10-25 J/K

2.

(B)

Zero

(C) 4-30 J/K

(D)

- 2-43 J/K

One

of helium

mole

half

much

gas

energy

heat

12-37 x 10 3 J

needed to double the pressure

the gas ?

is

potentiometer wire

long and

difference

is

Two

7.

is

100

cm

(B)

(D) 4

(C)

1693 J

(D)

3000

is

respectively.

formed

at

The sun's surface temperature is

about 6000 K. The sun's radia-

If

20 cm and 5
final image
of 30 cm

the

a distance

tion is

maximum

of 0-5 (im.

If

at

distinct vision

a wavelength

radiation at

2um

length of

a wave-

same

have, the

emissive characteristics, calculate the temperature of the fila-

ment
(A) 1500K

(B)

2000 K

1000 K

(D)

500 K

(C)
4.

At what temperature

speed

is

35 cm, 40

8.

(D)

10

13.

of

143

54 X

(B)

54X 145 + 3 0 n

(C) 57 X

142

(D) 54X

142

+ 30 n

/'

is

(B)

Simple cubic

(C)

Body-centred cubic
Face-centred cubic

An

electron with kinetic energy

values of E

(A)

For

all

(B)

For

E<
E<

13-6

eV
eV

E<

3-4

10-2

eV

A choke of 0-5 H, a capacitor of

15nF and a resistance of 100

current

and the power

factor

of the circuit are-r-

for the

(A)

1-75 A, 0-8759

(B)

17-5A, 87-59

(C) 7-15A.78-5

/i-5A,7-85

(D)
14.

An

oscillator circuit contains

an

inductance 0-04H and a capa-

citor of

+ 0n 1

The vectors

the crystal

Tetragonal

are connected in series

across 200 volt, 50 Hz mains.

+ 30n1

capacity 16uF. Determine

maximum current when

maximum voltage across
50V
is

the

A
9.

is

unit cell

ohm

+ 0 n 1 ^asSr90 *

(A)
-

solid,

(D) Only for

following fission process

23 5

(A)

The

Complete the equation

92 U

in

atoms per

+ 3/ + 5k and

capacitor

A
A
A
2/ + 6/ + 10/care

the
the

oxygen

is

10

(B)

20 K

(A)

Parallel

(C) 30 K

(D)

40 K

(B)

Perpendicular

(C)

Inclined at 135

5g/mm

Inclined at 60

rigid

(D)

supports with a tension 4-5

N.

resonates at the frequency

(A)

5.

30 cm, 15

the effec-

hydrogen molecule
(molecular weight = 2) equal to
that of
oxygen molecule at
47 C ?
Molecular weight of
tive

24-3 cm, 25

(C)

there are 4

(C) For

cm
cm
cm
cm, 20 cm

(A)

(B)

both the surface of

the sun and the filament emitting

maximum

between the lenses for

and normal vision

ration

is

the

= E eV collides with a hydrogen

atom in the ground state. The
collision will be elastic

from the eyepiece, find the sepa3.

and

biased

If

(D)

the eyepiece of an astrono-

mical telescope are

cm

junction

reverse biased

1000 J

are

junctions

base-collector junction

11.

12.

focal lengths of the objective

(B)

2:5

(C)

2500 J

the

forward

maintained across
are conne-

The
and

(A)

The emitter-base

A and B

cells

Both

(D)

constant potential

3:2

(A)

is

of

[Molar specific heat of gas at

constant volume = 12-4 J/mole K]

(C)

reverse biased

cted in series first to support one

another and then in opposition.
The balance points are obtained
at 60 cm and 12 cm from the
same end of the wire. Find the
ratio of the emf's

confined to a container at STP.

How

2-37x10- 3 J

(D)

it.

gas
(A)

(C)

The

so that

in

32

Find the magnetic energy stored

in

an

30

air

core solenoid of length

cm and

radius

cm. The

number of turns in the solenoid is

200 and steady current flowing
through the coil is 3A

10.

To use a

transistor as

15.

an ampli-

fier

(A)

No

biasing voltages are re-

quired
(A)
(B)

73-2x10~3 J
23-7

xlO2 J

(B)

Both the junctions are

ward biased

(A)

1A

(C)

3A

(B)

(D)

wire with

It

is

2A
4A

mass per

unit length

stretched between two

420 Hz. If the next occurs at

490 Hz, find the length of the
wire
of

(A)

(C)

10

for-

(B)

14

(D)

^m

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/45

Copyrighted material

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(D)

2.(C)

3. (A)

4.(B)

5.(C)

6. (A)

7. (A)

8. (A)

9. (A)

10. (D)

(47 + 273)

From the

The

AW

AQ

-730J

because work

coil is

occurs

the

inelastic.

If

10-2 eV.

is

in

13.

3-14x(10~ 2) 2
0-30

entropy

4 x4x(3-14) 2

5-26 x

As

= 2nfL

"(oC
x 10-5

~2^fC

2x3-14x50x0-5

10

lO^H

1 1/2

= -55-31

-730

ML

(27 + 273)

Since, the gas

stant volume,
P_

= 2-37 x 10-3 J

heated at con-

6.

If

E 1 + E2

T0
(E 1 +

T = 2T 0

(E^

of

Ey.

60-1-12

72
48

Ei

E2
7.

"

Power

-=1-75 A

= cos

factor

<|>

14.

"

"1

law,

From conservation

X mJ = constant

of

f.
1

" 5

Of,

/max

30
= 4-3 cm
1 ~
7
Separation = f0 +u^ = 20 + 4-3

mai(

6 x 10"6

= \ mTforsun

2T = 0-5x6000

T =

=>

energy

|cv 2 ax

100
R
=^=
114 3
= 0-8759

Distinct vision

= 1693 J

X,T for filament

114-3

"2

For eye-piece

= 0-5x12-4x273

-v

^cc

= 114-3
v =

60-12

From Wien's displacement

-^R 2 +

= V(100) 2 + 3059

temperature of

AQ = uC v AT

.-.

Z =

.-.

E 2) + (E 1 -E 2 )
+ Ed-fEt-Ea)

AT = T-T0
= T0 = 273K

3.

60

Ei-E2 = 12

P = 2P 0

Hence, change
the gas is

respectively, then

= j_

'

3059

the e.m.f. of the cells are

and E 2

so

Po
Again

is

- <- 55

-^)

= -2-43J/K
2.

6>

2 x 3-14x50 x 15

AQ
~

this

x(200)2

gas)

Change

.-.

If

will
be
no absorption

collision

there

of energy, the collision is elastic.

4nx10-7

done on the

is

inductance of the

the ground

in

only absorb energy

will

greater than

kN 2 *

L =

Au + AW
process Au = 0

For isothermal

(-ve,

self

law of thermody-

first

namics

AQ

Hydrogen atom
state

5.
1

12.

= 20K

11. (D) 12. (B) 13. (A) 14. (C) 15. (D)

= 150

= 24-3 cm
15.

1500 K

004

= 3A
In

case

the vibration of a

of

both even and odd harmonics are obtained. That is,

string,

4.

Average kinetic energy per molecule of oxygen is

1
7.

mr2 rms

Separation = f0

8.

92 U

+fe = 20 + 5
= 25 cm

235 + n 1
0

etc.

- asSr90 + 54 Xe 143 + 3 0 n 1
"rms

9.

~
A =
*

Let

3/cTN/

32
(N A - Avogadro's no.)
Similarly for

hydrogen

AAA
/

+ 3/ +

5/C

AAA

= 2? + 6/ + 10*
-

->

B = 2A

Then
>

Now, A x B

->

x
32

2n, 3n, 4n
between the

n,

n = 490 - 420 = 70 Hz.

21

Vm

2n

A and B

4-5

2x70
3

-*

Hence,

are

difference

consecutive frequencies
gives
the
fundamental frequency. In the present case,

= 2(A x A) = 0

The

two

= A x 2A

'rms

Equating

frequencies

are parallel.

14

V 5x

10~ 3

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 46

Copyrighted material

AND SPECIFIC HEAT OF GASES

KINETIC THEORY, GAS LAWS

c2

Pressure exerted by the gas P = |

Root Mean Square Velocity

c 1 2 + c 22 + c 32 +
n

+ C 2

Graham's law

For monoatomic gases

/3RT"

cv =3calmole- "C"
1

(i)

> M
V

velocity of molecules

cp = 5

(i)

cv = 5

(it)

Cmax = 0-817 c

Dependence

Boyle's law

Charle's law

Gas

cal

mole

In all

cal

-1

C~ 1

mole-1 0C~1

cases, for

cp -cv = 2

c on molecular weight

of

cp = 7

on absolute temperature c

of c

mole" 1 "C"1

cal

velocity of molecules

Dependence

mole

cal

moM

C~ 1 =

(approx.)

5
D
y=-f =-

For monoatomic gases

For diatomic gases y =

For triatomic gases y =

=x
^
c
o

c_

VT
PV = RT

VM,

For diatomic gases

c = 0-921 c

Maximum

"

r2

(ii)

Average

of diffusion

equation

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

2.

The energy

of

a gas per

300

joules.

(A)

3x105^

(B)

BxK^N/m 2

(C)

10 5 N/m 2

(D)

2x10 N/m

pressure

Its

4.

be

The temperature of a gas at

pressure P and volume V is 27 q C.

its

pressure

(A)

2P

(B)

3P

N molecules each of mass m of

gas A and 2N molecules each of
mass 2 m of gas B are contained
in the same vessel at temperature T. The mean square of the
velocity of molecules of gas B is
v 2 and the mean squares of x

(C)

4P

(D)

6P

is

(A)

56

raised by 5C.

gm
If

8.

of nitrogen

(B) 2

(C)

1/3

(D) 2/3

number 6X 1023
energy

gen molecules

at

is

8-3 joule

9.

6.

will

x1Cr23 joule

(A)

415

(B)

2490 X10"22

joule

(B)

41

(C)

83

(D)

None

The

-5 joule

of the

above

C.S.V./

830 x10~22

7.

(A)

(C)

1-6

If

(B)

1-58

(D) 1-31

one mole
=

joule

(B)

1-53

(D) 3

07

If the degrees of freedoms of a

gas are f, then the ratio of two

is

given by

(A)

f+1

0)1-7

(C)

1+)

(D)

1 -5.

/*v

(A)

of

a monoatomic gas

|^

is

mixed with one mole

_.

(C)

10.

1-)'

For a certain gas, the ratio of

specific heats is given to be
For this

3^

c v =-j-

respective speeds of five

(C) 1245 x 10-23 joule

(D)

1-40

(C)

Y=

joule

molecules are 2, 1 -5, 1 -6, 1 -6 and

1-2 km/sec. The most probable
speed in km/sec will be

of the oxy-

327C

1-50

(A)

specific heats

8-3 joule

(A)

The

the

is

the universal gas constant is

-1
8-3 joule mole -1 K
and the Avo-

is

mole-1 K_1 then the work done

by the gas will be

w 2 The

If

the value of uni-

versal gas constant

is

kinetic

be

At constant pressure, the temperature of

of the velocity of

ratio

mean

5.

will

H)

gas

value of y for the mixture

molecules of gas

gadro's

of diatomic

Keeping its volume constant, if

its temperature
is
raised to
927C, then

component

3.

litre is

will

3R

(B)

cp = -j-

(D)

cv

5R

cp = ^j-

5R

=^~

root mean square speed of

hydrogen molecule of an ideal
hydrogen gas kept in a gas

The

chamber

at

0C

is

31 80 metre/

second. The

pressure on the
gas is (density of
hydrogen gas is 8-99 x 1 -2 kg/

hydrogen

March/ 2000/ 47
Copyrighted material

m3

atmosphere = 1-01 x 10 5

gen gas

0 atmosphere

external work

N/m 2)
(A)

(B)

-5

atmosphere

maintain

atmosphere

is

3 0 atmosphere

One mole

an

of

ideal

pands at a constant temperature

300 K from an initial volume of
10 litres to a final volume of 20
litres. The work done in expanding the gas is
(R = 8-31 J mole" 1

12.

(A)

750

(B)

1726 joule

(C)

1500 joule

3456 joule

10 3 calorie
5

specific heat of
at

constant

hydrogen

pressure

is

cp = 3-4 x 10 3 cal/kgC and at

is c = 2-4 x 10 3

one kilogram hydro-

If

of

its

a gas molecule

vlaue at 100C

104 calorie

(A)

4192 K

(B)

105 calorie

(C)

9142 K

(D) 2491

-216C

(D)

342-2 m/S'

(B)

(C) 432-2 m/s

(D) 243-2 m/s

-264C

the

average kinetic
energy of a gas molecule at a
temperature of 300 K.

ANSWERS
1.(D)

(The Boltzmann's constant

(A)

molecule at 27C. (Molecular

weight of argon = 40 gm/mole)
(A) 234-2 m/s

-235C

k= 1-38x

1492 K

Find the rms speed of an argon

16.

of the

(B)

- 254C

Calculate

constant volume
cal/kgC.

rms speed
have twice

xlO3 calorie

(C)

(C)

gas

At what temperature would the

(D)

(A)

The

(D) 26-1 x 10~23 J

pressure
15.

(B)

62-1 x 10"21 J

(B)

(C) 6-21 x 10~"23 J

to

hydrogen
at which the average speed of its
molecules is equal to that of
oxygen molecules at a temperature of 31 C is

K -1 )

14.

at constant

The temperature

13.

joule

(D)

it

done on the gas

(A)

gas ex-

of

heated from 10C to

is

at constant pressure, the

(C) 2 0
(D)
11.

20C

6. (D)

10- 23 JK- 1
)

11. (B)

6-21 x 10-21 J

2.(D)

3.(C)

7. (B)

8. (A)

12.(C)13.(C)

4.(C)

5.(C)

9. (B)

10. (D)

14: (A) 15. (B)

16. (C)

HINTS
Energy =

1.

300J/litre

P =

E=

=
2

and

Mean

Most probable speed

= 0-817 c
/

0017AV

131

x10s N/m 2

3RT

2
I" ' max = 3v,2 = 3*2]

8-3

6 X 1023

x-

1245x

p _
Cy

~ x 600

3
2

=>

10~23 J

Using Charle's law

Also

Cy =

cp -c v =

Tj

Pi _
r2
T2

5.

or,

(?27 273)
x
xP=
^
r"
X
x P
p
Tt
(27 + 273)

or,

1200 P
= 4P
300

CP

the gas

W = PdV = nRdT

83 J

"

1-5

"

1-5

15
R
J

R
R
J

cp =

v =

3l

3R
J

rz^~
10

cp

56
28 x 8-3x5
=

"

1-5

0-5

For
n moles of a gas n have PV = n
i-ornmoiesofagasnhavePV
nRT
RT

The work done by

n 2 c
2

hi

=H=
22

K.E. =

+ n 2 cpp

"1 <V, +

2m

p2 =

2 2 + 1-5 2 + 1-6 2 + 1-6 2 + 1-2 2

5

n,c
?

4.

-7rT

v2 =

*2
3.

3M/2=

"

SOOxlO^/m 3
2_ 2 x300x10 3
s

[7=7-

\^ =V^
A /3P_ A /3P

Vma/=V7

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 48

Copyrighted material

For hydrogen

3P

3180

8-99 x 10-2

For oxygen

yjm^m

3 atmosphere

1 1

(O)

atmosphere = 101 x 10 5 N/m2 )

3RT

"rms (H) =

303034-9 N/m 2

304

At constant temperature,

PV =

Given,

constant

32

P x 10 = P 2 x20

T= ^=19K

JPdV

14.

The average

kinetic

(19-273)C = -254C
energy per molecule

is

E* = |/fT

RT[logV]v 2

ci

RT

log e 2

8-31 x

mcp oT

300 x

log e

2 = 1726 joule

13.

i/

3k J 2

1x3-4x103 x10

c, 2

3frx(273 + 100)

4l

T2 = 1492 K
16.

Root

mean square speed

-V

is

given by

'3RT
1

W+dU

Q-dU

1x10*031

va

2 c,

mcv dl

rms x 0-921 =

or,

c2 =

c2 2 = 4

or,

= 2-4x104 cal
But

m
3k T 2

c 22 =

= S^xIC^cal
dll

3/cT,

20

6-21 x 10~21 J

RTlog^
Given

12.

IxISSxIO-^xSOO

RTlog^
15.

M
3 x 8-3 x (273 + 27)

40x1(T3

V:average

3 x 8-3 x 300

'rms

40x10-3

3RT
'rms

= 432-2 m/s

At 9 Glance

BEVERAGES
Common name

Botanical

name

Family

onaracieri sties

Non-Alcoholic
Dried seeds roasted, ground and brewed to
stimulating beverage.

Coffee

Coffea arabica

Rubiaceae

Cocoa

Theobroma cacoas

Sterculiaceae

Tea

Thea sinensis

Theaceae

Hordeum

Gramineae

Barley malt used,

Gramineae
Gramineae & solanaceae

40% alcohol

make

Dried seeds used as non-alcoholic beverage

and also used for making chocolates.
Young leaves and shoot tips are processed to

prepare tea.

Alcoholic
Beer
Brandy (from grapes)
Rum (from molasses)
Whisky (cereals potatoi3S)

vulgare

Fermented and

Vitis vinifera

Saccharum

officinarum

3-6%

alcohol

distilled juice,

Distilled alcohol,

50%

60-70% alcohol

alcohol

C.S.V./March/2000/49
Copyrighted material

Topic on Chemistry

ALKALINE EARTH METALS GROUP

II

Introduction

The term

Electronic Structure

alkaline earth metals

is

the chemical elements beryllium (Be),

name for
magnesium (Mg),

calcium (Ca), strontium (Sr), barium (Ba), and radium

(Ra), which are the members of group II A of the periodic
table of the elements. Prior to the 19th century, subs-

tances that were non-metallic, insoluble

unchanged by

Element

generic

in

water and

were known as earths. Those earths

resembled the alkalies were designated

Symbol

1s

2s 2 2p 6 3s 2

Ca

1s

2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 4s 2

Calcium

from the alkalies and from other earths, such as alumina

and the rare earths. By the first decade of 1 9th century it

became

be
metals and

clear that the earths, formerly considered to

elements, were

in fact

compounds

oxides,

of

oxygen. The metals whose oxides make up the alkaline

earths then came to be known as the alkaline earth

3s 2

or [Ne]

Sr

1s 2s 2p 3s
4s 2 4p 6 5s 2

Barium

Ba

1S 2 2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 3d 10
4s 2 4p 6 4d 10 5s 2 5p 6 6s 2

Radium

Ra

3p

3d

or [Ar]

10

Strontium

alkaline earths. Alkaline earths were, thus distinguished

2s 2

or (He]

Magnesium Mg

fire

like lime, that

Electronic Structure

^s 2 2s ^

Be

Beryllium

4s

or (Kr] 5s 2

or(Xe] 6s 2

[Rn]

7s

group HA elements have twos electrons in their

outermost shell. Ignoring the filled inner orbitals, their
electronic structures may be written 2s 2 3s 2 4s 2 5s 2
All

6s

and 7s

metals.

Occurrence and Abundance

History

The
calx)

The abundance

known alkaline earth was lime (Latinnow known as calcium oxide; it was used in

weight

which

is

ancient times

in

(barium oxide).

was

to

further earth, strontia (strontium oxide),

by Adair Crawford, a London physician

and chemist, in 1790 on examining a mineral (strontium
carbonate)
found
in a lead mine at strontium in
identified

Argyllshride, Scotland. Beryllia (Beryllium oxide)

was

extracted from the mineral beryl and recognized as an

earth by the

French

1797. Beryllia

was

sweet) because of

its

Louis Nicolas in
glucina (Greek glykys,

analytical chemist

originally called

sweet

taste.

On

the

same

basis the

element beryllium was first named as glucinium.

Vauquelin prepared Be in the pure form.

In

1798

Magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium, elements

derived from alkaline earths, were isolated as impure

Humphry Davy in 1808,

method he had previously

metals by the English chemist Sir

by means

of the electrolytic

applied for the isolation of the alkali metals, potassium

and sodium. Barium was

first

chemist Friedrich Wohler

in

red

in

given as

elements

of

in

the earth crust by

Symbol

the composition of mortar. Magnesia, the

magnesium was shown

be an alkaline earth
different from lime by the Scottish chemist Joseph
Black in 1 755; he observed that magnesia give rise to be
a soluble sulphate, whereas that derived from lime was
known to be insoluble. In 1774 Carl Wilhelm Scheeie,
the Swedish chemist who discovered oxygen, found that
the mineral called heavy spar or barys (Greek-heavy)
contained a new earth, which became known as baryta
oxide of

is

earliest

898 by means

Marie Curie,

of

its

who separated

barium.

isolated by the

German

was

discove-

1828. Radium
radioactivity
it

by Pierre and

with great difficulty from

PPm

abundance

Relative

Be

200

Mg

27,640

Ca

46,600

384

15

Ba

390

14

Ra

1-3x 1CT6

Sr

Beryllium

It

is

51
6

not very familiar, partly because

not very abundant (2ppm)

found

and

because

partly

it

it

is

is difficult

small quantities as the silicate

minerals beryl (Be 3 AI 2 Si 6 0 18 and phenacite, Be 2 Si0 4

to extract.

is

It

in

The gemstone emerald has same formula as beryl, but

also contains small amounts of chromium which make it
green

in colour.

Magnesium

the sixth most abundant element

salts occur to about 0-13%
mountain ranges (example, the
Dolomite in Italy) consist of the mineral dolomite
[MgC0 3 CaC03]. There are also large deposits of
magnesite [MgCCy, There are also deposits of sulphates
such as epsomite [MgS04 -7H 2 0] and
kieserite
in

in

the earths crust.

sea water.

It

is

Magnesium

Entire

[MgS04 H 2 0].

Carnallite [KCIMgCI 2 -6H 2 0] is mined as a

source of potassium. Magnesium also occurs in wide
range silicate minerals including olivine [(Mg, Fe) 2 Si04],

[Mg 3(OH)2Si4 O 10 ], chrysolite [Mg 3 (OH) 4Si 2 0 5] and

micas such as K+ [Mg 3 (OH) 2-(AISi 3 0 o)~.

talc

Calcium

fifth most abundant element in the

occurs throughout the world in many
common minerals. There are vast sedimentary deposits of
CaC0 3 existing as whole mountain ranges of limestone,

earth's crust

It

and

is

the

it

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 50

Cop

marble, and chalk. These are originated from the shells of

marine life. There are two crystalline forms of CaC0 3
and aragonite. Calcite is more common it forms

Radium

Radium is extremely scarce and is

It was first isolated by Pierre and Marie Curie
processing many tons of the uranium ore,
pitchblende. Marie Curie was awarded the Nobel Prize
for chemistry in 1911 for isolating and studying radium
and polonium.
radioactive.

calcite

colourless rhombohedral crystals. Aragonite

bic

and

by

is

commonly red-brown

or yellow

in

is

orthorhom-

colour.

Fluoroapatite [3(Ca 3 (P0 4 ) 2 ).CaF2] is commercially

important source of phosphate. Gypsum [CaS0 4 -2H 2 0]

CaS0 4

and anhydrite

are major minerals. Fluorite

is

General Physical Properties

The

an

important source of fluorine.

lustre

Strontium and

much

Barium Strontium and

less abundant, but are well

barium are

is

mined as barytas,

BaS04

Some

electricity.

freshly cut

but tarnish

members

readily

in

air,

of the group. Beryllium is

hard to scratch the glass, but barium is only

slightly harder than lead. Some important physical
sufficiently

occur as concentrated ores which are easy to extract.

Strontium is mined as celestite, SrS0 4 and strontianite

S1CO3. Barium

when

particularly the heavier

known because they

and
They have grey-white

alkaline earth elements are highly metallic

are good conductors of

properties of alkaline earth metals are given

in

the

following table

Properties of the Alkaline Earth Metals

Strontium

Atomic number

12

20

38

56

Atomic weight

90122

24-312

4008

87-62

137-34

(226)

a rev

silvery white

silverv white

silverv white

silverv
J
V *J
"1 Mil.
J white

silverv white

88

(Stablest isotope)

Colour of element

II

mening point

%*)

1,283

650

842-48

769

725

700

Boiling point

C)

-2,500

1,105

1,487

1,384

1,140

< 1,737

1-85

1-74(5 C)

1-54

2-54

3-51

(about 5)

1s 2 2s 2

(Ne) 3s 2
24 Mg

(Ar)4s 2

(Kr)5s 2

(Xe)

^Ca (96-97)

25 Mg

42 Ca

^Sr (0-56),
^Sr (9-86),

Density at 20
Oxidation

C (g /cm 3)

number

Electronic configuration
Isotopic

9 Be(100)

abundance

(terrestrial,

percent)

"jy (78-70),
ft
\

(10-13),

26 Ma (11.171

(0-64),

43 Ca (0-1451

**

^Ca (2 06),

^Sr (82-56)

46

Ca

7 Sr (7.0?1

7,

10-11

20 - 23,

27-28

Electrical resistivity
at 0

40

445

HCP

HCP

(0 097),

135

Ba

37 Ba

Ba

(6-59),
(7-81),

(11-32),

(71-66)

80 - 83, 85

123,

45, 47, 49,

89-93

131, 133,

50

95

139-43

391

23

60

FCC, HCP, BCC

BCC

37 - 39,

41

(Rn) 7s 2

(0-101),

134o a fO-421

138

(mass numbers)

Ba

136 Ba

(0 0033),

^Ca (0-18)
Radioactive isotopes

6s 2

130 Ba
132

125-29,

213-17,

219-30

(microhm-cm)

Crystal structure*

FCC,

HCP,

BCC
Radius ionic

2+

(A)

Diameter, atomic (A)

(co-ordination

number

0-31

0-65

0-99

1-13

1-35

2-25

3-20

3-93

4-30

4-48

932

7 64

5-21

528

1000

10-14

1-40

of 12)

Ionization energy
(electron volt)

6-11

569

Second

18-21

1503

11-87

11

Third

153-85

80-12

51-21

Electrode potential
(according to international
convention)
2+ +2e-->M,

-1-85

-2-37

-2-87

-2-89

-2-91

-2-92

-1-2

-10

-10

-0-9

-0-9

First

03

at

25C,

volt

Electronegativity

1-5

(Pauling)
*

HCP =

hexagonal close packed,

FCC

= face-centred cubic (cubic close packed),

BCC

= body-centred cubic.

C.S.V./ March /2000/ 51

Copyrighted material

(A) Size of Atoms and Ions Group-ll atoms are

large, but are smaller than the corresponding Group-I
elements as the extra charge on the nucleus draws the
orbital electrons in. Similarly the ions

are large, but are

smaller than those of Group-I, specially because the

removal of two

orbital electrons

higher densities than Group-I metals.

Ionic radius

Metallic

M 2+ six-

coordinate

Density

(gm/cm 3)

Be

12

0-31

1-85

Mg

1-60

0-72

1-74

Ca

1-97

100

1-55

Sr

2-15

18

2-63

Ba

2 22

1-35

3-62

1-48

5-5

Remember that

crystallization

number

the

of

molecules of water

decreases as the ions become

of

larger.

Since, divalent ions have noble gas structure with no

unpaired electrons, their compounds are diamagnetic and

colourless.

increases the effective

nuclear charge even further. Thus these elements have

radius

tion.

(D) Solubility

and

Lattice

EnergyThe

solubility of

most of the salts decreases with increased atomic weight,

though the usual trend is reversed with fluorides and
hydroxides in this group. Solubility of salts depends on the
lattice energy of the salt, and the hydration of energy of
the ions. The lattice energy values for Group-ll compounds are much higher than the values for Group-I
compounds, because of the effect of the increased
charge on the ions. For any particular negative ion, the
lattice energy decreases as the size of the metal
increases.

Ra

Lattice energies of
(kJ moM)

some compounds
Group-ll metals are silvery white

They have

in colour.

(B) Ionization EnergyThe third ionization energy is

so high that M 3+ ions are never formed. The ionization
energy of Be 2* is high and its compounds are typically
covalent. Magnesium also forms some covalent compounds. Since, the atoms are smaller than those in
Group-I, the electrons are more tightly held so that the
energy needed to remove the first electrons is greater
than for Group-I. Once one electron has been removed,
the ratio of charges on nucleus to orbital electrons is
increased so that the remaining electrons are more tightly
held. Hence, the energy required to remove second
electron is nearly double that required for the first one.
The total energy required to produce gaseous divalent
ions for Group-ll elements is over four times greater than
the energy required to produce M + ions from Group-I

metals.
(C)

Hydration-EnergyThe

Group-ll ions
is

largely

and

due

^hydration

is

hydration energy of the

four times greater than Group-I ions. This

to their smaller size

and increased charge,

decreases down the group as the size of the

Mg
Ca
Sr

Ba

compounds

of Group-ll contain

more water

of

than the corresponding Group-I compounds. Thus NaCI, KCI are anhydrous but MgCI2 -6H 2 0,

crystallization

CaCI2 -6H 2 0 and BaCI 2 -2H2 0

all

have water of crystalliza-

-3923
-3517
-3312
-3120

-3178
2986

-2718
-2614

MF2

Ml 2

-2906
-2610
-2459
-2367

-2292
-2058

The hydration energy also decreases as the metal

ions become larger. For a salt to dissolve, the hydration
energy must exceed the lattice energy. On descending
the group the metal ions become larger and so both lattice
energy and hydration energy decrease. A decrease in
lattice energy
favours increased solubility but
decrease in hydration energy favours decreased solubility.

The two factors thus brings about change in opposite

directions and the overall effect depends on which of the
two has changed the most. With most compounds, on
descending the group, the hydration energy decreases
more rapidly than the lattice energy, hence the compounds become less soluble as the metal gets larger.
However, with fluorides and hydroxides the lattice energy
decreases more rapidly than the hydration energy, and so
their solubility increases on descending the group.
Solution of Metals

ions increases. In the case of Be a further factor is the

very strong complex [Be(H20)4 ] 2+ that is formed. The
crystalline

MC03

MO

two valency electrons which may participate in metallic

bonding, compared with one electron for Group-I metals.
Consequently, Group-It metals are harder, have higher
cohesive energy, and have much higher melting points
and boiling points than Group-I elements.

These metals

all

in

Liquid

dissolve

Ammonia

in liquid

ammonia as do

Group-I metals. Dilute solutions are bright blue

due

in

the

colour

These solutions decompose

very slowly, forming amides and evolving hydrogen, but
the reaction is accelerated by many transition metals and
their compounds
to the solvated electron.

Hydration Energies

2NH 3 + 2e-2NH 2- + H 2
Ionic radius

AH

Hydration
Evaporation

(A)

(kJ/mol.)

Be2*

0-31

- 2494

Mg2+

0-72

-1921

Ca 2+

00

Sr2*

18

Ba2*

135

-1575
-1443
-1305

of

the

ammonia from

solutions

of

Group-I metals yields the metals, but with Group-ll metals

evaporation of ammonia gives hexammoniates of the
metals.

These slowly decompose

to give amides.

M(NHa) 6 -* M(NH2) 2 + 4NH 3 + H 2

Concentrated solutions of the metals are bronze
coloured due to the formation of metal clusters.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 52

Copyrighted material

Chemical Properties

Some
ments are

important chemical reactions of Group-ll elelisted in the following table

it

Magnesium does not

decomposes hot water.

Mg

react with cold water, however,

2H 20

->

Magnesium forms a

Comment

Reaction

+ 2H 2 0 -> M(OH) 2 +

+ 2HCI -> MCI 2 + H>

H2

Be probably

despite

reacts with steam,

with hot water,

Mg

its

favourable reduction potential,

readily unless the oxide layer

Na 2 [Be(OH) 4 Be

->

is

Mg

amphoteric

0 2 ->2MO

Normal oxide formed by

all

group

with excess dioxygen

02

Ba also forms the peroxide

M + H 2 ->MH 2

Ionic 'salt-like' hydrides

When C0 2
become

respectively.

passed through these solutions, they

is

turbid or milky

N2

N2

All

at

Ca(OH) 2 +

C0 2

All

form nitrides

at high

tempera-

the metals form phosphides at

high temperatures

M + S -> MS
M + Se -> MSe
M + Te - MTe
M + F 2 MF 2
M + Cl 2 ->MCI 2
M + Br 2 -> MBr2
M + 2 -* Ml 2
>

2NH 3

2M(NH 2

to the formation of
.

excess

If

CaCQj + H 2
Insoluble
white turbidity

and

tures

3M + 2P-M 3 P 2

3M

due

CaC0 3 or BaC0 3

Ba
+

hfe

of

C0 2

a suspenis passed

as soluble bicarbonates are formed.

formed

high temperatures by Ca, Sr

3M

MgO +

through these milky solutions then the turbidity disappears

Ba02

H20

The same is the order of solubility of hydroxides. The

Ca(OH) 2 and Ba(OH) 2 are called lime water

and baryta water

sion of solid

Ba +

solutions of

Na 2 Be0 2 -2H 2 0 + H 2
+

react

Be(OH) 2 is amphoteric, but hydroxides of Mg, Ca, Sr

and Ba are basic. The basic strength increases as
Be(OH) 2 < Mg(OH) 2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Ba(OH) 2

+ H2

Or

2M

does not

and Ca, Sr and Ba

the metals with acids, liberating

hydrogen

Be + NaOH

it

removed by amalga-

is

mating with mercury.

react rapidly with cold water

All

Mg(OH)2 + H 2

protective layer of oxide, so

All

the metals form sulphides

All

the metals form selenides

All

the metals form tellurides

All

the metals form fluorides

All

the metals form chlorides

>

,_

Excess

Ca(HC0 3

Soluble

The bicarbonates of Group-ll metals are only stable

in solution. Caves in limestone regions often have
stalactites growing down from the roof, and stalagmites
growing up from the roof. Water percolating through the
limestone contains some Ca(HC0 3 ) 2 in solution. The
soluble bicarbonate decomposes slowly into insoluble
carbonate and this results in the slow growth of
stalactites and stalagmites.
Ca(HC03) 2
The

->

CaC03

the metals form bromides

the group. This

All

the metals form iodides

the carbonates decompose.

All

the metals form

BeC0 3

at high

temperatures

C0 2 + H 2 0

carbonates increases on moving down

illustrated by the temperature at which

stability of

All

amides

C02

is

100C,

MgC0 3

540C,

CaC0 3 900C
:

SrC0 3 1290C, BaC0 3 1360C.

:

Compounds of alkaline earth Elements and Gradation in their Properties

Oxides and Peroxides All the elements of this

in 0 2 to form oxides MO. Be metal is relatively
in the massive form and does not react below
600C, but the powder is much more reactive and burns
brilliantly. The elements also burn in air, forming a mixture
of oxide and nitride. Mg burns with dazzling brilliance in
air, and evolves a lot of heat. This is used to start a
thermite reaction with aluminium, and also to provide light
group burn
unreactive

Hydroxides and CarbonatesThe reduction potential

of beryllium is

elements

much

less than that for the rest of

of the Group-ll.

Standard electrode potentials, E

ments are

for different ele-

as
Be 2+/Be
Mg 2+/Mg

-1-85V

Ca 2+/Ca

-2 87V

Sr^/Sr

-2-89V

Ba2+/Ba
Ra 2+/Ra

-2-91

This indicates that

in

4Mg +

is

much

The oxides
less electropositive

Ba

have reduction potentials

similar to those of the corresponding Group-I elements, and are reasonably high in the

They react with cold water quite

hydrogen and forming metal hydroxides.

series.

readily, liberating

M + 2H 2 0
C.S.V./

-*

CaC0 3

-2-92V

Be

air

MgO + Mg 3 N 2

Calcium oxide (quicklime) is made

CaC0 3 in a lime kiln.

in

enormous

quantities by roasting

than others, and Be does not react with water. Ca, Sr,

electrochemical

flash photography.

-2-37V

M(OH)2 + H 2

CaO

of alkaline earth

of properties that

make them

C02

elements have a number

useful for lining furnaces.

(a)

They have very high melting

(b)

They have low vapour pressures.

(c)

They are\ery good conductors

(d)

They are chemically

(e)

They

points.

of heat.

inert.

act as electrical insulators.

March/ 2000/ 53
Copyrighted material

Beryllium oxide

even

a very hard solid. It can scratch

a wurtzite structure with 4 4 co-

is

BeO has

quartz.

have NaCI type

ordination while rest of the oxides

with 6

lattices

6 co-ordination. The oxides are highly stable due

The values are so

to large ionic crystal lattice energies.

high

Be and Mg that these

almost insoluble in water. The oxides of

the case of oxides of

in

compounds are

ments.

CaS0 4

objects

made from

in

oxides are basic

teric, while other

BeO

character.
in

ampho-

is

character.

Peroxides are formed with increasing ease and

increasing stability as the metal ions become larger.
Barium peroxide (Ba0 2 ) is formed by passing air over

BaO
it

at

kept

is

used

and also

for plastering walls,

plaster casts for variety of purposes, industrial,

and

sculptural,

bones are set

BaS0 4

in

hospitals to

encase limbs so

that broken

straight.

both insoluble

is

water and opaque to X-

in

and is used as a barium meal to provide a shadow

of the stomach or duodenum on an X-ray picture, which is
useful in diagnosing stomach or duodenal ulcers. The
sulphates all decompose on heating, giving the oxides.
rays,

MgS0 4 -^MgO + S0 3

500C. Sr0 2 can be formed in the similar way but

and temperature. Ca02 is not

The order

requires a high pressure

BeS0 4

way but can be made as a hydrate by

Ca(OH) 2 with H 2 0 2 and then dehydrating the
product. Crude Mg0 2 is made by using H 2 0 2 but no
peroxide of Be is known.

formed

water, therefore,

in

gypsum cannot be

alabaster or

Plaster of Paris

make

to

the rest of the elements react with water to yield

hydroxides which are basic

slightly soluble

is

outdoors.

in this

of the stability of the sulphates

MgS0 4

<

<

CaS0 4

< SrS04 <

is

as

BaS0 4

treating

Key Points

Points to

making cement lime

Remember

is

Lime plays important

In

evident from following

Hydroxides

used with SiO z and

used

is

Na 2 C0 3

NaOH

to

Lime on reacting with water forms slaked

Bleaching powder
lime.

Though

Ca(OCI) 2

it

is

made by

or

is

often written as

xlO"26

BeS04

Very high

x10' 12

High

Ca(OH) 2

1-3X10-4

MgS0 4
CaS0 4

Sr(OH) 2

3-2x10^

SrS0 4

7-6x1<r7

BaS04
RaS0 4

40x1(r 11

The

really a mixture.

5-4

x10"

solubility of

2-4

xlO"5

15 x

10"9

hydroxides increases and that of sul-

phates decreases down the group.

3Ca(OH) 2 + 2CI2 -*Ca(OCI) 2 Ca(OH)2 CaCI 2 -2H 20

1-6

8-9

Ba(OH) 2

products

Be(OH) 2

passing Cl 2 into slaked

bleaching powder

is

Ca(OH) 2

lime,

Solubility

products

vice-versa.

Sulphates

Mg(OH) 2

part of the chlor-alkali

is

for converting

is

data-

Solubility

0 3 or

Al 2

role in preparation of glass.

the lime-soda process, which

industry, lime

products of hydroxides of alkaline earth

sulphates of these elements follow reverse order as

remove

to

clay.

solubility

elements increase on going down the group and those of

Lime (CaO) is used in steel making

phosphates and silicates as slag.
In

The

Soda-lime is a mixture of NaOH and Ca(OH) 2 and

from quick-lime (CaO) and aqueous NaOH.

is

When

energy is high, the solubility will be low. If

hydration energy is high, the ions will have greater
tendency to be hydrated, and, therefore, solubility will be

made

lattice

high.

SulphatesThe solubility
decreases down the group.

of the sulphates in water

In the

case

lattice

energy

BeS04 > MgS0 4 > CaS04 > SrS04 > BaS04 > RaS04

ionic size

The significantly high solubility of BeS0 4 and MgS0 4

2+
is due to the high enthalpy of solvation of the smaller Be
and Mg2+ ions.
salt,

MgS0 4 -7H 2 0

is

HgO which

is

of Paris. This

is

important

made by
15 C

CaS0 4 -2H 2 0

in

Gypsum

the building trade as plaster

partial

>

used as mild laxative

used as a white pigment.

a hemihydrate CaS0 4

gypsum.

dehydration of

2 C

CaS0 4 jH 2 0

>

CaS0

4
Anhydrite

Plasterof

is

almost same. The sulphate ion

= 3A)

that relatively small

2+
to Ba
do not

from Be 2 *

change

itself is

so

in

metallic

make any

material

However, the hydration energy of metal

Be 2+ to Ba 2 + decreases in this order.
sulphates decreases in this order.
the solubility decreases with increase in ionic size.

difference.

cations, from

Hence, the
i.e.,

Epsom

or purgative. Barium sulphate is

Calcium sulphate can exist as

of sulphates of alkaline earth elements, the

large (radius

In

case

different

solubility of

of the hydroxides,

the lattice energies are

because, the hydroxide ion

is

not large and,

even small change in metallic ionic sizes do

make a difference. Thus as the metallic ionic size
increases on moving from Be 2 * to Ba 2+ the lattice energy
decreases. This tends to enhance the solubility and to
overcome the counter-effect produced by the decrease in
hydration energy. Hence, the solubility of hydroxides
increases on moving down the group.
therefore,

Paris

1100C
>

When powdered

plaster of Paris

mixed with the correct amount of water,

mass

of

CaS0 4 -2H 2 0

e
CaO + SO3

(CaS04 ^ H 2 0)

it

HalidesThe metals combine

directly with

halogens

on heating
is

sets into a solid

(gypsum).

MX 2 The
.

at appropriate temperature forming halides,

halides can also be obtained by reacting metal

carbonates with dilute halogen acids.

Beryllium halides (BeF 2 BeCI 2 ), on account of
Be 2+ ion, are covalent and, therefore, do
,

Alabaster

which

is

shiny

is

like

fine

grained form of

marble, and

is

used

CaS0 4 -2H 2 0

to

make

orna-

smaller size of

not conduct electricity

in

molten state. They are hygro-

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 54

Copyrighted material

scopic and fume

in air due to hydrolysis. They sublime on^

Following reactions occur during the manufacture
Anhydrous beryllium halides cannot be obtained" cement
made in aqueous solutions because the
2CaO + Si0 2 - 2CaOSi0 2
like [Be(H 2 0) 4 ]CI 2 or [Be(H 2 0) 4 ]F 2 are
Dicalcium silicate

heating.

of

from materials
hydrated ions

formed. Attempts to dehydrate them result

[Be(H 2 0) 4 ]CI 2

hydrolysis.

in

3CaO

Be(OH) 2 + 2HCI

->

3CaO Si0 2
Tricalcium silicate

+ Si0 2 -

3CaO + Al 2 0 3

3CaOAI 2 3
Tricalcium alurninate

However, the following reactions give anhydrous

4CaO

beryllium halides.

BeO + 2NH 3 + 4HF

(NH 4 ) 2 [BeF 4

>

700

CU

BeCI 2 +
800

+ CCI 4

C
->

The anhydrous

2BeCI 2 +

Out

of the

above compounds, the

ferrite

tricalcium silicate

is

and developing considerable strength within

a few days. It generally constitute about 50 percent of
cement. Tricalcium alurninate sets instantaneously in the
of water. The internal strength acquired by

C0 2
polymerised.

presence
cement is

primarily

The mixture

due

to setting of tricalcium alurninate.

above reactions

of products of

is

known

as cement clinker. After cooling, it is mixed with 2 or 3

percent gypsum and ground to fine powder. The function
of gypsum is to slow down the setting process so that it

CI

/BeCI

CI Be^

Cl-BeCI

Fe 2 0 3

setting quickly

CO

is

the most important. This substance has the property of

halides are polymeric. BeCI 2 vapour

contains BeCI 2 and (BeCI 2 ) 2 but the solid

03

Tetracalcium alumino

BeF 2 + 2NH 4 F

2BeO

4CaO

AI 2

i Heat

BeO

+ Al 2 0 3 + Fe 2 0 3

CI

gets sufficiently hardened.

00

(i)

CI

Be\

01

BeCl-

fluorides of other alkaline earth

elements are ionic solids and good conductors of electricity in the fused as well as in the dissolved state. CaCI 2

The

affinity for

water and

good dehydrating agent.

water decreases with increas-

solubility of halides in

ing atomic

number

of metal.

is

The

fluorides are almost

insoluble.

Mg 2+

Mg 2+ and Ca 2+

ions are concentrated

ions are concentrated

in

in

involves

ions

Ca2+

animal cells and

the body fluids outside the

transmission of impulses along nerve fibres.

Primarily, the reactions involved are the hydration of

silicate which change into
same time some calcium
hydroxide and aluminium hydroxide are formed as the
precipitates due to hydrolysis. Calcium hydroxide binds
the particles of calcium silicate together while aluminium
fills

cell, in

Mg 2+

of setting are

the

rendering the

interstices

3CaO Al20 3 + 6H 2
Tricalcium alurninate

(a)

3CaO Al20 3 -6H 2 0

Hydrated

3CaO Si02 + H 2 0

(b)

-+

Ca(OH)2 + 2CaO Si02

Dicalcium silicate

Tricalcium silicate

2CaO Si0 2 +

(c)

xH^
Slow process

is

Dicalcium

clotting, and are required to

muscles and to maintain the

(e)

4)2

2]

silicate

materials.

blood

It

cement

one

was discovered

of the
in

England.

On

setting

it

har-

provides

C.S.V./

silica

(CaC0 3

and

provides calcium oxide and clay

as well as alumina and

ferric oxide.

colloidal gel

3Ca(OH)2 + 2AI(OH) 3

Tricalcium alurninate

4CaO AI 2 3 Fe 2 3 + 6H 2
Tetracalcium alumino ferrite
3CaO

0
0 3 -6H 2 0 + CaOFe 2 0 3

AI 2

colloidal gel of tricalcium

alurninate

most important building

essential raw materials used are lime-stone

Lime-stone

6H 2 0 -

Hydrated
is

to

The
clay.

->

a stone-like mass, it was equalised to the famous

Portland Rock of England and named as Portland cement.
Cement is essentially a mixture of calcium silicates and
calcium aluminates with small amounts of gypsum.

dens

3CaO Al20 3

Cement

Portland

2CaO Si0 2 xH20

Hydrated

of dicalcium silicate

regular beating of the heart.

Portland

colloidal gel

of tricalcium alurninate

(d)

mass

as

in

setting takes

their colloidal gels. At the

important in chlorophyll, in the green parts of plants. Ca 2+

is important in bones and teeth as apatite Ca 3 (P0 4 ) 2 and
enamel on teeth as fluorapatite [3(Ca (P0 CaF Ca 2+
ions are important

first

impervious. Various reactions involved during the process

much the same way that K + concentrates inside the cell

and Na + outside. Mg 2+ ions forms complex with ATP and
are constituents of phosphohydrolases and phosphotransferases, which are enzymes for the reactions involving ATP and energy release. They are also essential for

trigger the contraction of

many complicated

fact that while

the subsequent hardening requires

calcium alurninate and calcium

hydroxide

Biological Role of

a known

about a fortnight. This is supported by the fact that

subsequent hardening of the cement takes place when it
is covered by a layer of water.

(iii)

has great

is

place within 24 hours

Be-

CI

The chlorides and

cementThis

Setting of
reactions. This

CI.

S Be,

(f)

Role of

gypsum

3CaOAI 2 03 + 3CaS0 4 + 2H 2 0
- 3CaO AI 2 0 3 -3CaS0 4 -2H 2 0
Calcium sulpho alurninate

Thus the quick

setting results in the formation of

whereas a slow
which imparts much greater

crystalline hydrated calcium alurninate

setting yields the colloidal gel

strength to the set mass.

March/ 2000/ 55 /5
Copyrighted material

The temporary hardness can also be removed by adding

Heat of hydration The hydration of calcium aluminate and calcium silicate involved in the setting process is
an exothermic change. Hence, cement structures have to
be cooled during the setting. At big structures like dams,
the cement concrete mixture

pre-chilled to avoid

is

slaked lime

to precipitate

calcium carbonate. This

called

is

lime softening'

Ca(HC0 3

uneven expansion of the mass, failing which the cracks

are produced in the structure. In case of small structures,
the heat of hydration is removed by sprinkling water.

^ CaC0

Ca(OH) 2

3 +

2H 2 0

The permanent hardness of water is mainly due to

dissolved MgS0 4 and CaSCy This hardness cannot be
removed by boiling. Small quantities of pure water are prepared

the laboratory either by distillation or by passing it

Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ ions are

in

through an ion-exchanger, where

Na +

replaced by

Remember

Points to

CaC 2 on

Calcium carbide,

100C
gives calcium cyanamide, CaCN 2
Calcium cyanamide
mixed with carbon as obtained in the reaction itself, is used
as a nitrogenous fertilizer.
heating with nitrogen at

Na 3 P04 (Trisodium phosphate)

Na 4 P 2 0 7 (Sodium pyrophosphate)
Na 5 P 3 O 10 (Sodium tripolyphosphate)
(NaP0 3 n (Grahams salt), also known as calgon
These phosphates form complexes with Ca 2+ and Mg 2+

CaC 2

ino

c.

+ Mj

>

CaCN 2

the soil calcium cyanamide

In

+ C; AH = -304-2 kJ
first

changes

into

calcium

and sequester them,

carbonate and cyanamide

CaCN 2

H2 0 + C0 2 ->CaC0 3 + H 2 NCN
hydrolysis

one time

CO(NH 2

)2

H20

4 Be

or

Mg 2 OCI 2

No such

+ 2 He 4 -* 6 C 12 + 0 n

MgC0 3

with potassium chlorate

in

Magnesium

ribbon

used

is

for

igniting

NH 4 CI.

(KCI0 3
powder
)

Magnesium

in

the thermite

is

largely

Sr,
:

is

Ba and Ra

brick

crimson, Ba

iron

and

apple green, Ra

of the smaller

impart any colour to the flame.

atomic sizes do not

The electrons

in

these atoms

of

ing

salts

such as magnesium and

react with stearate ions of the

an insoluble scum

before any lather

is

of calcium or

soap form-

magnesium stearates

in

water pipes, boilers and kettles.

The temporary hardness of water is due to the presence of

Mg(HC0 3 ) 2 and Ca(HC0 3 )2 It is called temporary because
it can
be removed by boiling, which drives off C0 2 and
.

upsets the equilibrium.

2HC03C.S.V./

In

burn

of Group-ll

in

of

with zinc

nitrogen to give nitrides

nitride is volatile while

nature barium occurs as Barytes or

MgCI 2 5MgO xH2 0

Mg(OH) 2

other are not.

Heavy spar (BaS04 )

is

called

sorel

cement

or

magnesia

an aqueous suspension is used in medicine as

antacid under the name of milk of magnesia.
in

Magnesium

perchlorate [Mg(CI0 4 ) 2 ]

Asbestos

is

calcium-magnesium

CaMg 3 (Si0 3 4
)

Lithopone

is

Magnalium

The Epsom

alloy of

is

commercially used as

name

silicate

of

anhydrone.

having composi-

C0 3 2" + C02 + h^O

is

a mixture
an

of

alloy of

BaS0 4 and

Mg and

ZnS.

It

is

a white

and Elecktron

is

an

used as purgative

in

Al

Mg and Zn.
salt,

MgS04 7H 2 0

is

veterinary medicines.

produced. Hard water also produces

scale (insoluble deposits)

elements

All

tion

calcium carbonates, bicarbonates or sulphates. The metal

Mg 2t )

presence

pigment.

Hard water contains dissolved

ions (Ca2 *,

in

isomorphic

salt) is

very effective drying agent under the

group are insoluble.

C0 3

cement.

Ca, Sr and Ba are insoluble, and the

carbonates, oxalates, chromates and fluorides of the whole

The sulphates

get precipitated under

and as Witherite (BaC03 ).

are not excited by the energy of the flame.

Magnesium sulphate (Epsom

(M 3 N 2 ). Beryllium

crimson

Be and Mg on account

MgS0 4 -7H 2 0

give characteristic colour to the flame.

red; Sr

(NH 4
Ba

Ca, Sr and

ZnS0 4 -7H 2 0

in

is

used as a deoxidiser for copper, cast

and as a desulphuriser in oil refining.

Ca,

of

used

Ca

not precipitated by

is

Carbonates

organic compounds.

alcohol.

steel,

many

Calcium

+ 2CI 2

sulphate as they have similar composition and crystalline

in

removing traces of water from

used
alcohol because unlike sodium, it does not react with

Calcium metal

given by the hydrated chlorides of other

structure.

the form of Grignard reagents

for synthesis of

is

reaction

4MgO

these conditions.

alumino-thermic process.

02

alkaline earth elements.

9

flash-bulbs for photography. The flash

burns quickly producing intense ultraviolet light.

used

6 "

2Mg 2 OCI 2

Magnesium powder mixed

is

ignition

+ 11H 2 0

MgOMgCI 2 + 2HCI

>

C0 2 + 2NH 3

source of neutrons.

200 C

2(MgCI 2 -6H 2 0)

nuclear reactors, the beryllium salts are used as the

In

the

to soften water.

of nitrifying bacteria.

in

converted to nitrates through the action

is finally

ions

in solution.

Na 2 C0 3 were used

Na 2 C0 3 ->CaC0 3 + Na 2 S04
The hydrated magnesium chloride, MgCI 2 -6H 2 0, on
produces a residue of MgO.

Urea

Ammonia

keep them

i.e.,

large quantities of

CaS0 4

two steps forming

in

H 2 NCN + H 2 0->CO(NH 2

At

lime-soda process

Cyanamide

The cyanamide then

ammonia.

ions.

Water may be softened by adding various phosphates, such

MgO

a useful material, because it

is stable at high temperature and is a good conductor of
heat. However, it is a poor conductor of electricity. These
properties make
useful as an insulator for the wires within
Crystalline magnesia,

is

it

electrical heating units,

such as the ones

in

home

cooking

range or space heater.

March/ 2000/ 56
Copyright

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

Which of the
pounds absorbs

following

C0 2

com-

10.

and reacts

with water violently ?

(C)

ZnO
CaO

The

correct order of thermal sta-

(A)

2.

bility

Portland cement

(C)

Sorel

cement

(D)

None

of

BaC0 3 CaC0 3 MgC0 3

,

(C)
(D)
3.

>

12.

Iron

(B)

Copper

(C)

Sodium

(D)

Magnesium

Portland cement

is

5.

Magnesium sulphate

(C)

Barium

(D)

Radium

(D)

Beryllium sulphate

The

hydration energy of

is

22.

Performing the flame test

Adding

AgN0 3 to each

Which of the following oxides

the most basic ?

Comparing the colours

of

23.

the solution

03

(A)

Al 2

(C)

P205

solu-

14.

In

MgO
,

which of the following pairs of

substances, both give

commo-

Si0 2

(D)

same

and

least ionic character

respectively are

gas-

eous products on reacting with

water ?

RbCI

(A)

LiCI,

(B)

RbCI, MgCI 2

NaCI

Na 2 C0 3

(A)

BaandBa0 2

(C)

(B)

BeCI 2 RbCI

Na 2 S04

(D)

CaCI 2

(B)

Na and Na2 02

(D)

(C)

RbCI, BeCI 2

The
is

(C)
setting of the plaster of Paris

CaandCaH 2

(D)

KandK02

(A)

Carbonation

(B)

Dehydration

(C)

Oxidation

(D)

Hydration

15.

The wires
made of

give another

(C)

bulbs are

of flash

Tungsten

Sodium

24.

Which of the following metal ions

plays an important role in muscle

16.

(A)

Na+

(B)

(C)

Mg +2

(D)

(A)
(B)

Magnesium

(B)

(D) Mercury

Magnesium burns

in

(C)
(D)

the atmos-

phere of

17.

The

K+
Ca 2+

(A)

With charcoal

(B)

Until

(B)

NaOH and Na 2 0
NaOH and CaO
NaOH and Na 2 C03

(C)

(D)
26.

electronic configuration of

Nitrogen dioxide

alkaline earth

(B)

Carbon monoxide

sented by

(C)

Nitrogen

(A)

np2

(B)

(D)

None

(C)

ns2

(D) ns 1 nd n

elements

Which
(A)

lime

(A)

of these

Anhydrous MgCI 2 can be prepared by heating MgCI 2 -2H 2 0

is

it

becomes

a current

of

red hot

HCI gas

(D) With slaked lime

25.

is
NaOH and Ca(OH) 2

Soda

(C) In

contraction ?
to

is

Amongst LiCI, BeCI 2 RbCI and

MgCI 2 the chlorides with the
greatest

laboratory dessicator,

(B)

(A)

(A)

9.

each

to

tion

Calcium

(D) Strontium

CaCI 2 MgCI 2 -6H 2 0

K 2 C0 3 MgS0 4

NH 4 OH

solution

hydrate
8.

Oxygen

of

is

(A)

KCI MgCI 2 -6H 2 0

Adding

is

Na +

(D)

contains a salt

The substance which

(D)

guished from one another by

(A)

is

7.

(D)

Be 2+

carnallite

(B) Nitrogen

Ammonia

(C)

The chemical composition

MgCI 2 MgO-6H 2 0

(D)

in

Hydrogen

21.

(A)

(B) Al 3+

(C)

(C)

Barium

and then

of nitrogen

Mg 3*

(B)

works gives out crimson

used

the

in

Mg 2+

higher than that of

ribbon

Calcium chloride and potassium

(B)

nly

to redness

chloride solution can be distin-

Limectone, gypsum and sand

(C)
6.

20.

magnesium

piece of

(D)

(B)

elements

(C)

(A)

of

ZrfHg

of the following

Magnesium

Limestone, clay and sand

Sodium

Which

(B)

(C)

(A)

19.

Beryllium

Limestone, gypsum, alumina

it

[Rn]7s 2

(A)

(B)

light,

[Xe]6g

(C)

Calcium sulphate

Limestone, clay and gypsum

fire

(B)

elements ?

(B)

atmosphere

13.

coloured

water ?

[KrJSs2

forms the least ionic chloride ?

(A)

in

(A)

Barium sulphate

prepared by

using

of the following is not

(A)

(C)
4.

Which one

(D) [Ar]

has

cooled with water. The gas evolved is

is

(A)

of the following salts

was heated

The element found in plant system which makes an important

part of photosynthesis

these

highest solubility

CaC0 3 > MgC0 3

> MgC0 3 > BaC0 3
MgC0 3 > CaC0 3 > BaC0 3
BaC0 3 > MgC0 3 > CaC0 3

Which

18.

alkaline earth

(B)

is

the electronic configuration of

H2SO4

carbonates

MgO

salt

CaC03

is
(B)

Double

MgCI 2 and

(D)

of the following

BaC0 3
CaC0 3

(A)

of

(B)

1 1

(A)

The mixture
known as

repre-

is

known as

lithopone ?

MgS0 4 -7H 20
CaH 2 + ZnO
BaS04 + ZnS
ZnS0 4 + BaS

Magnesium

burns

in

air

to

produce ?
(A)

MgO

(B)

Mg 3N 2

ns 1
-^

(Continued on Page

04

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 57

Copy

^^^^^^HHBl

Introduction

Topic on Chemistry

HHHHHHH^HHI

Formula

The word

alcohol

is

vini,

and eventually simply

alcohol.

The compounds derived from hydrocarbons by replacement of one or more hydrogens by hydroxyl groups are
known as organic hydroxy compounds. The parent hydrocarbons

may be acyclic aliphatic

saturated or unsaturated.

The hydroxyl compounds which are derived from acyclic

and alicyclic hydrocarbons are called alcohols. Those
obtained by replacement of nuclear aromatic hydrogens
are called Phenols. Since phenols differ from alcohols in

many

respects, they are treated separately from alcohols.

CH 2 OH) are also known as

Aryl substituted alcohols (C 6 H 5

aromatic alcohols.
Alcohols are classified as mono,

alcohols according to the

present

in their

number

di, tri

CH 2 OH
CH 3 CH 2 OH

and poly hydric

groups

of hydroxyl

molecules. For example

CH 2 OH

CH 2 OH

CHOH

CH 2 OH

CH3OH

Methane

CH 3CH 2OH

Ethane

OH

CH 2 OH

Ethyl alcohol

Ethylene glycol

Glycerol

Sorbitol

(Monohydric)

(Dihydric)

(Trihydric)

(Polyhydric)

name

may be

Alcohols

primary, secondary or tertiary

Primary

CH OH)

Ethyl

Methyl

alcohol

carbinol

Isopropyl

Dimethyl

alcohol

carbinol

2-Methyl

Tert-butyl

Trimethyl

2-Methyl-2-

propane

alcohol

carbinol

propanol

(CH 3 ) 3 COH

is

Occurrence
Alcohols

in
in

Nature

free form are not a

Ethyl alcohol

Propyl alcohol

Secondary

volatile oils

obtained from the flowers, leaves, and stems

of the plants. Chiefly, these are a

(iii)

of

monohydric

valuable ingredient

of perfumes. More complex alcohols with branched

structures and unsaturated linkages, such as citronellol
and geraniol, both 10-carbon alcohols, are found in rose
and geranium oils and are isolated from citronella oil. The

alcohols (primary alcohols with long, straight carbon

cinnamyl

alcohol

(C 6 H 5CH

CHCH OH),
2

respectively, four and five hydroxyl groups on as many

carbon atoms, are found in mosses, lichens, and yeasts.
Sorbitol, a six carbon, six hydroxyl alcohol occurs widely
in fruits, berries, algae, and red sea-weeds. Mannitol, an
isomer of sorbitol, is a major component of the exudate of
olive and manna ash trees, and is found in pumpkin,
grasses, mushrooms, marine algae and brown seaweeds.
Sterols, such as Cholesterol, are present in both animal

(CH 3 ) 2 CHOH

(CH 3 ) 3 COH

or

trivial

of

naming alcohols

system

Specific alcohols, such as ethanol, methanol,

glycerol, are

sands
(ii)

make them

and vegetable kingdoms.

There are three systems

Common

group

primary alcohols with carbon chains of 7 to 12 atoms.

that occur naturally. Several sugar alcohols, containing

Nomenclature

(i)

occurrence

the essential or

terpineol (cyclic 10-carbon alcohols) are other alcohols

(^C- OH)
Trimethyl carbinol

in

phenylpropyl alcohol (C 6 H 5CHOHC 2 H 5 ), and menthol and

/ CHOH)

Isopropyl alcohol

Tertiary

common

the nature; they are found mainly

chains),

CH 3OH
CH 3 CH 2 OH
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

Ethanol

2-Propanol

known as ethyl alcohol, grain alcohol and

the spirit of wine. The first system of nomenclature for
alcohols, which was based on the use of the term 'carbinol' for methanol, was originated by a 19th century
German chemist Hermann Kolbe. The carbinol nomenclature is gradually fading out of usage. The presently
accepted systematic nomenclature for alcohols was
adopted at a meeting of the International Union of Pure
and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), in Paris in 1957.
Ethanol

fatty

Methyl alcohol

name
Methanol

Propane

Their characteristic odours

according as the hydroxyl group is attached to primary,

secondary or tertiary carbon atom. For example

IUPAC

Carbinol

Methyl

CH3CHCH3

in

Carbinol

name

alcohol

(CHOH) 4

CH 2 OH

Common

carbon

It

fine

referred to as alcool

Parent
hydro-

derived from the Arabic Kuhl

originally was used to mean a 'very

powder' but gradually came to cannote 'essence'.
Later the term was applied to wine spirits, which were

(also Kohl or Kohol).

Carbinol system and

IUPAC system.

consumed

in

enormous amounts

of applications. Generally the alcohols

from natural sources are expensive,

somewhat unpredictable

difficult

in their availability.

and

for thou-

produced

to purify,

and

Therefore,

in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 58

Copyrighted material

demands

order to meet the

many

descriptions

of industry for alcohols jif

pure forms and at low cost,

in

CH 3 CH=CH 2

+ H 2 S0 4

Propene

producers have developed special processes that form

alcohols from readily available raw materials under

H,0

CH 3 CH(OS0 2 OH)CH 3

>

CH 3 CH(OH)CH 3
2-Propanol

carefully controlled conditions.

Hydroformylation of Alkenes Lower molecular

weight olefins react with carbon monoxide and hydrogen
in the presence of a catalyst in a reaction called hydro3.

General Methods of Preparation

1.

with

Hydrolysis of halidesAlkyl halides, when boiled

solution of an alkali hydroxide, give alcohols

aqueous

through nucleophilic substitution mechanism.

RX + KOH

>=<

ROH + KX

oxo

formylation or the

reaction.

CO + H 2

-^ >H -C-ct
H

dary alcohols. Glycerol can be synthesized from propylene by a series of reactions including the hydrolysis of a
halide as

one step

in

The
to form

the process.

Unsaturated alcohols can be prepared by high tem-

resulting aldehyde
an alcohol.

I/O
CH-C
CC

perature chlorination followed by hydrolysis of intermediate halide of

alkyl alcohol

an alkene. An example

is

>

Propylene

CH 2 =CHCH 2 CI
Allyl

CH 2 =CHCH 2 CI

subsequently hydrogenated

+H 2

/ CH -CCH 2 OH

>

Alcohol

of

alkenesAlkenes

when treated with diborane (BH 3 ) 2

R 3B. Alkylboranes on oxidation with

give alkylboranes,

4.

Cl 2

is

the production of

from propylene.

CH 2 =CHCH 3 +

Aldehyde

Alkene

This general procedure produces primary and secon-

+ HCI

chloride

Hydroboration-oxidation

alkaline

NaOH

>

CH 2 = CHCH 2OH
Allyl

+ NaCI

6CH 2

alcohol

CH

(BH 3 ) 2
2

H 2 0 2/OH"

2(CH 3CH 2 ) 3 B

Ethene

Triethyl

borane

NoteThere

is a serious limitation of this method.

a serious competing reaction specially with
sec. and tert-halides. However, if a weaker nucleophile
like silver acetate
(AgOAc) replaces alkali hydroxide,
better results are obtained even with tert. halides. For
example

Elimination

is

(CH 3 ) 3 CCI + AgO(iOCH 3

h 2(CH3CH 2 CH 2 ) 3 B
Tri-n-propylborane

H2 2/OH

>

(CH 3

COCOCH 3 + AgCI

tert-Butyl acetate

H2

COCOCH3

6CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

alkyl halides

method

will

CH 3 COOH

Hydration of Alkenes (a) Direct hydration takes

place by adding water in presence of catalyst.
2.

2-Methylpropene

5.

carbonyl compounds.

R MgX

R
R

Ketone

> C-OMgX-^
+

reaction of Grignard reagent with formaldehyde

COH

2-Methylpropane-2-ol

formaldehyde yield secondary alcohols and that with

->

(CH3) 3

is

>

CH 3 CH 2 OS02 OH

H 2Q

tertiary alcohols.

Mechanism
0)

Ethene

> C-OH + Mg(OH)X

R"

leads to primary alcohols, that with aldehydes other than

hydrogen sulphate.

of

above reaction

R-.'MgX

0
R +
:

CH 3 CH 2 OH
Ethanol

C.S.V./

Alcohol

The

achieved by addition of
alkene followed by hydrolysis of the alkyl

CH 2 =CH 2 + H 2 S04

pl/C = 0->

Grignard
reagent

ketones give
sulphuric acid to

of alco-

reagents by interaction with suitable

C-OH 2

Indirect hydration

method always

Grignard SynthesisAll the three types

hS
m

(CH 3

(b)

significant to note that this

hols (primary, secondary, tertiary) can be prepared from

CH 3
H 20

is

the Grignard

themselves are prepared from alcobe of interest only when alkyl halides

It

leads to the anti-Markovnikov's addition of water to

are readily available and are very cheap.

CH 3C=CH 2

alkenes.

(CH 3 ) 3 COH +
As

1-Propanol

Note

tert-Butyl alcohol

hols, this

CH 3CH 2 OH
Ethanol

6CH 3 CH=CH 2

tert-Butyl chloride

(CH 3 ) 3

hydrogen

peroxide give alcohols.

C=0
|V>

is illustrated

as

+ MgX
I

RCO MgX

MgX

March/ 2000/ 59
Copyrighted material

(iii)

alkene

R-CO MgX + HOH - R-COH +

Mg(OH)X

mercuric

with

Oxymercuration as
(iv)

Mg(OH)X + H +

Mg 2+

H 20

+ X" +

Reduction of Carbonyl Compounds Carbonyl

compounds i.e., aldehydes and ketones etc. give alcohols
on reduction. This reaction can be effected by
6.

Rjr

acetate
This

(THF).

tetrahydrofuran

H9(OCOCH 3)2)
THF-H 2 0

Catalytic hydrogenation

(ii)

The use

R3

of metal-solvent

R2-C -C R 4

combination such as

sodium or potassium
(iii)

The use

of

in

of

known as

is

R3

_C=C _r 4

(i)

presence

in

step

alcohol.

OH HgOCOCH 3

complex metal hydrides.

is followed by the reduction of intermediate
hydroxy mercuryl compounds known as demercura-

This
For example

OH
(i)

CH 3CCH 3

CH 3 CH CH 3

2-Propanone
(ii)

CH3CHO
CH,

(iii)

2-Propanol

+ H2

R3

C C
I

NaBH

R2

CH 3 CH 2 OH

>

0r LlAIH4

Ethanal

tion.

PtQ 2

+ H2

R2

OH HgOCOCH 3

Ethanol

Ni

+ H2
or

*CH 3 CHCH 3

UAIH4

Alcohol

compound
Alcohols obtained are those which will be formed by
the Markovnikov's addition of H 2 0 to carbon-carbon

OH
Propanone

OH H

Hydroxy mercuryl

s C=O

CH 3 ^

R3

C C-R
I

2-Propanol

double bond.

O
II

(iv)

CH 3 CCH 2 CH 2 CH 3

Grignard reagents also react with ethylene oxide to

form primary alcohols containing two carbon atoms
more than the Grignard reagent.

Na

H2

EtOH

Pentanone-2

CH 3 CHOHCH 2CH 2 CH 3

CH 2 -^CH 2 H 2/H CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

CH 3 MgBr +

2-Pentanol

>

Grignard reagent
(v)

C 2 H 5COOC 2 H 5

Na

2H 2

C 2H 5CH 2 OH

EtOH

Ethyl propanoate

_p r0 p an0

C 2 H 5OH

below

CH 3 MgX

presence of metals
like magnesium undergo bimolecular reduction to form
symmetrical glycols (Pinacols). For example
in

Q'
:CH 3 +

CH 3C

CCH 3

II

II

Mg

CHgC

X/
0

l H+

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
Propanol-1

This reaction sequence

series of organic

CH 3

CH 3

CCH 3

-^2-* CH 3-C
I

OH
2,

is

useful in ascending the

compounds.

Hydroxy lation of alkenes leads

Mg

Propanone

OH

2-glycols. For

OH

example

<

KMn0 4

Ethane-1, 2-diol

CH 2 CH 2
Ethene

OH

3-Dimethyl butane

^COgOH
H 2 0/H

Oxymercuration

Demercuration

to the formation of alcohols.

C.S.V./

of Alcohols

It

of

alkenes leads

involves the reaction of

to the formation of

OH

CH 2CH 2

2, 3-diol (Pinacol)

More about the Preparation

as

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 O

CCH 3

illustrated

+MgX

CH 3 CH 3

CH 3

->CH 3

^CH 2 _ch 2

CH 3

can be

of this reaction

Ethanol

Aldehydes and ketones,

Note

Propanol-1

Ethylene oxide

Mechanism

KMn0 4
lation

OH

CH
*-n 2
qh,
2
Ethane-1, 2-diol

leads to syn-hydroxylation or cis-hydroxy-

and per acids

to anti-hydroxylation or trans-

hydroxylation of alkenes, where structure permits.

March/ 2000/ 60
Copyrighted material

esters, except that of formic acid yield tertiary

All

Boiling points

Boiling points

of alcohols are

much

alcohols on reaction with Grignard reagent followed

higher than those of alkanes, haloalkanes or ethers of

by acidic hydrolysis. The esters of formic acid give

secondary alcohols.

comparable molecular mass. This is due

molecular hydrogen bonding in alcohols as

"

OMgBr
CH3

CH 3 MgBr

COC2 H5

CH3

COC2H5

Ethyl ethanoate

to the inter-

CH 3

H-'

.H-

0I

c^^^

CgHjiOMgB r

For isomeric alcohols, the boiling points follow the

OH

OMgBr
H 2 Q/H +

CH3

CH 3 MgBr

CCH3

order as

^Br

*CH3CCH 3 + Mg^

CH 3

OH

primary alcohol > secondary alcohol > tertiary

alcohol.

Lower alcohols are found

with CaCI 2 and MgCI 2

CH 3

CaCI 2 + 4CH 3OH -

General Physical Properties of Alcohols

The lower members

liquids with

Solubility in

WaterThe

three

first

completely miscible with water. The higher

character

The
of

dominance

to the

the

of

non-polar hydrocarbon

comparison with polar hydroxyl group.

in

solubility of

>

CaCI 2 -4CH30H

>

MgCI 2 -6C 2 H 5OH

lower alcohol

is

due

because of this reason that alcohols cannot be

dried with anhydrous CaCI 2 and MgCI 2
It

to the existence

hydrogen bonds between water and polar-OH group of

is

Alcohols are known to have intoxicating effects.

Methanol is poisonous and is not good for drinking
purposes. It causes blindness. Ethanol on the other

hand

members are
members are

practically insoluble in water, but soluble in organic liquids

due

MgCI 2 + 6C 2 H 5OH

of alcohols are colourless, vola-

a characteristic alcoholic smell and burning

taste, whereas higher alcohols are odourless and tasteless. Alcohols having 1 2 or more than 1 2 carbon atoms
are solids. Branched chain alcohols with much fewer carbon atoms are, however, solids.
tile

form solid derivatives

to

used

is

purposes.

for drinking

Additional hydroxyl groups

in

an alcohol enhances

its

sweetness. For example ethanol is not sweet; propylene

glycol, C 3 H 6 (OH) 2 is slightly sweet; glycerol, C 3 H 5 (OH) 3 is
quite sweet; and mannitol C 6 H 8 (OH) 6 is so sweet that it
is

known as sweet

alcohol.

Chemical Properties of Alcohols

alcohol molecule.
In

alcohols

-OH

group

is

functional group, therefore,

the chemical properties of alcohols generally involve the

-Q

reactions of -OH group. These undergo substitution and

elimination reactions. The chemical reactivity of alcohols

also depends upon the carbon chain attached to

o-

oI

group.

among

effect of polar

OH

group.

-OH

reactions of alcohols can be classified into

three types

The solubility in water decreases with increase in

molecular weight because with increase in molecular
mass, the non-polar alkyl group becomes predominant
and masks the

The

(i)

Reactions involving cleavage of

O H bond

(ii)

Reactions involving cleavage of

COH bond

(iii)

Reactions involving both the

In addition,

alkyl

and hydroxyl

groups.

the isomeric alcohols the solubility increases with

branching of the chain.

non-polar part
solubility.

in

It

is

because the surface area

of

Structure

Solubility

gm/100 g H 2 0

Sec. Butyl

CH 3CH2-CH2CH 2OH
CH 3CH CH2CH 3

7-9

it

CH 3

^
^, CHCHoOH

In

separation of the relatively positive hydroother words alcohols behave as acids as is

Reactions with metals When treated with metals

Na and K these liberate hydrogen with the formation

of alkoxides.

2CH 3 CH 2 OfH

CH 3

+ 2Na-

Ethanol
tert-Butyl alcohol

CH 3 COH
CH 3

C.S.V./

>2CH 3 CH 2 ONa +

H2 T

Sod. ethoxide

00

2(CH 3 3 C0 4- H + 2K)

like

1000

evident from the following reactions

12-5

OH
CH 3

facilitates the

gen as H +

alcohol
Isobutyl alcohol

O ' H Bond

Acidic Nature of alcohols Since the oxygen

attached to hydrogen in alcohols is highly electronegative,
(a)

Alcohol

n-Butyl alcohol

Reactions Involving Cleavage of

the molecule decreases, enhancing the

For example

tert-Butyl alcohol

* 2 [(CH3) 3

CO] K+ + H 2 T

Pot-tert-butoxide

March/ 2000/ 61
Copyrighted material

(CH^CHO

-j-

+ 2AI

This reaction makes basis of the Zerevitinov method

number of -OH groups in an
unknown compound. The volume of evolved methane is

>

for the estimation of the

Isopropyl alcohol

2[(CH 3) 2 CHO] 3 Al 3+ + 3H 2 T
Aluminium isopropoxide

Reactions

with

hydrides Formation

metal

of

alkoxide with evolution of hydrogen takes place.

RO

-f-

H + MH

ROM + H2

measured.
(c) Reaction with Carboxylic Acids In presence of
an acid (H 2 S04 or HCI gas) ester is formed. This reaction
is

known as

esterification.

weak acids (K a = 10~ 16

II

10~ 18 )

CH 3 C-^OH

even feeble than water (K a = 1-78 x 10-16 ). They do not

Thus alcohols are weaker acids than

Ethanoic acid

Alcohols are very

turn blue litmus red.

water but stronger than acetylene as

following reactions

RONa

Na

OH

RO

Stronger

Weaker

Weaker

acid

base

acid

ROH

>

RO" Na + + HC = CH

Stronger

Weaker

Weaker

base

acid

base

acid

Thus the decreasing order

ROH

>

>

ponding anions

>

is

RO

is

Ethyl ethanoate

a reversible reaction.

is

This reaction shows considerable steric hindrance.

bulkier the acid or alcohol, the slower the rate of

esterification.

For example

CH 3 OH > CH 3 CH 2 OH
HCOOH > CH 3 COOH

CHOH > (CH3 3 C-OH

CHCOOH > (CH 3 3CCOOH

> (CH 3 ) 2

> (CH 3) 2

of basic strength of the corres-

as

The

> HO:

Closer Look

esterification reaction of alcohols with carboxylic

acid proceeds through following

An

alkyl

is

on alkoxide

group being electron

releasing, intensifies the negative charge

and consequently the anion

can accommo-

well the resulting anion

date the negative charge.

mechanism

OH

OH

Acid

R ^ OH

C0 + H +

for

?
H 20 +

will

alcohols, less for secondary,

still

be greatest

and

Isotopic tracer technique

II

Secondary

Tertiary

alcohol

alcohol

alcohol

with

4-OH + Rj- OR' ^

,

H+

II

R-C-OR' + HjjO

(d)

Reaction with Acid Halides or Acid Anhytreated with acid chloride or add anhythe presence of bases like pyridine or dimethyl

dride

in

aniline (as catalyst) alcohols form esters. This reaction

is

called acylation.

RO-L h + CH 3-^MgX

>

CH 4 T

Stronger

Weaker

acid

acid

MgC

I?

OR

RCCI

Acid chloride

OR'-^ RC-OR' + HCI

Alcohol

weaker acid (R - H) from its salt (Grignard reagent) by

stronger acid alcohol (R - OH).

Ester

This reaction can be considered as displacement of

C.S.V./

and

nard reagent.

of alcohol

dridesWhen

Grignard ReagentAlcohols
react with Grignard reagents to form alkanes. In these
reactions the alkane is obtained from alkyl part of GrigReaction

bend

Primary

(b)

that the esterification

O H

O is the radio isotope of oxygen.

"
2

R ->-C -- OH > R --C ->- OH > R -+C ->- OH

I

shows

OR'

\ 0H

involves the cleavage of the

COH bond of acid

RC

> Primary > Secondary > Tertiary alcohols.

"=

e/R'

9^

Q" if

Ester

methanol. The decreasing order of acid strength of

is as

_^

least

alcohols

CH3OH

RCOR'

for tertiary

less for primary

0H

makes

alcohols weaker acid than water.

C OH

HO R'

ion

rendered less stable. Thus

electron releasing inductive effect of alkyl groups

This inductive effect

COC 2H 5 + H 2 0

formed.

Relative acid strengthAcid strength of substance

depends on how

Ethanol

HC = CH

The decreasing order

HC

of acid strength

^ CH

H-^OC 2 H 5

It
can be
pushed forward by using any of the reactants in large
excess or by removing any of the products as soon as it is

Esterification

The

Stronger

H 20

OH

HC = CNa +

evident from the

Stronger

is

II

CH 3 CCI

+ H

OC

2H5

Base
^>
CHgCOCsHg + HCI

March/ 2000/ 62
Copyrighted material

RC O C R + HOR'
Acid anhydride

R-COR'

-*

Alcohol

Secondary and

Ester

R-OH + HX

(b)

R OH 2

Acid

(c)

CH 3 COC CH 3

Acetic anhydride

HOC

H5

In

step (a)

mechanism as

reaction

(a)

RCOH

Closer Look
hydrogen

tertiary alcohols react with

SN

halide through

ROH 2 +
R

H2 Q

->

the alcohol accepts hydrogen ion to form

protonated alcohol which dissociates into carbocation

Ethanol

and water

step

in

The carbocation then combines

(b).

with halide ion to form alkyl halide. In this sort of

mechanism

CH 3COC 2H 5

CH 3 COH

Ethyl ethanoate

may undergo

group of alcohol
rrangement due to rearrangement
alkyl

in

rea-

the intermediate

carbocation.

Ethanoic acid

CH 3 H

CH 3 H
I

Closer Look

HCI

CH 3C

CH 3

C CH 3

CH 3 -

Unlike the reactions with carboxylic acids, the reactions

OH

CI

alcohols with acid chlorides or acid anhydrides are

of

irreversible.

The

yields of esters

in

Primary alcohols react through Sfg2 mechanism as

these reactions are

better than in the direct esterification with acids.

The mechanistic path ways

in

these reactions are as

(a)

ROH + HX;

(b)

R-OH 2 + :X

follows

OH 2 +

[8-

e
:X

>

OH 2 J

-R

:0:

CH 3-C +:0

2H5

(b) Reactions with Phosphorus Halides Alkyl

des are formed as

CI

R-OH

+ PCI5

>

Alcohol

C2H 5OH

:0:
"

CH 3 C

OC2H5

-C. O
i

OC2H5

Reactions Involving Cleavage of C-j-OH Bond

(a)

gen halides react with alcohols to form

Various reactions are summarised below

48% HBr
NaBr + Conc. H 2 S0

>

3C 2 H 5CI + H 3 P03

(P4 + 2 )
Pl 3 -

H 20

HI >

C.S.V./

HBr > HCI.

+ SOCI 2

RCI +

>

S0 2

T + HCI T

Pyridine

C 2 H 5OH + SOCI 2

Br + H 2O

Ethanol

Thionyl
chloride

The order

+ H 2O
I

of reactivity of various alcohols

of reacting

3C 2 H 5 + H 3 P0 3
I

by reac-

respectively.

Pyridine

is

>

C 2 H 5CI

S0 2

T + HCI T

Chloroethane

this

of reactivity of various alcohols

type of reaction

is

hydrogen halides

towards

> secondary > primary alcohols.

as

> secondary > primary alcohols.

The order

in situ

chloroalkanes.

This can be explained

tertiary

prepared

Reaction with Thionyl chloride (SOCI 2 ) Alcohols react with SOCI 2 in the presence of pyridine to form

tertiary

The order

PCI 3

Pl 3 are generally

H 3 P0 4

+ H 3 P03

3RX

between phosphorus bromine and iodine

R-OH
CI

58% HI
orKI +

+ POCI 3 + HCI T

Chloro ethane

alkyl halides.

C 2H 5CI

>

3C 2 H 5OH +

HCI/Zn

or

>

PX 3

PBr3 and
tion

R-CI + POCI 3 + HCI T

(c)

Reactions with Hydrogen HalidesThe hydro-

ROH

+ PCI5

3ROH

3C 2 H 5OH +

Since the net result in the above reaction is the

replacement of hydrogen of the hydroxyl group of
alcohol by acyl (RCO-) group, these reactions are
referred to as acylation reactions also.

hali-

Alkyl halide

Ethanol

CH 3C

Cci

X R + H20

CH 3-C-<^-C 2 H 5

CI

8+
-

in

terms of electron releasing

The alkyl groups by their

inductive effect of alkyl groups.

is

as

electron releasing effect tend to increase the electron

displacement towards oxygen.

March/ 2000/ 63

Copyrighted material

>

more

greater the stability of a carbocation, the greater the ease

with which

would be formed. Since the decreasing order

it

of stability ot carbocations

above order

effective. This justifies the

is

> secondary > primary

tertiary

the decreasing order of dehydration of alcohols should be

Tertiary >

alkenes containing double bonds at position different from

-OH

those anticipated from the original position of the

Reactions Involving both Alkyl as well as Hydroxyl

Groups

reactions of this type are

predominating amounts. For example.

in

CH

CH3CH 2 CH

Acidic Dehydration

(a)

H
2

CH3CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH

-H 20

1-Butene (20%)

HU-HgO

(expected)

(b)

Oxidation

(c)

Dehydrogenation

CH 3 CH

= CH CH 3
2-Butene (80%)

Acidic DehydrationWhen heated with concen-

(a)

H 2 S0 4 phosphoric

trated

group are formed

The important

to

H 2 S0 4

is

concentrated

(unexpected)

acid or boric acid, alcohols

undergo dehydration

Such migration of double bond is in agreement with the

mechanism proposed for dehydration of alcohols. The

form alkenes. The reaction with

carried out at 443 K, whereas

carbocations always rearrange whenever, possible, to a

phosphoric acid and boric acid react at higher tempera-

stabler carbocation by 1, 2-hydride or alkyl shifts.

ture.

primary, n-butyl cation

cone.

H2SO4

butene rather than 1-butene

C=CH + H2O

The

a more
above example and 2-

therefore, rearrange to

will,

stable secondary butyl cation

"oh"!

HCC

Secondary > Primary alcohols.

Formation of unexpected products Sometimes the

of reactivity of

type of reactions.

in this

formed,

the

In other words, the polarity of C

O bond increases
and this makes the breaking of the bond between carbon
and oxygen easier. Therefore, the alcohols with greater
number of alkyl groups attached to carbon will be more

alcohols

is

would dehydrate. Further, the

easily that alcohol

C-+-OH

R->-C->-OH > R-

determining step. The more easily a carbocation

r-mL*-oh

in

major product.

is

443 K

CH 3 CH 2 CH-CH 2

>

t'\y

Ethene

Ethanol

1,2 Hydride

CH3CH2CHCH3

Shift

vr

H TA" OH"!
1

I
1

I
1

'
,

cone.

HCCCH
H

(more stable)

(less stable)
>

III

sec-Butyl cation

n-Butyl cation

H?S0 4

CH 3CH=CH 2 + H 2 0

Dehydration of ethanol under different experimental

443 K

conditions gives different products.

1-Propanol

At 383 K, ethyl hydrogen sulphate

383 K

C 2H 5OH + H 2 S04

The mechanism

(a)

as

of dehydration of alcohol is

HC COH
I

Closer Look

>

H20

under reduced pressure gives diethyl

Distillation

2C 2 H 5OH

obtained.

sul-

C C OH 2

is

C 2 H 5HS0 4

phate.

Protonation

At

413

K,

+
if

H 2 S0 4
alcohol

is

used

(C 2 H 5 ) 2 S04 +
in

2H 2 0

excess, the loss of

H 20

molecule takes place from two different molecules of

alcohol

and ether
Cone.

Oxonium

2C 2 H 5OH

is

obtained as the product.

C H OC H

H 2 S0 4
>

+ H 20

413 K

(b)

H-CCOH 2

Oxidation of AlcoholsAlcohols undergo oxidation with oxidising agents (in neutral or acidic or alkaline
medium) such as chromium trioxide (Cr0 3 ), potassium
dichromate (K2 Cr20 7 ), potassium permanganate (KMn04 )
(b)

LossofH 2 0

H-C-C

II

II

+ H2 0

and

(c)

The

Loss of H

H-C^C

+
>

HC =C

relative

ease of dehydration of alcoholsStep (b)

carbocation is slowest and rate-

involving the formation of

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 64

nitric acid.

Primary alcoholsThey are oxidised

to carboxylic

acids by potassium permanganate.

+ KMn0 4
RCOOK + H-

RCHjOH
An

>

Mn02

RCOOK
RCOOH + K+
+

1 +

acidic solution of potassium dichromate

KOH

can

oxi-

dise them to aldehydes, provided the products are dis-

away as soon as they are formed. If the aldehyde

formed continues to be available to the oxidant, carboxytkr
acids are formed ultimately.

tilled

Primary alcohols They give aldehydes as

RC OH

H
1

RCH 2 OH

R-C=0

+ Cr 2 0 7 2 -

C r20 72-

R-

>

=0 + H

>

Secondary alcoholsThey

OH

Thus primary alcohols are oxidised to aldehydes

and carboxylic acids containing the same number of
carbon atoms as the original alcohol.
Secondary alcoholsThey are

CU/575K

RC = 0

give ketones as

RC OH

Cu/575 K

C = 0 + H 2 T

They do not undergo

Tertiary alcohols

due

reaction

oxidised to ketones

to

absence

this

type of

However,

of a-hydrogen.

it

gets dehydrated to form an alkene.

by chromic acid.

K 2 Cr20 7 + H 2 S0 4

or Cr 2

03

CH 3 COOH

or

Cr0 3

CH 3

in

CH 3 COH

(pyridine)

CroOT2 -

R 2CHOH

R 2C

A secondary

=0

CH 3
Cu/575 K

CH3 C

>

= CH

+ H 20

Isobutylene

CH 3

Ketone

tert-Butyl alcohol

alcohol

Ketones

resist the further oxidation, but

ous conditions they are oxidised

acids. For example.

to

a mixture

unde. vigorof carboxylic

OH
CH3

CH CH3

Isopropyl alcohol

CH3COOH
Acetic acid

HCOOH

Since this oxidation reaction literally involves loss of

hydrogen from alcohol, it is known as catalytic dehydrogenation. On the basis of products of oxidation, the distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols
can be made.

More about the Distinction of Primary, Secondary

and Tertiary alcohols

Formic acid

Thus, the ketones, the first stage oxidation products of sec. alcohols, contain same number of carbon atoms as original alcohols, but carboxylic acids
contain fewer carbon atoms than the parent alcohol.

9 Lucas TestOn treating with Lucas reagent (a mixture of

cone. HCI and ZnCI 2 ), alcohols give cloudy appearance

They

and a primary alcohol does not react appreciably

Tertiary Alcohols

are not oxidised under

neutral or alkaline conditions, but acidic oxidising

agents oxidise them, presumably, through the alkene

formed under the acidic conditions, to a mixture

aldehydes, ketones and acids. For example

of

due

to formation of alkyl chlorides.

tertiary alcohol reacts

very fast, a secondary alcohol reacts within five minutes

at

ordinary temperature.

The

i Victor Meyer's Test

reaction

alcohol

is

subjected to the

sequence given below and the colours obtained

are noted.

Secondary

Primary

CH 3
H+

CH 3 C OH

Tertiary

alcohol

alcohol

alcohol

RCH 2OH

R 2 CHOH

R3C-OH

P4 + 2
j

P4 + 2

CH 3

P4 +

2-Methylpropane-2-ol

RCH 2

CH 3 C

AgN0 2

CH 3

= 0 + HC

Propanone

AgN0 2

HONO

HONO

R3CI

AgN0 2

R 2 CHN0 2

R C N0 2

R 2 CHI

RCH 2 N02

Methanal

R 3 C-N0 2

HONO

CN0

No

reaction

CH3COOH

variation

of

II

HCOOH HCOOH

the above oxidation

reaction

N-OH
is

observed when vapours of an alcohol are passed

over reduced copper at high temperature. The primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols give different
products.

C.S.V./

2-Methylpropene

Nitrolic acid

1
Red

K0H
colour

NO
Pseudo

KOH

nitrol

|koh
Blue colour

Colourless

March/ 2000/ 65

Copyrighted

Some

Important Alcohols

(1)

Methyl

alcohol

boiled with calculated

filtered off,

CH3OH

Methanol,

or

manufactured by following methods

is

It

potash and
65C.

is

It

distilled.

H 20

(steam)

C00CH3

COOH

CO + H 2

2CH3OH

COOH

Water gas

CuO/ZnO/Cr2 0 3

CO + 2H 2

Uses

fractionally distilled. This

and

of excellent purity

(ii)

From

natural

gas Controlled
its

air oxidation of

mixture with oxygen (9:1)

(iii)

^0 2
2

Cutube
200C/100atm

as destructive

distillation of

Methanol
ring

also referred

is

wood.

Wood

it

(vi)

Gases

(Wood

is

used

~"

C 2 H6, H 2

Lower

layer

spirit of

Wood Tar

(Acetic acid, Methanol, Acetone)

layer

is

for preservation of

It

is

spirit

manu-

distilled

of creosote)

and the vapour

is

of lime. Acetic acid is retained as

calcium acetate, but methanol, acetone and other volatile

compounds pass over as wood

spirit.

commerce

The wood

wine

the ethyl alcohol

is

known as

or grain alcohol.

the mother liquor

left

cane-sugar from sugar-cane

reduce the concentration of
sugar to about 10 percent, sterilised by heating with live
steam for a short time and acidified with sulphuric acid to
pH = 4. This checks the growth of any undesirable
after the crystallisation of

timber

passed over milk

spirit is

distilled to give a low boiling fraction, a

crude methanol fraction and a higher boiling fraction
containing a mixture of alcohols and ketones. The crude
methanol fraction is then carefully refractionated to give
pure methanol.

then fractionally

Purification

motor

From Molasses Molasses,

(a)

(A mixture of cresols,

used

under the name

The aqueous

of

C 2 H 5OH

Fermentation of Carbohydrates Molasses and

catalysts. In

0-5%

stains.

component

scale preparation of ethyl alcohol. Fermentation is

actually decomposition of organic compounds into simpler
compounds through the agency of enzymes, the bio-

etc.)

Pyroligneous acid

2-4%

rende-

starchy materials are two important raw materials for large

Upper aqueous layer

10%

wood

factured by following methods

(i)

C2H4,

in

also used as

is

(2) Ethyl Alcohol or Ethanol,

for denaturing alcohol

blends.

charcoal)

Uncondensed gases
(Wood gases used as fuel)

CH 4

It

Non-volatile residue

condenser

sulphate,

unfit for drinking.

compositions and

into

dimethyl

Methanol finds important place as a solvent in

many industrial processes, in certain adhesive

(v)

Passed

methylaniline, dimethy-

like

chloride,

Methanol finds application in antifreeze composition for automobile and aeroplane radiators.

(iv)

Destructive Distillation at 400C

Volatile

has following important

It

methyl salicylate, terylene, polyvinyl alcohol etc.

are manufactured from methanol.
(iii)

From Pyroligneous AcidThis

alcohol

is

methyl

laniline,

CH3OH
9

of methyl

Important chemicals

(ii)

100 atm. gives methanol.

+

2CH3OH

an important source material for the

production of formaldehyde. Formaldehyde is a
raw material for plastic industry.

through a copper tube at 200C, under a pressure of

CH 4

Methyl oxalate

Methanol

excellent yield.

marsh gas by passing

0K

F
COOK

uses

in
(1)

juice, is diluted with

water

to

bacteria. Suitable quantities of ammonium sulphate and

ammonium phosphate may be added which act as

supplementary food for yeast. The liquid (wort) so obis placed in a large fermentation tank, maintained

tained,

at the temperature of

about 35C.

In

the presence of

yeast culture, fermentation starts accompanied by the

following reactions
(i)

The enzyme, invertase present

in

yeast converts

sucrose

Methanol obtained from pyroligneous acid

with anhydrous

CaCI 2 -4CH 3OH

The

over at

* CH3OH

300-^00C/200 atm

The crude methanol is

method gives methanol

2KOH

COOCH3

Oxalic acid

(CO,

of caustic

distills

From water gas

(i)

to

amount

Pure methyl alcohol

dried over quick lime.

is

CaCI 2

when

crystalline

is

into

glucose and fructose.

treated

derivative,

formed, leaving acetone unaffected.

and boiled with water when

regenerated. This is distilled. To remove last

C-| 2

H 22 0

i+

H 20

(Yeast)

Sucrose

C 6 H 120 6
Glucose

+ C6H 12 0 6
Fructose

crystals are filtered

alcohol

is

trace of water, the distillate

is

dried over quick lime.

another method, impure methanol is treated with

oxalic acid when solid methyl oxalate is obtained. This is
In

(ii)

The enzyme Zymase,

and fructose

further converts the glucose

and carbon dioxide.

into ethyl alcohol

C 6 H 120 6

ZymaSe
)
(

2C 2 H 5OH + 2C02 T

YGcist)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 66

Copyrighted material

When

the alcohol content of fermented liquor rises to

about 15%, the yeast cells are

The

fermentation stops.

killed

and the process

liquor thus obtained

is

to fractional distillation to get following fractions

runnings These

First

boiling mixture

and

93 - 95 per cent

alcoholThis

consists

ween temperature range 1 25 - 1 40C and

is

a mixture

of

amyl alcohols.

From Starch

The starchy

materials

pota-

like

The production

toes, maize, barley, rice etc. are used.

of

ethanol from starchy materials can be outlined as follows

Malting

(i)

in

a room

germinate

is

is

known as

in

the malt

kept at 50C.

is

is

crushed and

is

brought into solution. This

Malt

(C 6 H 10O 5 ) n + n/2

added

mash

to the

The enzyme, diastase present

Diastase

H 20

in

n/2

C^On
Maltose

alternative method, starch

may be converted

glucose by heating with dilute sulphuric acid or

is neutralised by
adding lime.
into

hydrochloric acid, and the excess of acid

-rC 6 H 120 6

On

large scale the absolute alcohol

(iii)

method the advantage

Ci 2 H 220n + H 2 G

(Yeast)

2CgH-) 2 06

Maltose

Water = 7-5%
Alcohol = 18-5%

0% by w/W

Benzene = 74

2C 2 H 5OH
*T"*>
Yeas,
>

<

2C0 2

and then

The

distilled.

behind which

is totally

ternary azeotrope

of ethyl alcohol
(i)

Ethyl alcohol

The fermented liquor contains about 10 percent

and is subjected to fractional distillation to

For example

Ethanol

is

Ethanol

Following

in

Acetaldehyde

(iii)

of alcoholic

5% of ethyl alcohol
4% of ethyl alcohol

used as a solvent

for

gums,

resins,

etc.

specimen are preserved

is

liquid in scientific

in

ethanol.

used as a low freezing and mobile

equipments like thermometers, spirit

levels etc.
(vi)

It

is

used as a component of fuels (power alcohol)

combustion engines in many countries.

for the internal

oil

Carbon dioxide Compressed in iron cylinders

aerated water industry or as a dry ice.

C.S.V./

component

chloral, chloroform etc.

Biological

used

important

(iii)
Ethyl alcohol is used for the preparation of
acetaldehyde, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, esters,

(v)

Fusel

are important

:.

is

(iv)

(ii)

left

40% of ethyl alcohol

Brandy contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol
Whisky contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol
Rum contains 35 - 40% of ethyl alcohol

industrial alcohol.

(i)

64-9C

Beverages.

alcohol

By-products of Alcoholic Fermentation

distils at

and absolute alcohol is

and benzene.

free from water

Absolute alcohol blended with petrol in the ratio of

20%, is used as a motor fuel, hence it is named as power
alcohol also.

(ii)

Ethyl alcohol

are important by-products of alcoholic fermentation

industrial alcohol

paints, varnishes, stains, pharmaceutical products, per-

Glucose

The

which contains 4-13% water is mixed with benzene,

sufficient enough to form a ternary constant boiling
mixture with almost the entire amount of water present

fumes, flavourings
Glucose

prepared by

taken of the fact that alcohol

forms a ternary constant boiling mixture with water and
benzene.
is

Gin contains 35 -

FermentationThe maltose solution, obtained in

is cooled to about 30C and fermented as usual
for 3 days, when the following reaction occurs

C 6 Hi 206

is

the azeotropic distillation of industrial alcohol. In this

Cider contains 2 -

Glucose

Starch
(iv)

0-8%

last trace of

removed by distilling the lime-alcohol over a

amount of metallic sodium or magnesium or

is

requisite

Beer contains 3 (C 6 H 10O 5 ) n + r>H 2 0

by yeast

The

calcium.

uses

step

from water by
distilling rectified

Uses of Ethyl Alcohol Following

(Malt)

Starch

an

not possible to effect a

repeatedly over fresh quick lime.

spirit

carrying entire water present

is

malt converts the starch into maltose.

In

is

of ethyl alcohol

This mixture boils at 64-9C.

malt.

known as mash.

Saccharification

(iii)

allowed to

- 150C under pressure when

treated with steam at 140

and

is

Liberation of starch The malt

solution

is

it

mixture boils at

this

lower than the boiling

slightly

stopped by heating the barley to about

60C. This germinated product

the starch present

azeotrope, containing 95-87% by

i.e.,

point of pure ethanol (78-3C),

the dark at about 15C. After suitable' time

in

the germination

(ii)

Barley moistened with water and spread

layers about five inches thick,

in

after distilla-

left

alcohol forms a constant

fractional distillation alone. Alcohol containing only

water

It must be noted that these alcohols are not produced

by the fermentation of sugar but are formed by the action
of yeast on certain amino acids obtained from the proteins
present in raw materials.

(b)

mass

used as a Cattle Feed.

water (lime alcohol) can be prepared by

and active

n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-amyl, isoamyl

is

weight of alcohol with water. Since

complete separation
obtained bet-

is

the solid

and

Ethyl

78-15C, a temperature

of ethyl alcohol.

Final runnings or Fusel oil This

is

It

Absolute Alcohol

are used as an important source of acetaldehyde.

of

wash

tion of various fractions,

consist of acetaldehyde

Rectified spirit or Industrial

Spent

(iv)

of

subjected

is also used as
ethylating agent
manufacture of dye intermediates, drugs etc.
(vii)

It

in

the

March/ 2000/ 67

CopyrightGd material

Points to

Remember

The strength of an alcohol preparation is expressed in the terms of proof spirit. Proof
containing 57-1% by volume of ethyl alcohol. The sample is referred to as over-proof
stronger or weaker than proof-spirit.

20 under-proof sample

Similarly 20 over-proof

The terms

means

sample

is

made by

describing alcoholic beverages.

in

fermented

distillation of

order to

make

ethyl alcohol
it

is

fruit

juices.

The

The

undistilled

beverages, which have low

beverages containing much higher

distilled

liquors.

Since ethanol can be used for drinking purposes,

free. In

aqueous

100 volumes of the sample contain as much alcohol as 80 volumes of proof-spirit.

one whose 100 volumes contain as much alcohol as 120 volumes of proof-spirit.

alcoholic content, are generally prepared by fermentation of

alcoholic contents are

the

or under-proof according as

that

and undistilled are used

distilled

spirit is

it

is

heavily taxed. But the ethanol used for industrial purposes

it is denatured by mixing poisonous substances

Such a denatured alcohol is known as methylated spirit.

industrial alcohol unfit for drinking,

acetone, rubber thinner, and pyridine or bone

oil.

like

is

duty

methanol,

spirit is coloured and is made by adding 0-5 part by volume of crude pyridine and 9-5 parts by volume
methanol to 90 parts by volume of rectified spirit (95-5% ethanol) and adding to every 100 gallons of resulting mixture not
naphtha and not less than 1/40 oz. of the dye methyl violet.

Mineralised methylated
of

less than 3/8 of a gallon of mineral

Following are important applications of fermentation

Manufacture

(ii)

Preparation of alcoholic beverages from

(iii)

Preparation of glycerol from sugar solution

of ethyl alcohol

from sugars and starch.

(i)

fruit

juices.

in

the presence of

Ne^SO^.

(iv)

Preparation of acetone and butyl alcohol from starch by the activity of Clostridium aceto butylicum bacteria.

(v)

Preparation of vinegar from ethyl alcohol by the activity of the

C 2 H 5 OH
(vi)

Mycoderma

+ 2[0]

aceti
>

CH3COOH

mycoderma

aceti.

H 20

Preparation of lactic acid from lactose, sucrose, maltose or glucose.

Lactic bacilli

C 6 H 12 0 6

2CH 3CH(OH)COOH

>

Lactic acid
(vii)

Preparation of

few

citric

acid from molasses or glucose or sucrose by the activity of Aspergillus niger.

common enzymes

with their sources

Enzyme

and functions are given as

Source

Type

Function

Diastase

Malt (Germinated barley)

Starch - Maltose

of reaction

Hydrolysis

Maltase

Yeast

Maltose - Glucose

Hydrolysis

Zymase

Yeast

Glucose and fructose -> Ethanol +.C0 2

Decomposition

Invertase

Yeast

Cane-sugar - Glucose + Fructose

Hydrolysis

Urease

Soyabean

Urea -> NH3 +

C0 2

Hydrolysis

In

1860, the pioneer worker Pasteur suggested that fermentation

micro-organisms. However, Liebig considered

necessary

of living cells is not

for this reaction.

Pasteur and Liebig.

The fermentation is slow decomposition

substances (enzymes) produced

When

acetylene

is

passed

gives ethyl alcohol.

H
fr.

CH

,H 2 o

42%H

CH3CHO + H 2

into

in living

is purely a physiological process carried out by living

be purely a chemical reaction. Buchner (1897) showed that the presence
Thus the truth regarding the nature of fermentation lies between the views of

it

to

complex organic compounds by the

of

+1%H9S0

containing

(i)

60C, acetaldehyde

is

complex nitrogenous

forme Acetaldehyde on reduction

>CH 3CH 2 OH

110-140*C

an 0l

following kinds of isomerism

Chain isomerism

at

2
r Lch 3cho

common compounds is as
R-COOH > H 2C03 > C 6 H 5 OH > HOH > ROH
show

1% HgS0 4

LCHOHj

A(60C)

Relative acidity of various

Alcohols

activity of non-living

organisms.

42% H 2 S0 4

(ii)

Position isomerism

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH

and

n-Butanol

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
n-Butanol

CH 3CH CH 2 OH
Isobutyl alcohol

OH

CH 3

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH
Propyl alcohol

and

CH3 CH CH 3
Isopropyl alcohol

and CjjHsOCgHs
Diethyl ether

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 68

Copyrighted material

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

isomers

(C)

Secondary alcohol

arrived at from molecular formula

(D)

Tertiary alcohol

The number

of alcohol

C 4 H 10O is
9.

2.

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D) 5

When

CH 3
(C)

equimolar quantities of

ethanol and methanol are mixed

and heated with cone. H 2 S0 4

CH 3COH

Which of the following compounds has highest boiling point?

(A)

Ethanol

(B)

Methoxymethane

(C)

Chloromethane

(D)

Propane

CH 3
(D)
14.

CH 3 CH 2 OH

Which

of the following alcohols

the product formed

3.

is

(A)

C 2 H 5OC 2H 5

(B)

CH 3 OCH 3

an alcohol

(C)

C 2 H 5OCH 3

reacts with carboxylic acids ?

(D)

All of

The

alcohol which reacts fastest

10.

Which

(B)

(C)

with Luca's reagent at normal

temperature is

is

bonds

cleaved when

2-Methyl propane-2-ol

cannot be dehydrogenated ?

(C)

Butane-1-ol

(A)

Which

(A)

NaOH

(B) FeCI 3

(C)

Br 2 /H 2 0

(D)

of the following alcohols

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
OH

Which of the following compounds can be used for the

(B)

CH 3 CHCH 2 CH 3

preparation of chloroform ?

(C)

(CH 3 ) 3 COH

(D)

(CH 3 ) 2 CHOH

CH 3 CH 2 COC 3 H 7
CH 3 COC 2 H 5
CH 3 CH 2 COCH 2 CH 3

Phenol can be distinguished from

ethyl alcohol by all reagents

except

(B)

(C)

(C)

(D) All of these

11.

(B)

(B)

it

16.

(A)

Hydroboration-oxidation

(B)

Oxymercuration-demercuration

(C)

In

the reaction sequence

(D)

Reduction of aldehydes with

J^CHa-CH-CHa^

7.

By fermentation

Which

with cone.

(A)

Diethyl sulphate only

(B)

Diethyl ether only

(A)

is

(A)

Butane-1-ol

(B)

n-Propylmethyl ether

None

spirit is

(A)

Medicine

(B)

Good

8.

panol ?

Propene

(A)

Ethanol

(C)

2-Propanol, Propyne,

(B)

2-Methyl-2-Propanol

19.

An

organic
(A)

passed over heated copper at

575 K, gives an alkene, the compound is

Akyne

compound

(A) gives

of the following
is

comp-

isomeric with 1-Pro-

(C)

1-Butanol

(D)

Ethyl-methyl ether

Which of the
pounds would

following

com-

yield carboxylic

acid as the product on oxidation

with acidified K 2 Cr20 7 ?
(A)

1-Butanol

(B)

1-Propanol

(C)

Both

(D)

None

is

CH 3 CH 2CHCH 3

of

these

OH
(B)

Alkane

compound

organic

Lucas test in 5 minutes.

When 6 0 gm of (A) is treated
with sodium metal, 1120 ml of
hydrogen is evolved at STP. The

An organic compound when

(B)

1-Propanol, Propene,

1-Bromopropene

beverages

Sec-Butyl alcohol

1- Bromopropane

positive

fuel

(A)

2-Propanol, Propene,

Propene, 2-Bromopropane,

(D)

13.

of

Iso-Butyl alcohol

(D)

2- Bromopropane

mainly used

(C) Solvent

Component

(B)

(B)

of these

Denatured
as a

n-Butyl alcohol

Which
ounds

not iso-

(C) 2-Methyl propane-2-ol

(D)

are respectively
18.

meric with diethyl ether is

7.

water ?

(A)

(C) Tert-Butyl alcohol

Y and Z

Ethylene only

The compound which

(D)

Peroxide

(D) All of these

6.

HBr

Y
X,

(C)

least soluble in

Br

of starch

of the following alcohols is

when heated
H 2 S0 4 may give

all

Zn-Hg/HCI
12.

Ethanol

Na

Alcohol can be obtained by

methods except

(D) All of these

5.

CH 3 OH
C 2H 5OH
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

(D) All of these

2-Methyl propane-1-ol

(A)

(A)

15.

(A)

(D) Butane-2-ol
4.

of the following

C
C
O-H

(A)

these

HCHO

can be obtained from

of

CH 3 CHCH3

20.

Which one

of the following

can

convert 2-Propanol to acetone ?

(A)

K 2 Cr20 7/H +

(B)

CU/575K

C.S.V./

OH

March/ 2000/ 69
Copyrighted material

21.

(C)

Both

(D)

None

30.

these

of

glucose and fructose

22.

Diastase

(B)

(C)

Zymase

(D) Maltase

A solution

24.

(B)

Changes red

Changes blue

(D)

Does

litmus

On

industrial

litmus blue
litmus red

not affect litmus paper

3>2>r

scale ethanol

is

C 6H 120 6

(B)

(C)

Molasses

(D)

The percentage

32.

(C)

of ethyl alcohol

Lucas reagent

(C)

Victor

Which

be most acidic ?

R-CHjOH
R3COH

34.

(D)

An

alcohol on oxidation gives

CH3COOH

and
the alcohol is
(A)
(B)

(C)
(D)

35.

test

ANSWERS
1(C)

2. (D)

3. (B)

4. (B)

(CH 3 ) 2 CHOH

6.(D)

7. (C)

8. (D)

9. (A) 10. (C)

(D)

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

The percentage
proof

in

5.(D)

11. (C) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (D) 15. (D)

of ethanol

by

spirit is

(A)

90

(B)

(C)

48

(D) 4-5

18. (D) 19. (C) 20. (C)

21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (C) 24. (C) 25. (A)
26. (D) 27. (A) 28. (C) 29. (C) 30. (A)

10

31. (D) 32. (C) 33. (C) 34. (C) 35. (B)

37

36. (D)

(B) 38. (C) 39. (B) 40. (D)

Fermentation of starch solution

FORM

does not require

(A)

Maltase

(B) Diastase

(C)

Invertase

(D)

The

correct order of boiling point

molar mass
(A)

RULE 8
COMPETITION SCIENCE VISION

Zymase

(B)

CH 3 CH 2 COOH,

the

is

Place of Publication

AGRA
2.

Periodicity of Publication

MONTHLY
and Publisher
Mahendra Jain (Indian)

1<2<3

following

36.

:?

<2<
0

<

None

The

OH

2/1

< 3

(D)

is

group of

HCI

(B)

(C) PCI 5
37.

Which

4.

CH 3 OH

can

Swadeshi Bima Nagar,

A,

Mahendra Jain (Indian)

2/HA, Swadeshi Bima Nagar.
Editor

Agra
5.

Names and addresses of indiwho own the newspaper

and partners or share holders
holding more than one per cent
viduals

PCI3

(D) Cl 2

the following

of

Agra

correct

not be replaced by the chlorine

by the action of
(A)

com-

positive iodoform

(C) 2

of

comparable

3. Printer

pounds gives a

of the total capital

M/s PRATIYOGITA DARPAN, AGRA

Mahendra Jain hereby declare

comI.

pounds

(A)

3-Pentanol

(B)

2-Phenyl-ethanol

is

known as wood

(A)

Wood tar

(B)

Methanol

(C)

Ethanol

(D)

Pentanal

in

wine

(A)

lodometry

(B)

lodimetry

is

called

(D)

95%

that the particulars given above

are true to the best of my
belief.

MAHENDRA JAIN

ethanol

38. Cyclohexanol
(A)

Signature of Publisher

Determination of percentage of
alcohol

spirit

knowledge and

-Phenyl ethanol

(C)

is

Phenol

(B)

Primary alcohol

(C) Alcoholometry

(C)

Secondary alcohol

(D) Acidometry

(D) Tertiary alcohol

C.S.V./

solubility

(B)

of alcohols having

CH 3 CH(OH) CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
CH 3 (CH 2 2 CHOH
(CH 3 2 C(OH) CH 2 CH 3
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH

Which

NH 3

water

By iodoform

(D)

respond to iodoform

action of HCI

action of

(MONTHLY)

C 2 H 5OC 2 H 5
C 2H 5HS0 4
C 2H 4
C2 H 2

(C)

By determining the

(C)

to ethanol

Dehydration of ethanol cannot

(B)

By the
By the

(C)

in

(D) 100-0

of the following alcohols

(D)

(B)

16. (C) 17. (A)

33.

give
(A)

Meyer method

will

be distinguished

CH3OH
(CH 3 3 C CHO

weight

(B)

C2 H 5OH can
CH3OH

from

(D) All of these

CH3COOH
C 12 H 220 11

(B) 85-5

CH3OH
R2CHOH

40.

(A)

(B)

is

75 00

Which

(D)

Oxidation

(A)

(A)

3>1>2
2>1>3

(C)

Primary, secondary and tertiary

alcohols are distinguished by

test?

(A)

29.

1>2>3

(B)

Markownikoff's rule

manufactured by the fermen-

will

28.

(A)

Peroxide effect

(C)

tation of

(C) 95-6

27.

Saytzeffrule

(A)

(C)

(A)

26.

the

During the dehydration of alcoease of formation of

hols, the

carbocation follows the order

(D) Anti-Markownikoff's rule

31.

alcohol

of ethyl

Decolourises
paper

in rectified spirit

25.

Invertase

39.

according to

is

(B)

(A)

into ethyl-

is

(A)

(A)

23.

butanol

The enzyme which converts

alcohol

Formation of 2-butene as major

product by dehydration of 2-

As you deserve the best,

we present you the

(Monthly)

March/ 2000/ 70

Copyrighted material

14.

Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations

CHEMISTRY

15.

The
and

O are

(A)

14-6, 13-6 (B)

13-6, 14-6

(C)

13-6, 13-6 (D)

14-6, 14-6

ionisation potential of

first

eV) respectively

(in

How many grams

CH 3 OH

of

would have to be added to water

prepare 150 ml of a solution
that is 2 0 M CH 3 OH ?
to

The

electrons identified by quan-

6.

(A)

9-6

x10 3 gram

n = 4,/=1

(A)

0-1

(B) 0-9

(B)

4-3

x10 2 gram

(ii)

n=4,/=0

(C)

0-3

(D) 0-6

(C)

9-6

gram

(iii)

n = 3,/=2

(D)

24 gram

(iv)

n=

3,

7.

can be placed

from the lowest

to highest

(A)

(iv)<(ii)<(iii)<(i)

<

<

(iii)

(C)

(iv)

(D)

(D)

(iii)<(i)<(iv)<(ii)

(iv)

<

(B)

<
<

(i)

(iii)

(A)

(i)

(ii)

0-1M

of

solution

of

the

in

8.

The number

of neutrons accompanying the formation of 54 Xe 139

and 38Sr94 from the absorption of
a slow neutron by 92U 235 follo-

On

ammonium

(B)

Oxygen
Ammonia

(C)

Nitrous oxide

nuclear fission

(A)

(B) 2

(C)

(D)

(D)

Nitrogen

9.

Molar heat capacity of water

in

equilibrium with ice at constant

pressure
(A)

17.

4.

CH3

(C)

CH 3-CH 2-HC=CH2

(D)

None

Among

Infinity

75-48 K- 1

tion

(A)

AI(OH) 3 and

(B)

An

(C)
1

mor

(D)

Standard molar enthalpy

10.

The standard molar enthalpy

The sum

of

(A)

(C)

of standard molar
1 1

A
A

aqueous

solution

8.

combustion

bond

sp-sp 2
sp-sp3

Which one

of

(A)

carbon
(C)

12.
will

approach

ideal

beha-

is

of the type

(B)

spP-sp3

(D)

sp 2 -sp 3

of the following

Na +
Be 2+

Which one

(A)

pressure
(B)

(C)

(D)

C.S.V./

Low temperature and high

pressure

9.

[BF 3 H 3 0 + ]
,

and

[NF3 H 30 + ] and [N0 3 - BF 3

,

[NF3

H 30

+
]

and [HN 3 BF 3
,

monoprotic acid

degree

of

is 1

solution.

(B) Li

(D)

tion

constant

dissociation

(A)

10x10"

(B)

10x10"5

(C)

10x10" 11

(D)

1-OxlO- 3

is

The standard

reduction potential

X,

has

Y,

Z are 0-52,-3-03 and

respectively. The order

-1-18 V

of reducing

of the following

power

ponding metals

Mg 2+

(A)

does

(A)

CaCI 2

(B)

MgS0 4

(B)

(C)

Na 2 S0 4

(D)

Ca(HC03) 2

(C)
(D)

Which one

of the following

not contain

COOH group ?

does

of the corres-

is

Y>Z>X
X>Y>Z
Z>Y>X
Z>X>Y

The energy

of

an electron

in

the

Bohr orbit of H-atom is - 13-6 eV.

The possible energy value of an

High temperature and low

pressure

(A)

Picric acid

excited state for electron

(B)

Asprin

orbit of

High temperature and high

pressure

(C)

Benzoic acid

hydrogen is
(A) -3-4 eV
(B) -4-2 eV

(D)

Ethanoic acid

(C)

March/ 2000/ 71

values of three metallic cations

20.
13.

Its

not cause hardness of water ?

at
Low temperature and low

viour

NO3I and

HN 3

0 001%. Calculate the dissocia-

molten mixture of AIO(OH)

of

molten mixture of Al 2 0 3

C 2

the smallest radius ?

The standard molar enthalpy

A gas

[NF3

(C)

(graphite)
5.

[NF3

solution

the

the

CO and 02
of

NaOH

compound
CH 2 ^= CH CH2

In

gases

enthalpies of formation of

(D)

(A)

(B)

[N0 3- BF 3 H 3 0 +

CH C = CH

Zero

(B)

combustion
carbon

species,

for

and AI(OH) 3

of for-

C0 2 is equal to

(A)

(C)

process

and Na 3 AIF 6

of

following

(D)

40-45 kJ K- mol"

these

of

the

NF 3 N0 3- BF3> H 30 + HN 3

AI 2 (S0 4 ) 3

(D)

mation of

C = CH

(B)

identify the isostructural pairs

aluminium extracthe electrolyte used is

is

(C)

appli-

dichro-

the commercial electrochemi-

In

Zero

(B)

is

is

cal
3.

following

rule

CH = CH

(A)

NaCN < NH4CI < NaCI < HC

HCI < NaCI < NaCN < NH 4CI
heating

the

cable ?

wed by

of

Markownikoff's

NaC N < HC
HCI < NH4CI < NaCI < NaCN
NaCI < NH4CI <

mate the gas evolved is

(A)

which

16. In

order

as

(ii)

(B)

(C)

<

The pH

following salts increases

in

order of increasing energy,

2.

normality of 0-3 M phosphorous acid (H3PO3) is

The

(i)

tum numbers n and I

-6-8eV

(D)

in

+6-8eV

Bohr

21

White phosphorous (P 4 ) does not

28. Zinc copper couple that can be

used as a reducing agent

contain

22.

(A)

Six P-P single bonds

obtained

(B)

Four P-P single bonds

(A)

(C)

Four lone pairs

(D)

PPP

Which

of electrons

(B)

angle of 60

of the following

not correct

(A)

A deep

(B)

red vapour

evol-

is

NaOH

23.

Cl 2

(D)

Chromyl chloride

formed

is

Benzene-diazonium chloride on
reaction with phenol in weakly

medium

basic

24.

30.

Na 2 Cr0 4

evolved

(C)

is

(B)

(C)

3:6

(D)

Zinc coated with copper

(C)

Copper coated

(D)

Zinc

is

(B)

CCI 4

dipole

(C)

COCI2

(D)

CCI 2 F2

(A)

moment
H2S

(C)

H 20

The

bad smelling substance

formed by action of alcoholic
caustic potash on chloroform
and aniline is
(A)

Phenylisocyanide

(B)

Nitrobenzene

(C)

Chloropicrin

(D)

Acetylene

[NiCI 4 ] 2
(A)

Diphenyl ether

(C)

Chlorobenzene

group ?

(D)

Benzene

(A)

CH OH

(B)

/CHOH

(C)

> C-OH

(D)

/C

31.

given

Which one

(C)

= ST/C

(B)

Itaj

(C)

it

= ^P

(D)

n = CST

25. Empirical formula of an organic

compound
mole

of

is

formula of

CH 2 Mass
,

42

32.

C4 Ha

(B)

(C)

C2H 4

(D)

C3 H 6
CH 2

benzene burns

|)

+
litre

of

02

at

6H 20(g)
STP

27.

112

(C)

84

Which

litre

(B) 22-4
(D)

litre

74

33.

litre

is

(A)

Cyanide and sulphide

(B)

Thiocyanate

(C)

Sulphite

(D)

Nitrate

C.S.V./

and cyanide

Ca(HC0 3

heating gives a

(B)
)

2 (D)

higher than that

(C)

34.

Al 3+
Na+

and [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2" are

diamagnetic and Ni(CO) 4 is
[NiCI 4 ] 2 -

Ni(CO) 4 and [Ni(CN) 4 2 ~ are

diamagnetic and [NiCI 4] 2~ is
]

Ni(CO) 4

diamagnetic and

42.

of

(D)

(B)

MgO

(C)

Al 2

03

(D)

CaO

35. Three centered bond

Va
of 2i 6 Ra
-

curie

ion

will

contains

18

(A)

4 05 x 10

(B)

3-7

(C)

2 05 x 10 15

(D)

4-7

x10 17

these

x10 10

is

Which

substance

reducing agent

in

serving

reaction ?

present

20^ + 7H 2 0 + 3Ni 2+

(A)

NH 3

(B)

B2 H 6

(A)

H20

(B)

Ni

(C)

BCI 3

(D) AICI 3

(C)

H*

(D)

Cr2 0 7 2

dry ice piece

is

as

the following

Cr207 2-+ 14H + + 3Ni->

is

in

is

43.

Na 2 0

>

The decay constant

milli

of the following

(A)

B Zero

(D)

atoms.

Mg 2+

of

<

of

-1
1-37 x 10~ 11 sec
A sample of
226 Ra having an activity of 1 -5

K 2 C0 3

Be 2+
None

The orbital angular momentum

an electron in 2s orbital is

(C

Na 2 C03

most acidic ?

36.

is

(A)

of

(B)

Which one

paramagnetic

paramagnetic
41

The hydration energy

(A)

fused with sodium ?

and sulphide

CaC0 3

sodium

compound/compounds are formed when an organic compound

containing both nitrogen and
sulphur

OH

(C)

is

litre

of the following

OH

(A)

are

needed to complete the combustion of 39g of liquid benzene ?

(A)

A compound X on

oxygen

in

+ 1502(9)^12 002(9)

How many

<

aqueous solution of Y, Z is
formed. Z on gentle heating gives
back X. The compound X is

according to

2C6 H 6(

[NiCI 4 ] 2 -and [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 - are

colourless gas. The residue is

dissolved in water to obtain Y.
Excess C0 2 is bubbled through

g.

(A)

26. Liquid

of

The molecular
the compound is

is

it

Ni(CO) 4 [Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 " and

--

paramagnetic
(D)

;t

(D)

paramagnetic

primary alcoholic

is

by the relation
(A)

S02
CS2

(B)

Ni(CO) 4 and [NiCI 4 2 " are

~
diamagnetic and [Ni(CN) 4 2
is

(B)

p-hydroxyazobenzene

is

Among

gives

a solution

40.

SbF5

(D)

CF4

(B)

P. of

AsF 5

(A)

(A)

The O.

Which of the following molecule

does not possess a permanent

(C)
in

32

39.

wires

used

is

Which of the following fluorides

does not exist ?
(A) NF 5
(B) PF 5

with zinc

and
copper
welded together

38.

solution gives a

yellow solution of

gas

(A)

refrigeration

The vapour when passed

into

Mixing Zn dust and copper

gauze

29. The compound which

ved

A gaseous mixture contains 0 2

and N 2 in the ratio 1 4 by mass.
The ratio of their molecules is
:

statement

when a

mixture of
NaCI and K 2 Cr 2 0 7 is gently
warmed with cone. H 2 S04 ?
is

37.

is

by

composed of

(A)

Solid

He

(B) Solid

C02

(C)

Solid

S0 2

(D) Solid

C6 H 6

44. Given standard electrode potentials

Fe^ + Se-^Fe

E = - 0036

March/ 2000/ 72

Copyrighted material

Fe2 + +

E = -

2e-->Fe

0440 V

In
cubic
a body centered
arrangement the ion A occupies
the centre while ion B occupy the
corners of a cube. The formula of

48.

The standard electrode potential

EforFe3+ + e-->Fe2 + is
(A) - 0-476 V (B) - 0-404 V

45.

The process
energy

of

46.

0-440

(C)

+ 0-772

(D)

the

(A)

requiring absorption

(C)

(C)

0->0 2-

(D)

The

ion that

isoelectronic with

CI-Cr
H->H-

(B)

is

The

49.

F->F~

47.

(C)

02"

(B)

02 +

(D)

N2

C2 H2
NH3

(C)

1-5x10-3

1.(A)

2. (D)

a body

in

3. (B)

4.(D)

6.(D)

7. (B)

8. (D)

9.(C) 10. (D)

is

a,

5. (C)

11. (C) 12. (C)

13. (A) 14. (A)

16. (C) 17. (C)

18. (A) 19. (A) 20. (A)

15. (C)

21. (B) 22. (C) 23. (B) 24.(D) 25. (B)

26. (C) 27. (B) 28. (B) 29. (D) 30. (A)

a
31. (A) 32. (A) 33. (C) 34. (C) 35. (B)

What molar

50.

is

(A)

36. (B) 37. (D) 38. (A) 39. (D) 40. (C)

41. ^B) 42. (A) 43. (B) 44. (D) 45. (C)

(K b

(D) Cl 2

NH 3

concentration of
-3
1 -5 x

provides a [OH~] of

C0 2
0

(B)

(D)

(B)

(D)

The shape of water molecule

same as that of
(A)

radius of an ion

Via
(A)

{0-125- 1-5 x 10~3 }

ANSWERS

A2 B
AB 4

(B)

(D)

centred cube of edge,

CO
CN"

AB
AB 2

{0-125 + 1-5 x 10~ 3 }

(C)

is

is

(A)

(A)

compound

(B)

=1-8x10"5

46. (A) 47. (D) 48. (A) 49. (C) 50. (B)

0-125

HINTS
1

Energy of subshells increases

in

the order

is

n=

/= 0 (ssubshell)

1 (first shell)

n = 2 (second

/=

shell)

(psubshell)

defined as the change

(third shell)

/=2(dsubshell)

n=4

(fourth shell)

/=3(fsubshell)

pressure

when

acid =

Normality of

n=4

= 0 represents 4s subshell

represents 4p subshell
Basicity of

n=4

(iii)

n= 3

/= 2 represents 3d subshell

(iv)

n=3

/=

represents 3p subshell

Molarity x Basicity of acid

from

its

structure formula

@_O-p_0-(H)

+ 0n

>54Xe 1 39. + asSr^ + aon

Hence 3 neutrons are

= 0-6

released.

of heat required to raise the

mole

a substance through 1C

temperature of

is

called

its

molar

heat capacity.

does not undergo hydrolysis being

the salt of strong acid and strong base. Resulting
solution is neutral (pH = 7)

7. (i)NaCI solution

(ii)

the given system

Ice

When

Water,

heat

is

is

is

in

and
no

The

is

temperature.

Thus amount

of heat supplied to increase the

rature of this equilibrium

tempe-

C(graphite)

C0 2(g)

salt

+ H2

NaCN

is

the salt of
It

weak

undergoes cation hydrolysis

0^ NH OH + H

is

< 7)

acidic (pH

weak

acid

(HCN) and strong

undergoes anion hydrolysis

CN- + H 2

is infinity.

4 C>2(g

resulting solution

base (NaOH).

The change in enthalpy at 25C and 1 atm pressure

when 1 mole of C02 is formed from its elements

C.S.V./

the salt of strong acid (HCI) and

NH4

disturbed

Howsoever there

favoured.

(iii)

change

is

positive (Endothermic)

supplied the equilibrium

forward process

NH 4 CI

base (NH4OH). The

AH =

0-3x2

Normality =

(Mass no L.H.S. = 236)

Amount

In

is

is

(Mass no R.H.S. = 236)

of

carbon (graphite)

has two replaceable hydrogen atoms as evident

(iv)<(ii)<(iii)<(i)

2. 92 U 23 5

is

atm

phosphorus acid

Thus, order of increasing energy (from lowest to

highest)

of the

H3PO3 = 2
It

mole

enthalpy at 25C and

in

of

completely oxidised).

Therefore,

(ii)

C0 2

(Standard molar enthalpy of combustion of carbon

n=3

(i)

called standard molar enthalpy of formation of

which is also the standard molar enthalpy

combustion of carbon (graphite).

1s<2s<2p<3s<3p<4s<3d<4p

0^ HCN + OH-

The

resulting solution

(iv)

HCI being a strong acid has low pH value.

Increasing order of

is

basic (pH > 7)

pH

HCI < NH4CI < NaCI <

NaCN

March/ 2000/ 73
Copyrighted material

8.

(NH 4 )2 Cr207

9.

4AIF 3 (from

Anode

-^ Cr 0
2

s#

cryolite)

4AI 3* + 12F"

Cathode

12P-->6F2 + 12e"
2AI 2

Hybridization

Shape

NF3

sp-

Pyramidal

N0 3

sp'

Trigonal planar

sp'

Trigonal planar

sp-

Pyramidal

Species

17.

+ 4H 2 0 + N 2

(-)

4AI3++ 12e"->4AI

0 3 + 6F 2 -* 4AIF3 + 302 T

(alumina)

Molten mixture of Al 2 0 3 and

Na 3 AIF 6

(Cryolite) is

BF,

electrolysed for extraction of Al metal.

10.

The chain contains double and triple bonds and the

sum of the numbers turns out to be the same starting

C>
/J^H

"30*1

and triple
bonded carbon atoms. According to IUPAC lower no.
is given to double bonds carbon atom.
either of the side of carbon chain for double

Isostructural pairs are

[NF3 H 30+]and [N0 3" BF 3]

CH 2 =CH CH 2 CH 2 C =CH
2

C2
C3

is

sp 2 hybridized

is

sp 3 hybridized

Thus
1 1

Be 2+

C2

bond

18. Dissociation constant

K =
of sp

is

a = Degree
has a greater

C =

nuclear charge.
12.

acid

Picric

contain any

trinitrophenol

is

It

and

does

is

not

9.

-C
15.

P. of

I.

(at.

no.

7)

(at.

no.

8)

Molarity

since nitrogen has half

= Wt.ofCH 3OH

= mol.

wt. of

V = Volume

2 =

or,

16.

W
W

filled

filled orbitals)

potential higher

ml =

the reducing

of the

-1-18V
Y>Z>X

metals

in

nth orbit of hydro-

gen atoms.

13-6

= E
~ n 2h 2
-n ~
= -13-6eV

n'

eV
(n=1)

E,

E2 =

= 32

of solution in

is

0-52 V
- 303 V

20. Energy of an electron revolving

Hence

CH 3OH

x1

10

Reduction potential

Reducing power

stability

= 10-6

(10" 5 ) 2

X
Y
Z

w x1000
y

molarity =

1s 2s px py Pz (Half
1s 2 2s 2 px 2py 1 pz 1
1

a)

Metal

which provides greater

1J

>

Lower the reduction

power of metal

N0 2
orbitals

(1

K = 10"

O.

14. First

smell,

K = c^C =

OH

JL^. N0 2

in moles/lit.

0001

C = 10 M

COOH group.
02 N

of dissociation

Concentration

a = 0001% =

Hardness of water is due to the presence of bicarbonates and chlorides and sulphates of calcium and
magnesium.
Since

13.

(1-o)

sp 3 type

isoelectronic with Li + but former

is

given by Ostwald dilution

is

formulae

-J2f

50 ml

= -3-4eV

(n = 2)

13-6
(n

20 M

W 1000
^rx
150

32

2 x

21. Structure of P 4

is

tetrahedral as

shown

in

fig.

3)
It

contains

32 x 150

1000
= 9-6 g

Markownikoff's rule
Negative part of reagent is
added to that double bonded carbon atom which has

6o\

least no. of

hydrogen atoms,

e.g.

CH3 CH2 CH=CH2 + HBr->

CH 3 CH 2 CHBr CH 3
C.S.V./

A 60

60\
P:

March/ 2000/ 74

Copyrighted material

p-p single bond

(1)

(2)

PPPangle =

(3)

CaO

CaO + H 2 0-

4 Lone pairs of electrons

Ca(HC03

K2 S04 + 2Na2 S0 4 + 3H 20 + 2Cr0 2 CI 2

CaC0 3

>

higher

hydration energy.
Mg 2+ ion

is its

Sodium chromate

Hydration energy of

(Yellow solution)

than that of

23. Coupling reaction occurs.

Na +

34. Moving from

,

to right in

left

Al 2

Phenol

03

is

most

among

acidic

is

/ B

H
dised orbitals

V =

Dilution

litres/mole
\
in moles/litre

in

= Concentration

36. Solid

> 1

42

15mol

42
14

02

(CH 2 ) 3 = C3H6

4_

32

28

39 g benzene requires =

^
336

= 84

litre

is

H2S

litre

0 2 at STP

same as

ratio)

HoO

>NaCNS

Due

refrigeration.

<-

S=0^

h-o-h)

is

used

in

40.

(i)

V-shaped

sp 2

V-shaped

sp 3

V-shaped

to symmetrical structure

Linear

CS 2 does

not possess

moment.

Ni(CO) 4

tion,

hence

Nickel atom
it

is

undergoes sp 3 hybridiza-

tetrahedral in

shape

3d
)

is

NOT

Shape

sp J

sp

30. Carbylamine reaction (isocyanide test)

\A/o rm

moles

orbitals are

filled

Hybridization

dipole

methane or freon (CCI 2 F 2 )

ratio of

nitrogen no o*-orbital

in

CS2 (S=C = S)

litre

C6 H 5 NH 2 + CHCI3 + 3KOH(alc.)

the

^HSHj

so ^O

Sod. thiocyanate

Ni(0)3d 8 4s

|U|ti|

4s

Tl| T

"

4p

[71]

(Chloroform)

C6H 5 NC + 3KCI + 3H 20 Ni(CO) 4

(Phenyl
isocyanide)

C.$:v./

ratio)

(mole

= 7:32

not exist as

39. Molecule

0 2 at STP

x 39

NF 5 does

present and thus five half

6mol

= 336

(mass

available.

156 g benzene requires

Na + C + N + S

J_

02 :N 2
38.

2C02(g) + 6H 2 0 (g

12mol

ice'.

N2

Ratio of molecules

= 3

(Aniline)

= 7:32

22-4 litre
(= 78 x 2\ /if5 x
= 156 g ) V= 336 litre at STP )

29. Dichlorodifluoro

called 'dry

42 g

Molecular formula =

27.

is

mole

2C 6 H 6( + 1 502(g)

.-.

C0 2

14

n =

2mol

CH 2

Molecular wt.

26.

B-

H X

is

sp 3 hybridised orbital is vacant. Overlapping

vacant sp 3 hybridised orbital, one singly
occupied sp 3 hybridised orbital of second B-atom
and s-orbital of hydrogen atom result in the formation
of 2 electrons 3 centered bond.

37.

Empirical formula wt.

1

(diborane)

of a

(C
n = CST

of

B2 H 6

fourth

Jst

y = C

Mass

in

/H

sp 3 hybridised. Three sp 3 hybricontain one electron each whereas

Each boron atom

nV = ST (analogous to PV = RT)

25. Empirical formula

the given oxides.

present

p -hydroxyazobenzene

Since

a period of periodic table

character increases).

<>N=N<g>OH

n =

therefore, greater

is,

35. Three centered bond

24.

C02

the basic character of oxides decreases (or acidic

Na0H

/q\_n=nci + /q)-oh

+ H 20 +

33. Smaller the size and greater the charge on cation

+ 2H 2 0

Na2 Cr04

>2NaCI+

(Z)
heat

(Z)

Chromyl chloride
(red vapours)

(Solution)

->Ca(HC0 3

(Excess)

(Y)

4NaCI + K2 Cr207 + 3H 2 S04

Benzene diazonium

C0

2
(Colourless gas)

-> Ca(OH) 2
(Y)

2C02

Ca(OH) 2 +

test

Cr0 2 CI 2 + 4NaOH

(Residue)

(X)

Chromyl chloride

22.

CaC03

32.

60

Ti T i T i Tl Ti
1

\T]
'

Rearrangement

v
sp 3 -hybridization

:
\

'

March/ 2000/ 75

Copyrighted material

There
(ii)

no unpaired electron, hence

is

[Ni(CN) 4 ] 2 ~

tion.

Ni 2+ ion

is

it

E^E;, * E 3

diamagnetic.

undergoes dsp 2 hybridiza-

Hence square planar

shape

in

-AGt +

(-

()

AG 2 = -AG 3

...(ii)

From eqn. (ii) can be derived

n iFEi + n 2FE2 = r^FE3
it

3d
Ni

n
n n

2+

[Ni(CN) 4 ] 2

4s

Ti

Ti

Ti Ti

2~

[Ni(CI 4 )]

Ni 2+ ion

d sp

is

(D

Fe 3* + 3e-

Fe

- 0 036 V

-0-108

(2)

Fe2+ + 2e"

Fe

- 0-440 V

- 0-880

(1)-(2)

Fe^ +

Fe 2+

nE

hybridization

this is also dia-

e"

+ 0-772

sp 3 hybridized
nE = +0-772

Dm

Ti Ti Ti

[Ni(CI 4 )] J

^3
E

magnetic.
(iii)

n,E! + n 2 E 2 =

no unpaired electron, hence

is

or,

Rearrangement

There

4p

n =

(For the reaction Fe 3+ + e -

sp 3 -hybridization

Two

Hence

electrons).

Note Strong

it

only one electron

occupied (i.e. having unpaired

paramagnetic.

orbitals are singly

is

0-772

E =

is

Fe 2+

as,

involved)

= 0-772 V

field

CN~ and CO have

ligands like

very strong electron donating tendency, therefore,

electrons of central metal ion pair up against Hund's

45. Energy

when

is added to an
gaseous atom. Howsoever, when second
is added energy is required to overcome the

released

is

isolated
electron

first

electron

rule.

electronic repulsion

41

Orbital angular

momentum

of

an electron

O + e"
O - + e~

O"

>

(exothermic)

>

02~ (endothermic)

>

O2 " (endothermic)

Net reaction
For 2s

0 + 2e~

orbital
/

= 0

46. Species

V < 0
42.

~Tt
dN
"

=
=

dr

()=

1
>

CN-

m
act,v,t y

CO

14

15

17

13

6 + 8 =

14

no. of nuclei disintegrating per sec)

X = decay constant

N = number of

~df

8+8-1
8+8+1
7+7-1

o 2-

.-.

X =

6 + 7 +

N 2+

(i.e.

Given

No. of electrons

CN~

is

47. Molecule

nuclei present

C=CH)

sp

C02 (0=C=0)

= 1-5x3-7x107

Shape

Hybridization

CgHj, (H

1-37 x 10~ 11 sec -1

CO.

isoelectronic with

Linear

sp

Linear

Pyramidal

sp*
(

dN
N = -

curie = 3-7 x 10 10 d.p.s.)

(c^-o)

1-5 x 3-7 x 10 7

1-37 x 10~ 11

=
43.

405 x

H20I

10 18 atoms

Reducing agent O.N.

Cr2072- + 14H + + 3Ni

of key atom
>

(s) is

2Cr* + 7H2 0 +

increased
3Ni 2+

(+2)3

3(0)
i
is

48. In

.-.

is

additive

C.S.V./

in

nature.

is

V-shaped

reducing agent)

B associated

NOT

with

=
Formula

lattice

of crystal

is

ion

cell

B occupied the corners

No. of ion

.-.

cubic

associated with each unit

an additive property.
Howsoever, free energy change - AG = n FE is

44. Electrode potential

sp 3

centered
centre

No. of ion

Ion

increased (Ni

V-shaped

body

occupied

60
O.N. of Ni

sp 3

atoms

each

of the

cube

unit cell

8x|=1

AB.
{Continued on Page

79

March/ 2000/ 76
Cop]

>

H 2 gas

ml of

hole

effuses through a

a container

in

Best Fifteen Questions

below under

conditions

2.

(A)

He

10 sec:

(B)

20sec:O2

(C)

25 sec:

(D)

55 sec

(B)

(C)

CO
C0 2

(D)

metal oxide has the formula

Z2O3. It can be reduced by

hydrogen

CH3COOH

identical

is

(A)

to give free metal

7.

mg

hydrogen

of

for

complete reduction. The atomic

wt. of the metal

(C)

79-80

(D) 55-80

The wave number

of the

8.

4.

Li

2+

(A)

15200 cm" 1

(B)

60800 cm" 1

(C)

76000 cm"

(D)

136800 cm"

9.

Pick out the isoelectronic struc-

(III)

5.

CH 3
NH 3

(A)

(I)

and

(II)

(B)

(I)

and

(IV)

(C)

(I)

and

(III)

(D)

(II), (III)

50 ml 0 005
100 ml 0 01

(C)

200 ml 0 02
400 ml 0 01

Cyclohexanol
cyclohexene

61 .5 g

(C)

20 0 g

If

heating with
the yield of this

retical

2 and 3 (two S have + 2 and

other two have + 3)

(D)

None

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 77

Na =

p-cresol

(C)

2:4

(D)

Benzoic acid

dihydroxy toluene

common

All
.

..

the

m-directing groups

benzene

towards elec-

ring

(A)

Deactivates

(B)

Activates

(C)

Both

(D)

of the

None

The

following reaction

(B)

by the

of the

above

bond

The

(D)

Single

bonds all
have the same bond energy
covalent

>

Pd /BaS0 4
+ HCI

Stephen's reduction

Rosenmund's

(D)

None

of the

reaction

above

15. At the isoelectric point for

amino

acid the species present are

(B)

bond energy is the

energy required to break
one mole of the bonds

known

H)

Cannizzaro reaction

The

The

+ Hoi

'

(C)

(A)

bond energy is the

energy released when two
atoms join together to form a
bond

is

of

(B)

bond energy is the

energy required to break a
bond between two atoms

(C)

name

CH3CHO
(A)

above

statement about
energy could be correct ?
(A)

14.

23)

002

Which

the other two have 0)

1-8 x 10~ 5

o-cresol

(B)

CH J3 COCI

density of sodium.

(C)

5 and 0 (two S have + 5 and

Ka =

NaOH

trophilic substitution reactions

75 0 g
(D) 41 0 g

gem" 3
2-002 gem"3
3002 gem"3

and 4 (three S have + 2

and one S has + 4)

ion concentration in 0 001

(A)

(B)

(At. wt. of

10.

(B)

13.

how much

75%,

a = 4-24 A. The theo-

(B)

acetic acid of

on
.

pre-

in

and heat followed

to

lattice with

(A)

2-5

dehydrated

is

of light

by treatment with aqueous

gives

a body centered cubic

CH 3 "

(IV)

NH 3

Chlorination of toluene

sence

M KOH
M KOH
M NaOH
M Ca(OH) 2

stallises in

(IV)

(A)

The H +

12.

At room temperature sodium cry-

(C) 2

6.

is

The oxidation number of sulphur

in Na 2 S 4 0 6 is

(D)

H 2 S0 4

(A)

H 30*

and

KMn0 4
(D) Their reaction with

12

(II)

Their reaction with CaCI 2

(C) Their reaction with acidified

tures from the following

(I)

the products
(B)

cyclohexene
be obtained
from 100 g of cyclohexanol ?

To

(A)

will

is

malonic and succiwould be

heat them and examine

reaction

test to distinguish bet-

oxalic,

nic acids

M
18x10^M
4-5x10"6 M
0" 6
5 x
M

cone.

first line

Balmer series of hydrogen is

15200 cm -1 The wave number
of the first line in the Balmer
in

series of

ween

159-60

(B)

A good

(B)

(D)

3.

11.

9 x 10-*

(A)

is

27-90

(A)

What

Assuming complete dissociation

the following will have pH equal
to

and

water. 0-1596g of the metal oxide

requires 6

ions/litre.

be the H + ion concentration if

0-164 g of sodium acetate is
added to a litre of 0 001 M
will

The time taken for the effusion of

the same volume of the gas
specified

1-34 x 10" 4 g

is

5 second.

in

RCHCOOH
I

NH 2

R CHCOOH
I

NH 3 +
(C)

RCHCOO"

(D)

R-

NH 2
-CHCOOI

NH, +

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(B)

2 (D)

3. (D)

4. (D)

5 (D)

6. (A)

7. (B)

8. (A)

9. (A)

10. (C)

11. (A)

12. (D)

13. (A)

14. (B)

Electrons pair shared between two dissimilar

(ii)

atoms

15. (D)

is

Structure of

VA

Y1

<M 2
(0

V
v 2 /i2
//2

"

Y2

same volume

Since

Na

M, = 2 (molecular

wt. of

H2

*-Vf

Eqn.

02

2.

<""

when

satisfies

(Ill)

wt. of

= 20 sec and

6.

M 2 = 32 (mol

Valency

Z20 3

(0)

^( +5 )

(0)

(-2)

(-2)

When sodium

acetate

dissociation of

weak

suppressed.

present almost

It

concentration

Wt. of H 2
Wt. of me tal oxide
Equivalent wt. of metal oxide ~ Eq. wt. of H 2

is

is

acid

is

E+8

is

shown.

added to acetic acid

(CH 3 COOH) is almost
in

unionised form.

electrolyte ionises
_

CH 3 COO

[CHOOH]

Equivalent wt. of oxygen = 8,

VEquivalent weight of hydrogen
[

Given

[CH 3COQ-] [H+]

[CH 3COOH]

Ka =

wt. of metal

ions

equal to the concentration of salt

6x10-3

,E = Equivalent

(+1)

CH 3 COOH^ CH 3COO"+H

of equivalent weights

0-1596

Na

(-2)

atom

brackett oxidation no. of each

almost completely. Consequently

= 3

of metal

^( + 5)

(-2)

Sodium acetate being strong

Formula of metal oxide =

From Law

(-2)

In

as follows

"O S S S S O

<">

^Im,

= 5 sec

f1

is

(-2)

gases were effused

of

(+1)
T,

counted with more electronegative atom.

Na 2 S 4 0 6

[CH 3COOH] = 0 001

0-1596 = 6 x 1CT3 E + 0 048

E =

0-1116

0006

[CH 3C001 = 0 002

= 18-6

Atomic

wt.

= equivalent wt x valency

Atomic

wt.

[H + ]

Hence

= Rz2

5 =

pH =

For hydrogen atom (Z =

v = ^=
Li

2+ ion (Z

5 =

n>

0 01

1)

= 15200 cm

M
M

10" 12
10- 2

(by definition of pH)

(v fH + ][OH-] = 10- 14 )

5x10"3 M

[OH"] =

n'
(B)

R^-^

gxio-^M.

12

(A)0005MKOH
where

For

[H + ]

[OH"] =

(^i-^)

0002

18-6x3 = 55-80

For first line in Balmer series the electron must jump

from 3rd to 2nd orbit.

1-8 x 10~ 5 x 0-001

(C) 0 02

-1

(D)

0 01

0~ 2

M KOH

[OH-] =

M NaOH
M Ca(OH) 2

[OH-]

2 x 1(T2

[OH~]

x 10-2

~|

M
x2M

A
H2

3)

2
= R (3)

H2

(p4)

= 9 x 15200 cm"

= 136800 cm" 1

H2 C

CH

H2 C

CH

Cone. H 2 SQ 4
8.

Species

4.

CH 3 +

6 + 3(1) -

HaO*

3(1) +

NH 3
CH 3~

6 + 3(1) +

Since

have
5.

C.S.V./

8-1

H2 C

-H 2 0

\ /
C

7 + 3(1) = 10
1 =
10

H 30 + NH 3 and CH 3"

CH 2

= 10

H2
(C 6H 120)

(C6H 10)

are isoelectronic, they

100 g cyclohexanol =

similar structures.

mol

Electrons pair shared between identical atoms are

mol cyclohexanol yields 0-75 mol cyclohexene

(yield = 75%)

divided equally to calculate charge on an atom.

0-75 mol cyclohexene = 0-75 x 82 = 61 -5 g

Rules
(i)

No. of valence electrons

for calculating

O.N.

March/ 2000/ 78

Copyrighted matei

9.

Theoretical density of a cubic crystal can be calcu-

13.

lated from the equation.

NV

at m-position.

n = number

atoms

of

body centered

benzene

In nitro

the unit cell

in

whereas no change

0<- N

(-

=O

= Molar mass

V = Volume of
In

groups

m-directing

of

benzene

in

nucleus simply decreases electron density at o- and

p-

N = Avogadro number

The presence

nM

in

N0 2
"

is

electron density

is

noticed

m-directing)

O N

O N O"

O"

unit cell

unit cell eight

corners and one atom

is

atoms are

at eight

at the centre of the cube.

n = g x 8 (corner atoms) +

= 23 g

V = a

(for

(central

atom) = 2

11

ICT^cm

= (4-24 x

a-

V = 7-62 x 10"23 cm 3
2
P

10.

x23

6 02 x 10 23 x 7-62x1
1

0"23

g/cm-<

(Resonating structures)
14.

002 g cm -3

Rosenmund's reaction involves reduction of acid

chlorides to aldehydes by the action of H2 in
presence

Bond energy is defined as the change in enthalpy

(AH) when one mole of bonds between two atoms
down to form constituent gaseous atoms.

BaS0 4

of

Pd /BaS0 4

Pd and prevents

acts as poison for catalyst

further reduction of aldehyde to alcohol.

are broken

Hence statement

-O N=0"

O N-,01

sodium)

(C) is true.

{Continued from Page

76

COOH
11.

->

CO

C0 2

COOH

H 20

Edge

49.

length of cube

COOH
CH,

->

CH3COOH

COOH
CH 2 COOH
h>

CH 2 COOH

C0 2

CH 2 CO
I

CH 2 CO

^0 + H 2 0

C0 2 and H 2 0, while malonic

C0 2 and succinic acid yields H 2 0.

Oxalic acid forms both

acid gives

lose

Two COOH on one carbon atom on heating

C0 Two COOH on adjacent carbon atoms

lose

H 2 0.

AC

Note

= a

AB = Va 2 + a 2 = Via
BC2 = AB2 + AC 2

BC2 - 2a 2 + a 2

CH 2 CI

CH 2 OH

()

(Benzyl alcohol)

NH 3 + H 20 =^ NH 4

CM

Kb =

NaOH

CI-

i-8xirr 5 =

COOH

CCI3

SxIO^M

Hence

NaOH

initial

(at

^)

(1-5 x 1Q- 3 )

(15 x 1Q- 3

(15) 2 x 10" 6
=
1-8 x 10" 5
=

BC

[NH 4 +] [OH-]
[NH 3]

hv
(Benzaldehyde)

OH~

l-SxIO^M

CHO

CHCI;

CH 3

3a 2

V3a

50.

BC = V3a

or,

12.

1-25x1(r 1 = 0-125

concentration of

NH 3

= {0-125 +

1-5

10" 3

M}

(Benzoic acid)

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 79

Copy

1 Topic

The common
serves well to

on Zoology

Indian earthworm, Pheretima posthuma,

illustrate

the principal characteristics of the

Earthworms are found almost all over the world

in the temperate and tropical regions whereever there is
plenty of moisture in the ground. They prefer loamy or
partly sandy soil rich in humus. Dr. K.N. Bahl thoroughly
worked out the anatomy of Pheretima posthuma. An
earthworm is usually studied as a type of Annelida
because it is easily available almost everywhere.
annelids.

Colouration Earthworm
brown

It

is

thus nocturnal

Earthworm makes

its

in habit.

burrow partly by boring with

its

pointed anterier end and partly by sucking and swallowing

feeds on dead organic matter present in soil.

are ingested together and the latter, along
with undigested food is finally egcsted in the form of
worm castings. Earthworms are hermaphrodite, but they
undergo copulation for exchange of their spermatozoa.
Fertilization and development occur inside a cocoon.
the

soil.

It

Food and

soil

Earthworm possess great power

colour. Dorsal surface

dorsal blood vessel which

Brown colour
present

and

is

of a glistening deep-

darker than the ventral

is

of

body

in

worm

wall

is

and

it

line

due

to

seen through the integument.

to the pigment porphyrin
protects the body against bright

is

due

ultraviolet radiation of sunlight.

Segmentation

Soft and naked body of earthworm

divided into 100 to 120 similar segments, called meta-

meres

Pheretima posthuma is a terrestrial earthworm living

in burrows made in moist soil (earth). It prefers to live in
burrow during day and comes out at night in damp cloudy
weather.

in

surface and carries a dark coloured median

is

Habits and Habitat

The body segmentation in earthworm

metameric segmentation (metamerism)', due
presence of similar body segments along the
longitudinal axis of the body. The segments are without
parapodia, and segments are separated from each other
is

or somites.

called

to the

by distinct ring-like grooves. External segmentation

corresponds with the internal segmentation of body.

Head The earthworm has no distinct head and no

conspicuous sense organs on the head. The first segment
the
anterior end of the body is called buccal segment
at
or peristomium bearing the terminal crescentic mouth. It
is prolonged anteriorly into a fleshylobe, the prostomium
which overhangs the mouth.

Hind end The last segment of the body is known as

segment and carries the terminal anus.

of regeneration.

the anal

External Morphology

Clitellum

Shape and size Earthworm isbisymmetrical animal.

body is cylindrically elongated, pointed in front, blunt
behind and thickest a little behind the anterior end. It is
well-adapted for burrowing. A mature worm measures
about 150 mm in length and 3 to 5 mm in width.
Its

feature

is

In

mature worms, a conspicuous external

girdle-like thick

band

of glandular tissue, the

clitellum or cingulum, which completely surrounds seg-

ments 14
guished

to 16.

Due

to

into pre-clitellar, clitellar,

The segments forming

is

presence, the body

its

and

glandular organ which secretes

an egg-case or cocoon

is distin-

post-clitellar regions.

clitellum are not distinct. Clitellum

for

mucus, albumen and

eggs.

About the middle

Setae

each segment there is a

called setae or chaetae,

of

ring of tiny curved bristles,

formed of a horny nitrogenous organic substance, known
as chitin. About 80 to 120 setae are present on each
segment. Each seta is embeded in a small pit in body
wall, called setigerous or setal sac. It is formed by a
single formative cell present in the basal part of sac. It
has a faint yellow colour and is shaped like an elongated
'S' with a swollen middle part, called nodulus. About onethird of its length projects above the surface of skin in a
contracted segment. The setae are operated by special
muscles and help the worm in locomotion by securing a
firm grasp of the soil on surface of the ground. They can
be moved in any direction and extended or withdrawn by

the action of these muscles.

DORSAL VIEW

VENTRAL VIEW

Pheretima posthuma. AEntire worm in dorsal view.

B Entire worm in ventral view. C Anterior end in dorsal

Fig.

view.

C.S.V./

Anterior end

in lateral view.

Worn

out setae

fall

out of the

bodywall and get renewed repeatedly. There are no setae

and the last segments and also in the clitellum

of a mature worm. The arrangement of numerous setae in
a ring in each segment is known as
perichaetine
arrangement, as found in Pheretima.
in

the

first

March/ 2000/ 80

Copyrighted material

The various apertures present on

worm are as follows

the

body

of earth-

small and rounded or conical,

Mouth

The

mouth

situated at the anterior end.

segment

of the

body

a crescentic aperture

is
It

is

surrounded by the

or the anal
vertical

Dorsal pores

sists of

Minute openings, the dorsal pores,

along the mid-dorsal

line,

one pore

in

each

inter-

segmental groove behind the 12th segment, except the

last. By means of these pores the coelom communicates
When the worm is disturbed, coelomic
fluid may be ejected through these pores for defense, to
increase the surface moisture or to moisten and lubricate

with the exterior.

the walls of the burrow.

4.

Nephridiopores A

large

number

nephridiopores or the openings

nephridia are scattered

of the

minute
integumentary

of very

over the body except the

all

first

two segments.
5.

to

spermathecal pores,

situated ventro-laterally in the

inter-segmental grooves 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 segments.

Through these apertures spermatozoa are received from

other

worm

genital pore

7.

lies

below epidermis. It conmuscle fibres running

thin layer of circular

around the body, and an

muscle fibres running along the length of body. Longitudinal muscle fibres lie in parallel bundles, separated by
connective tissue and strengthened by collagen fibres.
The muscle fibres are unstriped, long and spindle-shaped.
When the circular muscle fibres contract, the diameter of
the body is narrowed and the worm elongates. When the
longitudinal muscle fibres contract, the diameter of the
body becomes greater and the worm shortens. The two
kinds of muscle fibres are antagonistic, because the
contraction of one goes with the relaxation of the other.
inner thick layer of longitudinal

Two additional types

Setal musculature

of

muscle

a seta. These are a pair of protractor muscles passing

outwards to join the circular muscle layer, and a single
retractor muscle, passing inwards to join another thin
sheet of circular muscles forming a ring below the longitudinal muscles. All the muscle fibres are unstriped.

during copulation.

Female genital pore

The oviducal or female

a single median aperture opening on the
ventral surface of the clitellum on 14th segment, in a
saucer-shaped depression.
6.

Musculature

an outer

also occur inserted at the base of each setal sac bearing

Spermathecal poresThe spermathecae open

the exterior through four pairs of small elliptical apertures,

the

Muscles

slit-

aperture.
3.

lie

first

peristomium).

(i.e.,

2. Anus The last segment of the body

segment bears the terminal anus, which is a
like

mucous cells and a few albumen cells

packed with secretory granules. Basal cells, which are
lie in spaces between inner
ends of supporting cells and gland cells. Receptor cells
occur in groups with their outer ends giving out fine hairlike processes. Epidermis rests on a thin basement
membrane.
elude numerous

External apertures

is

Male genital pore

pair of crescentic

male

opening of the common prostatic and

one on either side on the ventral surthe 1 8th body segment.

Coelomic epithelium
The innermost layer of the body-wall is the somatic
peritoneum or the parietal layer of coelomic epithelium,
which also forms the outer lining of the body cavity. It
consists of a single layer of flat or pavement cells which
are recognizable by their nuclei only.

genital pore, or the

spermatic ducts,
face of

lie

Functions of body wall

1

8. Genital papillae There are two pairs of conspicuous rounded elevations, the copulatory genital papillae,
one pair on the ventral surface of each of the 17th and
19th body segments and in line with the male genital
pores. Each papilla bears no aperture but a shallow cup-

like

depression at the top. During copulation, the genital

papillae function as suckers.

Maintains body form due to

Protects against mechanical injuries.

3.

The mucus secreted by

and also helps

4.

5.

earthworm comprises a

wall of

thin cuticle,

an

plastering the internal walls of the

in

burrows.

wall

Body

the epidermal glands keeps

the surface slimy, clean and free from harmful organisms,

The albumen serves as food

embryos

Body

its elasticity.

2.

in

for the

developing

the cocoons.

Sensory epidermal

cells

serve for reception of

external stimuli.

epidermis, a well-developed musculature and a coelomic

6.

The muscles help

7.

Lodges setae which help

in

movements.

epithelium or parietal peritoneum.

Cuticle

The

thin elastic cuticle.

body
It

is

wall

It

covered externally by a

non-cellular

irridescent, double-layered,

epidermis.

is

and

is

and

finely striated,

secreted by underlying

consists of collagenous protein

and a

poly-

saccharide along with a little quantity of gelatin. It bears

many perforations, through which open the epidermal

mucous
chemical

glands.

It

protects the body from physical

and

injuries.

Epidermis

It

is

single-layered

and

lying just

beneath

the cuticle. Cells of epidermis are of various types,

performing different functions. Supporting cells, forming

bulk of epidermis, are of columnar type.

Gland

cells

in-

8.

Body

permeable
9.

The

coelomic

wall

is

to gases.

in

locomotion.

moist, thin, highly vascular

Thus

it

parietal layer of

and

serves as respiratory organ.

coelomic epithelium secretes

fluid.

Coelom
Body cavity of earthworm is a true coelom which lies
between body wall and alimentary canal. It is lined by
It communi-

coelomic epithelium derived from mesoderm.

cates with the exterior through reproductive, nephridial

and dorsal pores.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 81

Copyrighted material

Septa Coelom is divided into a series of coelomic

chambers by transverse intersegmental septa. Each septum consists of a thin layer of interlacing muscle fibres,
covered on both surfaces by coelomic epithelium. The
septa are perforated by numerous apertures, through
which communication is set up between adjacent coelomic chambers. The septa are absent in the first four
segments. The first septum, lying between segments 4
and 5, is thin and membranous. The next five septa
between segments 5/6, 6/7, 7/8, 8/9 and 10/11 are thick,
muscular and cone like. The septa 11/12, 12/13 and 13/14
are thin and without perforations.
Coelomic fluid Coelom

is filled

during longitudinal contraction and retract during circular

contraction.

worm

When

the direction of

During locomotion, coelomic

reversed, the

is

in

fluid

serves as a kind of

When compressed due

hydraulic skeleton.

ction of circular muscles,

aids

waves

crawls backwards.

it

to contra-

provides stiffness to body and

relaxation of longitudinal muscles.

Digestive system

The

digestive system includes the alimentary canal

and the associated

digestive' glands.

prostomium

with an alkaline,

colourless or milky coelomic fluid containing water, salts,

some

proteins

and

types of coelomic corpu-

at least four

scles as follows
1.

Phagocytes Largest and more numerous

the nucleated

are

amoeboid corpuscles or phagocytes.

oblique

2. MucocytesThese
are elongate cells, each
having a broad, fan-like process, attached to a narrow
nucleated body.
3.

Circular cells

About

clitellum

10 per cent of coelomic

corpuscles are rounded, nucleated and blood corpusclepretyphlosolar

possessing clear protoplasm and characteristic

markings on surface.
like cells

4.

Chloragogen

cells

Also known as yellow

these are star-shaped, small-sized

sed

to

be excretory

ducts from coelomic

in

cells.

intestine

^J!

cells,

caecum

intestinal

They are suppo-

function removing excretory pro-

/_J)

y~Jt

f^j^i

fluid.

typhlosolar
intestine

"~~

Functions of Coelomic
1

2.

Helps
Its

fluid

locomotion by turgescence.

in

circulation from

one chamber

raSljfg

^intestinal

cut open

^;i>typhlosole

to another helps

3. Coelomic fluid exceeding through dorsal pores,

keeps the body surface moist, thus helping in respiration.
It

j'

digested food.

in distribution of

4.

.^r="-

posterior

end of
body

destroys harmful bacteria and other parasites of

soil.

5.

internal
6.

Forms a
organs
Its

protective, shock-proof covering

around

of body.

chloragogen

rig.

cells help in

It

causes luminescence

in

some earthworms.

Locomotion
Movement

in

Alimentary canal

is

a complete

and straight tube running along the entire length of body

Mouth and anus constitute its anterior and posterior openings respectively.

earthworm involves the musculature of

body wall and setae. According to the studies of Gray and
Lissman (1938), the worm's body undergoes extension,
anchoring and contraction during the course of its
progression. A wave of contraction, affecting circular muscles, begins at the anterior end and travels posteriorly.
This causes the body to become thinner and longer. This
is followed by another wave of contraction affecting
longitudinal muscles causing thickening and shortening of
body. This is again followed by the wave of thinning and
the process is repeated alternately. Each wave of circular
contraction causes the segments affected to move
forward. But the segments in a state of longitudinal
contraction do not move as they are anchored to the
ground by the protruded setae. Setae always protrude
C.S.V./

fnereuma. uissecuon oi aiimeniary

Alimentary canal

products out of body.

7.

removing excretory

It

functionally regionated into various

is

parts which are buccal chamber, pharynx, oesophagus,

gizzard,

stomach and

intestine.

Buccal chamber Crescentic mouth, situated venprostomium at the anterior end of peristomium,

tral to

leads into a short and narrow protrusible buccal chamber,

extending upto middle of third segment.

lium is thrown into longitudinal folds,

Pharynx

Buccal

chamber leads

Its lining

epithe-

a spacious
pear-shaped muscular pharynx, which extends up to the
fourth segment. Its anterior end is marked by the nerve
ring placed in a transverse groove between it and buccal
into

chamber. Its cavity is somewhat dorso-ventrally compressed due to the presence of large glandular pharyngeal

mass producing a

pharynx are pushed

salivary secretion. Lateral walls of

inside, thus divide the

pharyngeal

March/ 2000/ 82

Copyrighted material

chamber and a

cavity into a dorsal salivary

proteolytic

enzymes which are poured

coo

ventral

ducting chamber. Salivary secretions contain

mucus and

into the salivary

chamber.

Oesophagus Behind
or gullet.

It

is

pharynx

lies

the

oesophagus

short, narrow, thin-walled tube.

extends

It

up to the seventh segment.

GizzardOesophagus

is

modified into a prominent,

and thick-walled muscular organ, the gizzard,

ninth segment. Its muscular wall consists of
muscle fibres. It is internally lined by a tough

oval, hard
lying in

circular
cuticle.

capillaries in the intestinal wall.

Gizzard

followed by a short narrow

is

segments 9 to 14,
a sphincter at each end. Its walls are highly vascular
and glandular and thrown into internal transverse folds.

tube, the stomach, which extends from

worm-castings.

Circulatory system
Circulatory or blood vascular system of earthworm is
a closed system consisting of blood vessels and capillaries which ramify to all parts of the body. Blood is
composed of fluid plasma and colourless corpuscles. The

red respiratory pigment,

and aids

in

which
15th

is

Region next

stomach

the intestine,

is

Blood vessels

and

a long, wide and thin-walled tube extending from

segment

to the last.

folded, vascular

Its

internal lining is ciliated,

and glandular.

Intestine

is

divisible into

From 26th segment are given out

pre-typhlosolar region.

externally a pair of forwardly-directed lateral conical out-

growths, the intestinal caeca. These are richly vascular

and

internally
2.

thrown

into villi-like

processes.

Typhlosolar region This region

terized by the presence of a highly glandular

longitudinal ridge. This
3.

is

charac-

and vascular

called the typhi osole.

is

Post-typhloso1ar

known as rectum, and

between

lies

27th upto 23-25 segments infront of anus. This

is

vegetation along with

soil.

It

ingests food by the

pumping

longitudinal, lateral

in
is

five

in

the body.
the largest blood vessel of

it

distributes blood to the anterior regions of

alimentary canal and through the so-called hearts to

ventral vessels.
2.

particularly

run lengthwise

Dorsal vessels It

vessel It is a large vessel, runs midbelow alimentary canal. Its walls are thin and
and valves are altogether absent. Blood

Ventral

ventrally

Earthworm feeds on dead organic matter,

i.e.,

body running mid-dorsally above the alimentary canal. It

has thick, muscular and rhythmically contractile wall and
is provided with a pair of valves in front of the septum in
each segment. Blood flows through it from backward to
forward. Behind 13th segment, dorsal vessel is a collecting vessel, receiving blood through two pairs o! commissural vessels from sub-neural vessel in each segment. In
each of 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 8th segments, a pair of stout
pulsating branches send blood to the pharyngeal nephridia, oesophagus and gizzard. In front of 13th segment

outside through the terminal anus..

Food and feeding mechanism

may be conve-

Pheretima posthuma

Longitudinal blood vessels These are

(anteriorly),

regionThe last part, also

of 23-25 segments. It opens

of

into three types,

intestinal plexuses.,

Pre-typhlosolar regionThe anterior part of

intestine lying between segments 15 to 26 is known as

grouped

number and

three parts
1.

(or erythrocruorin)

gives a red colour to blood

It

Blood vessels
niently

to

haemoglobin

plasma.

the transportation of oxygen for respiration.

in

with

Intestine

of typhlosole in

and absorption. Undigested food and the soil

are eliminated through anus to outside in the form of

occurs dissolved

Stomach

Presence

greater part of intestine increases the surface both for

digestion

non-contractile

flows through

it

a
in each segment behind 13th,
median
ventro-intestinal
vessel
a

posteriorly. Ventral vessel is principally

Besides

presses its mouth

against soil and the contractile sucking action of pharyngeal wall draws fragments of soil into buccal chamber.

distributing vessel.

Physiology of digestion

vessels lying one on either ventro-lateral side gut, running

action of

its

pharynx. For feeding,

it

ventral vessel gives off

to intestine.
3.

Ingested food

is

pressed

to

move

posteriorly.

No

takes place inside buccal chamber. While

passing through the ventral conducting chamber of
pharynx, it meets salivary secretion. It contains mucin,
which lubricates the food and an enzyme protease which
digestion

Food then passes into gizzard. The

a grinding machine, pulverises the food
mass. This is facilitated by the contractile movements of
its muscular wall which cause the food to roll about. In
stomach, a chalky secretion of calciferous glands located
in stomach wall, neutralizes the humic acids present in
soil.

Intestine is the principal site of digestion. Intestinal

wall consists of glandular cells which secrete digestive

juice containing pepsin, trypsin, amylase, lipase

and

cellulase. Digestion is extracellular in earthworm,

higher animals. Intestine also functions for

as in
absorbing the

digested nutrients. After being absorbed by the absorptive

cells of intestinal epithelium, nutrients are

C.S.V./

passed

to

blood

oesophageal vesselsThese are two

segment. Flowing

posteriorly,

some

of

its

blood passes to

the supra-oesophageal vessel. Rest of blood flows back-

ward

into

4.

digests the proteins.

gizzard, acting as

Lateral

from the anterior end of body up to 13th segment. These

receive a pair of ventro-tegumentary vessels in each

sub-neural vessel.

Sub-neural vessel

It

is

a slender vessel which

runs immediately beneath the nerve cord

position.

end and

It

in

mid-ventral

extends from 14th segment upto the posterior

formed by the union of two lateral oesophageal

is from infront backwards. It is a
It pours blood via a pair of commissurals
each segment, into dorsal vessel.
is

vessels. Flow of blood

collecting vessel.
in

5.

Supra-oesophageal blood-vessel it

thin-walled collecting vessel lying mid-dorsally

mach and confined

to

segments 9

to 13.

It

is

is a short
above sto-

connected to

lateral oesophageal vessel through 2 pairs of anterior

loops and to ventral vessel through two pairs of laterooesophageal hearts. At places <t divides into separate

March/ 2000/ 83
Copyrighted material

vessels which unite to form a single vessel.

blood from stomach, gizzard and pumps
oesophageal hearts into ventral vessel.

it

vessels All

Lateral or transverse blood

collects

It

through

lateral

the longi-

one another,
numerous segmentally

tudinal blood vessels are interconnected with

or

directly

through

indirectly,

arranged transverse or

lateral

vessels of anterior region

blood vessels. Lateral blood

13 segments) and those of

(first

posterior region (behind 13 segment) of

body are des-

Blood Glands
In segments 4, 5 and 6, lying above pharyngeal mass
and connected with pharyngeal or salivary glands, are

found small, red-coloured,

follicular bodies, called blood

Each gland consists of a mass of loose cells
surrounded by a capsule with a syncytial wall. Blood
glands serve for the manufacture of blood corpuscles
and haemoglobin. They are also regarded to be excre-

glands.

tory

by

some

workers.

cribed separately.

Circulation of Blood

Lateral blood vessels of anterior region

(First

Blood flows from behind

13 segments)

Hearts In each

segments 7, 9, 12 and 13
is, found a pair of large, thick, muscular and rhythmically
contractile vertical vessels, called hearts. They pump
1.

of the

blood from dorsal to ventral vessel, while flow

in

opposite

direction is prevented by internal valves. Hearts of 7th and

9th segments connect dorsal and ventral vessels only, are

called lateral hearts.

Those

of 12th

and 13th segments

connect both dorsal and supro-oesophageal vessels with

ventral vessel, are designated as latero-oesophageal

and from

to

forward

dorsal vessel

in

backwards in ventral, latero-oesophaand sub-neural vessels.

front to

geal, supra-oesophageal

Ventral vessel
ing blood to

is

the main distributing vessel, supply-

parts of body. In

all

supplies blood to body wall,

first

septa,

13 segments, it
nephridia and

reproductive organs through ventro-tegumentaries. Behind

13th segment, it supplies blood to body wall and nephridia

through ventro-tegumentaries and to gut wall through
ventro-intestinals.

vessels of stomach situated within its muscular coat,

about 12 vessels per segment. Through these vessels,
blood of lateral oesophageals reaches the supraoesopha-

Sub-neural, lateral oesophageals and supra-oesophageals are the main collecting vessels. Lateral oesophageals collect blood in first 13 segments from alimentary canal, body wall, nephridia, septa and reproductive
organs, and discharge into supra-oesophageal through
anterior loops and ring vessels. Supra-oesophageal also
collects blood from gizzard and stomach, and pours it into
ventral vessel through latero-oesophageal hearts. Subneural collects blood in the intestinal region from ventral
body wall and sends into dorsal vessel through commi-

geal.

ssurals.

Anterior loops There is a pair of thin-walled,

non-pulsatile, non-muscular and loop-like broad vessels,
without valves, in each of the 10th and 1 1th segments.
These vessels, known as anterior loops, carry blood from
lateral-oesophageals into supra-oesophageal vessel.
2.

Ring vessels

3.

characteristic circular

Ventro-tegumentary vessels

4.

gives

These are

off

segment
organs

Ventral

a pair of ventro-tegumentary vessels

to

body

of the

wall, septa, nephridia

vessel
in

each

and reproductive

same segment.

Lateral vessels of intestinal region

(behind 13th segment)
1.

Commissural vesselsThere

is

a pair of these

in each segment. They collect blood from body

and each gives off a small septo-intestinal branch to

vessels
wall

the intestine.
2. Dorso-intestinals Two pairs of them in each
segment carry blood of the intestine to the dorsal vessel.

3.
tinal in

Dorsal vessel functions both as a collecting and a

distributing vessel. In the intestinal region, it collects blood
through dorso-intestinals from gut wall and through
commissurals from sub-neural vessel, septa and nephridia. In first 13 segments, it distributes some blood through
branches to alimentary canal and pours the remaining
blood through hearts into ventral vessel.

Digested food absorbed through the

system, whereas

C0 2

to nephridia, skin

and coelomic

Ventro-intestinalsA single, median ventro-inteseach segment carries blood from the ventral vessel

dorso-

pharynx

intestinal

oesophagus

pharyngeal

S
f

septo-

ring
antenor
SUBNEURAL
loops vessels,septa

II

nutrients, to dorsal vessel through dorso-intestinals,

intestinal

LATERAL OESOPHAGEAL

Plexus

Wall of intestine contains many blood capillaries

arranged in two networks, the plexus. One, the external
plexus, lies on the surface or gut. It receives blood from
ventral vessel through ventro-intestinals and septo-intestinals, and passes it on to the internal plexus. The latter is
situated between circular muscles and enteric epithelium.
Internal plexus passes on blood along with absorbed

nephridia

'gizzard

4. Ventro-tegumentaries
The ventral vessel gives
a pair of ventro-tegumentaries, one on either side,
posteriorly in each segment.

off

C.S.V./

fluid for elimination.

DORSAL VESSEL

to the ventral gut-wall.

Intestinal

intestinal wall is

body by the circulatory

and nitrogenous wastes are carried

distributed to different parts of

SUPRA

\T
*
Vlateral
.

oesophageal
hearts

ventro

tegumentary

12 13

\^

vessels

anterior

body-wall
nephridia

commissural

OESOPHAGEAL!

intestinal!
I

posterior

body-wall
/
nephridia
ventro-

vessels

intestinal

VENTRAL VESSEL
Fig.

Pheretima. Course of circulation of blood.

March/ 2000/ 84
Copyrighted material

Excretory or Nephridial System

In

Pheretima, excretion

effected by segmentally

is

arranged nephridia. These are

typically

unbranched and

ends open into coelom by a ciliated funnel,

nephrostome. Such a nephridium, opening by a

their inner

called

ciliated funnel,

tima, nephridia

termed as metanephridium. In Phereoccur in all body segments except the first

nephridium through a short, narrow and ciliated tube-like

neck. Body consists of two parts, a short straight lobe and
a long twisted lobe with a narrow apical part. The twisted
lobe consists of a proximal limb and a distal limb. Proximal limb is joined to the neck. Distal limb of nephridium

ends

in

three. According to their location

in

body, these are

types Pharyngeal, Integumentary

distinguished into 3

open into a pair of

These canals discharge their

terminal duct. Terminal ducts

is

septal excretory canals.

contents into a pair of supra-intestinal excretory ducts.

These ducts open

into intestine in

each segment. Septal

nephridia are thus also ente, onephric.

and Septal.

Physiology of excretion

Pharyngeal nephridia
Nephridia are abundantly supplied with blood vessels.

These occur as paired tufts on either side of pharynx

and oesophagus in the 4th, 5th and 6th segments. Each
tuft consists of hundreds of coiled branched tubules
without nephrostomes. In each tuft, the terminal ducts o f
all

tubules join to form a single thick-walled

Thus there are 3

pairs of

common

common

duct.

pharyngeal nephridial

ducts, which run anteriorly parallel to the ventral nerve

and 5th segments open into pharynx,

while that of 6th segment open into the buccal chamber.
Pharyngeal nephridia are thus enteronephric.
cord. Ducts of 4th

Their gland cells extract excess of water and nitrogenous

wastes from blood. Septal nephridia also eliminate excretory material from coelomic fluid. Integumentary nephridia
being exonephric, discharge excretory material to outer
body surface through nephridiopores. Pharyngeal and
septal nephridia being enteronephric, discharge excretory

S>X

nephridia

nephridia

be concerned with deamination

ammonia and

synthesis of urea.

surface film of moisture. Haemoglobin dissolved in plasma

of blood acts as a respiratory pigment, transporting 0 2 to

integumentary
nephridia

the body tissues.

Nervous system

forests of

integumentary

Nervous system is well developed and concentrated.

partsCentral, Peripheral and Sympa-

nephridia
It

cells are also said to

Respiration takes place by diffusion of gases through

general body surface. Gaseous exchange takes place
between blood capillaries of outer moist epidermis and

tufts o!
-

intestine

from where the

However earthworms

Respiration

/^jL-p- pharyngeal

2q

(ureotelic).

are less ureotelic than other terrestrial animals. Chloragoof proteins, formation of

ducts of
pharyngeal

^lilX

of alimentary canal,

earthworms excrete urea

gen

V-v

lumen

material into

excretory wastes are eliminated with faeces. Terrestrial

consists of three

thetic

nervous systems.

septal nephridia

Central nervous system

Fig.

Pheretima. Location of the three types of nephridia.

It

comprises an anterior nerve ring and a posterior

Nerve ring comprises paired cerebral
and subpharyn-

ventral nerve cord.

Integumentary nephridia

ganglia, circumpharyngeal connectives

geal ganglia.

These nephridia

lie

body

scattered on the entire inner or

each segment, except the

first two. There are 200-250 nephridia in each segment
but the segments of clitellum (segments 14 to 16), their
number increases to more than 2000. Integumentary
nephridia are V-shaped and lack nephrostomes. Their
terminal ducts open on body surface independently
through minute openings known as nephridiopores. Integumentary nephridia are thus exonephric.
parietal surface of

wall

Septal nephridia

These are the

They

typical septal

is

ciliated funnel

communicating with

the coelom. Nephrostome leads into the main body of

C.S.V./

dorsally

in

the 3rd segment.

pear-shaped cerebral

pair of thick stout

circum-or peri-pharyngeal connectives arise from them

laterally

and meeting

ventrally in a pair of fused sub-

pharyngeal ganglia beneath the pharynx in 4th segment.

In this way, a complete nerve ring is formed around
pharynx. Ventral nerve cord arising from the sub-pharyngeal ganglia, runs backwards in mid-ventral line to the

end

single but
right

and

it

of body. Ventral

is

left

each cord

nephridium consists of three main

Nephrostome, body and terminal duct.

Nephrostome

lie

nerve cord appears to be

double, consisting of two compactly united

cords.

sents the fusion of

septum behind 15th segment.

parts

pair of closely united white,

or supra-pharyngeal ganglia, forming the so-called brain,

posterior
largest nephridia of Pheretima.

are attached to both the faces of each intersegmental

in

of the

Each segmental ganglion also reprea pair of ganglia, one belonging to

double ventral nerve cord. Histologically,

the nerve cord consists of nerve fibres and nerve cells.

is covered by a layer of visceral
peritoneum, beneath which lies a thin layer of longitumuscle fibres, surrounding a fibrous capsule of

Externally the nerve cord

dinal

March/ 2000/ 85
Copyrighted material

epineurium. Fibres form the core of the cord. In the

regions of segmental ganglia, the two cores of nerve
fibres are completely fused along the middle line.

On

the

sides and below cores of nerve fibres

lie the nerve cells.

two types motor neurons and association neurons. Nerve cells occur more in the ganglia.
Nerve cells and nerve fibres lie embeded in a mass of

These are

of

connective tissue, called neuroglia.

Peripheral Nervous

System

receptor consists of a single ovoid

General behaviour

dermal receptors are extremely sensitive

and mechanical

vibrations.

immediately

over.

rolls

smell (olfactory),
irritating

fluid

consists of an extensive nerve plexus spread

of

body wall and on

in

the choice of food. Unpleasant and

When
in

clusters enable

worms

to

Earthworms are
and positive
They avoid strong day light
light.

negative phototrophic to strong

phototrophic to weak light.

and will atonce recede into burrow

if

light

flashed with a torch.

and very high temperaThey like moisture and

avoid dryness, but come out of their burrows when they
get flooded during rainy season. They give no evidence of
sense of hearing and evidently do not perceive mere
sound vibrations in air.
Earthworms respond

Earthworms have well-developed sense organs or

in

they eject coelomic

irritated

through the dorsal pores.

judge the intensity and duration of

with the

Sense organs
receptor organs which are quite simple

(tactile)

chemical vapours cause them to withdraw imme-

Photo-receptors, occurring

peripharyngeal connectives.

to very low

tures by burrowing deeper

structure, con-

a single cell or a group of specialized ectoderPheretima has three types of sense organs
Epidermal receptors, Buccal receptors and Photo-recep-

sisting of

mal

touch

to

touched, their body

chemical responses comparable to taste (gustatory) and

Sympathetic nervous system

These plexus are connected

When

With the help of buccal receptors, earthworms display

diately into the burrow.

beneath epidermis, within muscles

and

Earthworms do not have special sense organs, yet they

show some sort of behaviour to all kinds of stimuli such
as touch, jarring, light and noxious chemicals. Their epi-

Nerves are of mixed type, consisting both afferent or

sensory fibres and efferent or motor fibres.

alimentary canal.

with a nucleus

and a small transparent L-shaped lens or optic organelle

or phaosome, made up of a hyaline substance. Lens
focusses light rays from all directions on neurofibrils.
Neurofibrils converge to an afferent nerve fibre which
leaves the cell at its base to join the central nervous
system. Photoreceptors enable worms to judge the
intensity and duration of light.

Each cerebral ganglion gives off laterally 8 to 10

nerves which innervate the prostomium and buccal
chamber. Nerves from peripharyngeal connectives supply
the peristomium and buccal chamber, while nerves from
sub-pharyngeal ganglia supply structures in the 2, 3 and 4
segments. Each segmental ganglion of ventral nerve cord
gives off 3 pairs of lateral nerves, one pair in front and two
pairs behind the row of setae, which innervate the gut
wall, body wall and other internal organs of their segments.

It

ceil,

clear cytoplasm containing a network of neurofibrillae

cells.

in soil.

tors.

Reproductive System

Epidermal receptors
over epidermis but are more
abundant on the lateral sides and ventral surface of body.
Each receptor has an elevated cuticle covering a group of
tall, slender and columnar receptor cells, bearing small
hair-like processes at their outer ends and connected with
nerve fibres at their inner ends. They are surrounded on

They are

distributed

all

Earthworms do not reproduce asexually. The earthworms monoecious (hermaphrodite) but they cannot
fertilize their own eggs because they are protandrous. As
a

rule, cross-fertilization

takes place.

It

is

preceded by

copulation and cocoon formation.

sides by ordinary supporting epidermal cells, are

separated from each other by spaces, have nuclei at
and possess internally a few basal cells.

all

different levels

They are

tactile in function

and according

to

also respond to chemical stimuli and changes

spermatheca

some, they
in

tempera-

testis

ture.

testis

ber.

sacs

spermiducal

Buccal receptors

funnel

These are confined to the epithelium of buccal chamThey are similar to epidermal receptors except that

seminal vesicle

ovary
oviducal funnel

they possess broader outer ends, better developed sensory hairs and more deeply situated nuclei. They are

oviduct

vasa deferentia

gustatory and olfactory and probably also respond to

chemical stimuli.

accessory gland

common
prostatic

and

spermatic duct

Photo-receptors

accessory gland

Photo-sensitive organs, restricted only to dorsal sur-

more numerous on prostomium and peristomium

and gradually reduce in number towards posterior end of
body. They are totally absent in clitellum. Each photo-

prostate gland

face, are

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 86

Fig.

Pheretima. Reproductive system.

Male reproductive organs

These include

testes, testis sacs, seminal vesicles,

vasa deferentia, prostate glands and accessory glands.

Female reproductive organs

Testes Two pairs of minute and lobed testes are

one pair in 10th and the other pair in 11th segments. They lie ventero-laterally beneath the alimentary
canal, close to mid-ventral line, on either side of nerve
cord and attached to the anterior wall of their respective
testis sacs. Testes are well formed only in young worms,
but become degenerated in adults.
present,

Testis sacs

Both the testes of each

spermiducal funnels, travel along vasa deferentia and

pass out through genital pores during copulation.

finally

segment are

enclosed within a wide, thin-walled testis sac. Thus, there

are two testis sacs situated in segments 10 and 1 1 Each

The female reproductive organs consists

and spermathecae.
Ovaries

and a

pair of ciliated

spermiducal funnels and also communicates behind, by a

pair of tubular connections, with two seminal vesicles of
succeeding segment. Testis sac of 11th segment is large
to enclose also the seminal vesicles of that
segment.

enough so as

Seminal vesiclesThere are two pairs of large,

seminal vesicles lying in segments 11 and 12 respectively. They are also referred to as septal pouches since
they grow as outgrowths of the septa. Testis sac of 10th
segment communicates with seminal vesicles of 11th
segment and testis sac of 11th segment with seminal
vesicles of 12th segment. Seminal vesicles of 11th

enclosed within testis sac of the same

segment, while those of 12th segment lie free.

segment

lie

ted

Spermiducal funnels There are two pairs of ciliaspermiducal funnels (or spermosettes), one of them
behind each testis in the same segment and enclo-

12/13

form of
cord. Each ovary
in

funnel leads

behind into a slender, ciliated, thread-like sperm duct or

vas deferens. Two vasa deferentia of same side run close
together posteriorly along the ventral body wall up to

segment

Oviducal funnels A large saucer-shaped oviducal

of

flat,

and lobulate masses, lying one on either

and extending from 16th or*17th segment upto
20th or 21st segment. Immediately on emergence of
side of gut

prostatic duct from the inner side of gland,

common muscular

deferentia on

own

it

is

enclosed

in

sheath, along with the two vasa

side, forming

common

spermatic
and prostatic duct, within which the three tube remain
its

separate. Both

common

ducts curve inwards to open to

the exterior independently by a pair of male genital pores

ventrally
fluid,

on 18th segment. Prostate glands manufacture a

the prostatic

fluid, of

Accessory glands

unknown

function.

In each of the 17th and 19th

segments, is found a pair of rounded white fluffy masses,
the accessory glands, on ventro-lateral body wall, one on
either side of nerve cord. They open to the exterior by a
number of ducts on two pairs of genital papillae, situated
externally upon the 17th and 19th segments, one on

either side of mid-ventral line. Their secretion helps

probably

in uniting

From

testes,

the two

worms

during copulation.

spermatogonia or sperm-mother

Oviducts Each

and
in

ciliated

margins,

lies

imme-

the 13th segment.

aviducal funnel leads behind into a

The two oviducts

septum 13/14 and converge to
meet in ventral body wall beneath nerve cord, forming a
very short common oviduct. It opens to the exterior
short conical ciliated tube, the oviducts.

run backwards, perforate

through the female genital aperture, situated mid-ventrally

on

4th segment.

SpermathecaeThere
shaped

structures, called

are 4 pairs of small flask-

spermathecae

or receptacula

seminalis. These are present ventro-laterally, one pair

sperms move back

in

each of the segments 6, 7, 8 and 9. Each spermatheca

has a broad pear-shaped body, the ampulla, and a short
narrow neck, which gives off a narrow elongated blind
caecum or diverticulum before opening to the exterior.
Thus 4 pairs of spermathecae open to outside by 4 pairs
of

separate spermathecal pores situated ventero-laterally

in

the grooves between 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 segments,

respectively.

worm
in

Spermathecae receive sperms from another

during copulation, and store them

Pheretima and

in

ampullae

in

in their diverticula

other earthworms.
ovi-

ducal funnels, travel along oviducts, and pass out to the

exterior through the female genital aperture, to

be

laid

inside the cocoon.

Copulation and Fertilization

Earthworms are bisexual, still self-fertilization does
because they are protandrous. A reciprocal
one worm are transferred to another
during a process, termed copulation. During copulation,
two worms apply each other by their ventral surfaces with
head endo pointing in opposite directions, so that the
male genital pores of each lie against a pair of spermathecal pores of other. Areas surrounding the male genital
apertures are raised into papillae, which are inserted
not occur

cross-fertilization of

successively from behind to forward into the spermathecal

pores of other worm and discharge spermatozoa, which

in spermathecae.

are stored

After this mutual interchange of sperms, the two

worms separate and

later lay their eggs in cocoons.

thus external taking place in the

cocoons.
cells

vesicles to undergo maturation and develop into sperma-

C.S.V./

folded

each ovary

Fertilization is

are shed into testis sacs. From here they enter seminal
tozoa. Mature

much

diately behind

Mature ova shed from ovaries are entangled by

Prostate glands are a pair

solid, irregular

in

8th

to join the prostatic duct.

Prostate glands

lies in

one on either side of ventral nerve

is a white compact mass made of fingerwhich ova are arranged in a linear series
it,

various stages of development.

funnel, with

testis sac.

Vasa deferentia Each spermiducal

in

processes

like

lying

sed within the same

A pair of small white digitate ovaries

13th segment attached to the posterior face of septum

testes sac encloses a pair of testes

of ovaries,

oviducal funnels, oviducts

into testis sac, enter

Cocoon formation
Cocoon
tance by

is

secreted as a viscid and gelatinous subs-

clitellar

glands, forming a broad

membranous

March/ 2000/ 87
*

band or girdle around clitellum. It hardens gradually on

exposure to air into a tough but elastic tube which
becomes the cocoon or egg capsule. A slime tube is also
secreted by epidermal mucous cells of clitellum over
cocoon. As the worm wriggles behind, the slime tube and
cocoon are slipped forward over the head. On its way the
cocoon receives ova from female genital pore and sperms
of other worm from spermathecae, so that cross-fertilization is ensured and zygotes are formed. An albuminous
fluid is also deposited inside cocoon by the glands of
anterior segments of body. Finally, when cocoon is thrown
off the head, its elastic ends close up and a yellowish
rounded cocoon is formed.
occurs after the cocoon has been depoCocoon of Pheretima is a small,
Cocoon formation takes place in Pheresummer, especially during and after the monsoon.

Fertilization

sited in a moist place.

spherical body.

tima

in

Many cocoons may be formed

mating, so that

all

in

sperms stored

succession after each

in

the spermathecae are

not passed out at once.

Development
Cocoon may contain many fertilized eggs but only
one embryo develops, growing at the expense of other
eggs serving as nurse cells and albumen stored in
cocoon. Cleavage is holoblastic and unequal and development is direct without any free larval stage. A hollow
blastula is formed and later a gastrula by invagination.

Mesoderm develops from two

mesoblasts. They divide

large cells of blastula,

form two mesoblastic

coelomic epithelial
grown, crawls out of
cocoon in about two or three weeks. Newly hatched
young worm receives no parental care and resembles the
adult except for size and absence of clitellum.
called

bands, which
lining.

to

later give rise to the

Young worms, when

Economic Importance
Earthworms are of great economic importance to
man. They are directly or indirectly useful to us as
follows

used as

bait for fishing.

aquaria.

tory invertebrates
in

general benefi-

Although they may sometimes do

young and tender plants, yet they are good
friends to the gardner and farmer as they. Continuously
plough and manure the soil. Their habit of burrowing and
agriculture.

to

to

swallowing earth increases

fertility

burrows

of soil. Their

permit penetration of air and moisture

in porous soil,
improve drainage, and make easier the downward growth
of roots. Earthworms are continuously dragging dead
leaves into their burrows to eat them. They are partially
digested and their remains are thoroughly mixed with the.
castings, thus add humus to soil. Excretory wastes and
other secretions of worms also enrich soil by adding
nitrogenous matters that form important plant food. One
acre of ground may contain 50000 earthworms and the
quantity of earth brought up from below and deposited on
the surface as worm castings has been estimated by
Darwin to be as 18 tons per acre per year. In recent
years, there is stress on the importance of culturing
earthworms to build up soil to a high degree of fertility.

medicines Earthworms were used

3. In

as medicines

in

variously

the past. Hamdullah Mustaufi of

'Naizat-ul-Qutub' written

in

Hayat-ul-Haiwan' written

in

in

Qazwin

A.D. 1340, and Damari

in

A.D. 1371 told about medi-

cines prepared from earthworms to cure stones

in bla-

dder, pyorrhoea, piles, rheumatism, sexual impotency etc.

Even

Earthworms do not reproduce asexually, but they

great capacity for regeneration. If ends of body are cut
accidently or removed experimentally, a head or tail is

said to

regenerated to replace the

and are

lost part.

Earthworms can also be grafted like Planaria. Experimentally, some abnormal types have been produced such
as worms with two tails, short worms by grafting together
two terminal parts or exceptionally long worms by joining
end to end pieces of several worms. However such freaks
do not survive as they cannot feed.

a subterranean or burrowing

day the Chinese, Japanese and Indians are

use earthworms in various fancy medicines.

to this

4.

In

laboratory Earthworms are easily available

convenient size for dissections. They are,
employed for class-room studies.

of

therefore, universally

worms In some cases, earthworms

may cause
seepage from ditches in irrigated lands.
Their castings on sloping lands tend to be washed away
by rain and thus contribute to soil erosion, though to a
5.

Harmful

become

harmful. Exceptionally, their burrows

loss of water by

Significant facts of
for

Agriculture Earthworms are

2. In
cial

damage

fully

Regeneration and Grafting

Earthworms are well-adapted

As

bait and food All over the world, they are

They form the best food of fish in
They are also used a food by .various uncivilized
people in many parts of world. They also form food for
certain birds, frogs, reptiles, centipedes and other preda1

mode

Earthworm
of

life.

Elongated, slender, cylindrical and streamlined body is well-suited for burrowing in soil.
Setae and musculature serve for locomotion as well as for anchoring body firmly in burrow.
Secrete mucus for plastering the internal walls of burrow.
Coelom. fluid oozing through dorsal pores keeps skin moist for gaseous exchange in the absence of respiratory organs.
Amoebocytes of coelomic fluid kill harmful bacteria and other parasites and protect body.
Nocturnal and burrowing habits provide safety from predators.
Sensory organs such as many photosensitive organs are present on dorsal surface, numerous on prostomium and peristomium.
Earthworms are negatively phototrophic to strong light and positive to weak light.
Hermaphroditism and regeneration ensure continuity of species against many hazards in. life.
Formation of cocoon for fertilization and development are adaptations for reproduction on dry land.
Their habit of burrowing and swallowing soil increases fertility of soil in many ways, thus they are friends of farmers.
C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 88
Copyrighted material

lesser extent. Certain species live as external parasites of

Sometimes, they bury in the dead bodies of burned
animals and bring the disease-germs to surface, where

parasite carries a virus, which together with a bacterium,

causes hog-influenza or swine influenza. Some species
become pests of plants. Pheretima elongata is suspected
of damaging the roots of the Betel-wine (Piper Betel) in.
Coimbatore. Malabaria podudicola and Aphanascus
oryzivorus are said to damage the roots of paddy in
Malabar. A species of Pehonyx damages cardamon
stems grown on the Anamalai Hills.

frogs.

they

may

Earthworms are said

infect other animals.

serve as intermediate hosts

in

to

some

the transmission of

such as tapeworm (Amoebotaenia sphenoides)

and gapeworm {Syngamus) of chicken and lung nematode (Metastrongylus elongatus) of pigs. The latter
parasites,

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

The arrangement

numerous
in each segment
known as

in a ring
Pheretima is

setae
of

of

7.

Which
(A)

Pharyngeal

Lumbricine

(B)

Septal

(B)

Oligochaetine

(C) Integumentary

8.

takes place

(C) Clitellum

Protostomium

(D)

Stomium

(D)
9.

of the following

characteristic

is

of

the

Excretion by flame

(C)

Trochophore

cell

larva

ciliated

Sub-neural vessel

(B)

Oesophageal vessel

(C)

Dorsal blood vessel

(A)

Amoebocytes

(B)

Mucous

and acts as a
It is due to

turgid

(A)

Setae

(B)

Coelomic

(D)

Epidermal

(D)
In

To

lumen

(B)

To increase absorptive area

(C)

To secrete enzymes

(D)

None

in

of

gut?
Enteronephric

(B)

Exonephric

(C)

Exocrine

(D)

To

protect

against harmful

Spermathecal
meant for

in

earthworm are

(A)

Producing sperms

(B)

Storing

(C)

Storing
sperms of other
earthworm after copulation

(D)

None

its

own sperms

of the

above

ANSWERS
1.(D)

2.(B)

3. (A)

4.(C)

6. (C)

7. (C)

8.(D)

9.(C) 10. (B)

12.

accommodate

AT THE START
Of YOUR CAREER

dorsal

alimentary canal

of the

above

Photoreceptors of earthworm are

present on
(A)

Dorsal surface

(B)

Ventral surface

(D) Holocrine
6.

some earthworms, calciferous

glands are restricted to
In

(A)

Oesophagus

(B)

Rectum

(C)

Stomach

(D) Typhlosole

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 89

(C) Clitellum
(D) All the

above

13. Lateral hearts of

found
(A)

in

6th

5. (A)

11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (C) 14. (D) 15. (C)

blood vessel

for the nephri-

dia which discharge their excre-

(A)

excretion

Longitudinal muscles

(A)

cells

tory prdducts into the

in

fluid

earthworm typhlosole helps

cells

used

respiration

help

(C) Circular muscles

11.

Chloragogen

in

To

of the follolike that of

cells

(C)

To help

(C)

Earthworm has no skeleton but

becomes

vertebrates ?

is

earthworm and posse-

(A)

hydraulic skeleton.

In earthworm, which
wing cells function

(B)

life

epithelium

What term

15.

of the blood vessel is the

during burrowing the anterior end

by

protect against harmful

(D) Ventral blood vessel

in

10.

covered

To

ultraviolet rays

sses valves ?

Metameric segmentation

(B)

fertilization

Cocoon

Which

largest in

pri-

phylum

cycle

5.

Spermathecae

(B)

liver cells of

earthworm ?

in

Oviduct

Peristomium

(C)

the

(A)

Prostomium

Annelida ?

4.

the function of porphyrin

is

germs

earthworm,

In

(B)

Body

and 7th

What

Pharyngeal and integumen-

(A)

(D)

14.

tary

earthworm, the first segment

in which the mouth is situated is
known as

(A)

and 9th

(D) 5th

(A)

In

Which
mary

and 9th

in

(D)

(D) Perchaetine

3.

8th

(C) 7th

(B)

earthworms ?

in

(A)

(C) Otochaetine

2.

of the following nephridia

are exonephric

the

earthworm are

segments

and 8th

IMPORTANT THAN WHAT

YOU EARN.

Poisonous Snakes

Introduction
Snakes have long, cylindrical body without limbs,
movable eyelids and tympana. They are insensitive to airborne sound but can perceive earth-borne vibrations.
Eyes of the snakes are covered with a transparent scale
and lack eyelids. This enables them to give an unwinking
stare. Tongue is slender, forked and protrusible. It acts as
an additional organ of smell. It flicks in and out, carrying
chemicals from air or ground to sense organs (called
Jacobson's organs) located in the roof the buccal cavity.
Pit vipers and some boas have heat detecting organs on
the head. These enable them to strike warm-blooded prey
accurately in dark nights or in deep burrows. Jaw bones
are movable, enabling the snakes to swallow a large prey.
Long flexible ribs help maintain body shape.
The snakes are generally nocturnal and commonly
carnivorous. Snakes hibernate during winter. They
periodically cast off their horny layer of skin as a
continuous slough. They often produce a hissing sound by
forcibly expelling air

through the nares after

inflating

the

Snakes run quite fast on rough surface but are

helpless on hard smooth surface. Most snake species
move by throwing the body into curves. Scales on the
ventral side or curves of the body itself, provide traction.
All snakes swim well by lateral undulations of the body
and most of them can climb also.
Majority of snakes are non-poisonous and are useful
as they feed on rodents in crop fields. They may bite but
do not have poison to inject into the victim. Poisonous
snakes have additional poison teeth, called fangs,
lungs.

specialised for injecting poison from poison glands

present

in their

mammals, snakes grow

conti-

nuously, though at decreasing rates, throughout their

lives.

All

snakes feed on other animals, especially

vertebrates.

and

The commonest prey are mammals,

birds

earthworms, insects, fish, bird's

always swallowed whole; no snake has
teeth adapted for chewing. In several groups the salivary
glands have become modified into poison glands, the
venom being delivered by means of hollow or grooved
frogs; others include

eggs. Prey

of his

is

fangs.

Snakes reproduce by egg laying (Oviparity). Seasnakes are generally viviparous. Little parental care is
practiced but in some cases the eggs are guarded by the
parent.

Snakes

of India

The common poisonous snakes of India are Cobra,

Viper and Sea-snakes. The non-poisonous snakes

pipe-snakes are deaf to high frequencies.

Common Indian Cobra is Naja naja and kills several

people every year, mostly because it visits houses at
twilight to catch rats. In India, this species has a spectaclelike mark on its exceptionally wide hood.
Cobras are extremely variable

colouration

in

and

markings. Three races are recognised on the basis of the

hood

pattern.

The

(Naja naja naja)

is

Cobra

binocellate

of peninsular India

yellowish, brownish or black

above with

a black and white mark on hood, a black and

white spot on the inside of the hood with one or two black
or without

crossbars below hood. Sri Lankan and South Indian

cobras are usually of shades of brown with well-defined
hood marks. Cobras of North India are more often black.
Monocellate Cobra [Naja naja kaouthia) has only a
O-shaped mark on the hood. The

single yellow or orange

Black Cobra of North

is

Naja naja oxiana.

The world's largest venomous snake

is

the King cobra, or hamadryad (Ophiophagus hannah).

It

King Cobra

preys chiefly on other snakes. The primary feeding cue is

scent. King cobra has earned for itself an unenviable
reputation for aggressiveness

and courage and

largely

is

diurnal.
in the dense forests of the Western Ghats,
an estuaries of Orissa, West Bengal and Assam. It
common snake in India.
The King cobra, one of the very few nest-building
snakes, drags dead vegetation into a low heap by bending
its body. The eggs are laid in a cavity at the centre of
nest. Other snakes deposit their eggs in holes they have
scooped out of sand or soft earth with their snout.
The spitting of venom by certain African cobras, the
ringhals (Hemachatus haemachatus), and the blacknecked cobra (Naja nigricollis) is a purely defensive act
It

head.

Unlike birds and

Cobra It is highly venomous snakes of the family

Elapidae that expand the neck ribs to form a hood.
Cobras are found in warm regions. They are favourites of
snake charmers, who tease them into assuming the
upreared defense posture. The snake sways in alert
response to the charmer's movements, not to the sound

occurs

plains
is

not a

directed against large enemies.

A fine

stream of venom

is

forced out from each fang. Usually a spitting cobra raises

its

head and the forepart

of

its

body

in

the characteristic

cobra defensive posture prior to spitting, but venom can

be ejected from any position. The effect on skin is negligible; the eyes, however, may be severely damaged, and
blindness can result unless the venom is washed out

Krait,

quickly.

are Typhlops (Blind snake), Python, Ptyas (Rat snake),

Tropidonotus (Common pond or grass snake), Eryx

The poison of cobra acts mainly as a neurotoxin and

blood and cell destroyer. The neurotoxin paralyses the
respiratory centre and is the chief cause of death. Other

(Sand Boa), Dendrophis (Tree snake).

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 90

i
'

Copyrighted material

effects are loss of clotting

power

of the

blood and

destruction of red blood cells.

KraitThe common Indian krait is scientifically

known as Bungarus Caeruleus. They have lustrous black
above with paired narrow white crossbars
indistinct or absent anteriorly. The common krait inhabits
fields, low scrub jungles and is common in the vicinity of
or bluish black

human
It

is

habitation, often taking up residence inside houses.

nocturnal and of a placid temperament, biting usually

Many instances are on record of

people sleeping on the ground being bitten when
unknowingly rolling on or placing a leg or hand in their
sleep on a Krait moving nearby.
only under provocation.

Krait feeds mainly

on snakes including other

kraits.

Occasionally feeds frogs, lizards, rats etc. kraits

show

Cannibalistic tendencies. The secretion of the anal

glands which has a disagreeable smell to man may
perhaps help in recognition.

The venom

is

more

toxic than that of the cobra

and

acts both as a neurotoxin and haemotoxin, para-lysing

the respiratory centre, and centres concerned with the

lips,

tongue, throat and voice and phrenic nerves.

The red

blood corpuscles are destroyed as also the lining of the

smaller blood vessels. The major cause of death is

asphyxia through paralysis of the respiratory centre. Krait

venom is considered to be 15 times more virulent than the
cobra's, and the krait is one of the deadliest among the
poisonous snakes of the world.

Symptoms are a 'fiery' pain at the site of the bite

which disappears after some time, later violent abdominal
pain probably due to haemorrhage and paralysis sets in.
The eyelids, and lower lip droop and the person is unable
to walk and to breathe. Often there is no immediate
reaction and the bite is ignored with fatal results. Death
may result in five to twelve hours after the bite.

bite. The young are often cannibalistic.

The Russel's viper is viviparous. Fangs are movable and
become errected when mouth opens.
The venom is transparent, acidic in reaction and
tastes like gum arabic. The poison acts as a depressor of
vasomotor
centre and a destroyer of the blood. The
the
blood pressure drops and heart weakens. The red blood
corpuscles are destroyed, the clotting power of the blood
is reduced and the lining of the blood vessels destroyed
leading to extensive internal haemorrhages with pain and
vomiting and bleeding from the body's openings.
Saw-scaled Viper (Echis carinatus) Distinguished
from other Indian snakes by the absence of shields on the
head. Mainly inhabits arid country. In India, it is commonly
found south and west of Ganges. Though essentially a
desert snake, it occurs in semi-desert and broken scrub
country. It is an alert little snake, largely diurnal, and is
capable of quick movement when necessary. Feeds
largely on centipedes, scorpions, larger insects, mice,
shrinks, geckos and frogs.
The Saw-scaled viper is viviparous producing 3 to
15 young at a time. The fangs of this snake are
remarkably long for its size. The almond shaped poison
glands are placed behind the eye. The poison acts mainly
as an anti-coagulant, a destroyer of blood cells and lining
of blood vessels, a cardiac depressor and generally as a
depressor to nerve cells. The local symptoms are similar
to those of the Russel's viper. The venom acts directly on

aggressive and to

cardiac muscles also. Death results from heart failure.

Green or Bamboo Pit Viper ( Trimeresurus gramineus)The head is flattened and appears unduly broad
owing
found

forests of

known

and

as Bungarus fasciatus. This has alternating yellow and

black bands. This krait can be confused with the harmless
(non-poisonous) Yellow-banded Wolfsnake (Lycodon
fasciatus). It can be distinguished by the enlarged
vertebrals entire subcaudals, ridged spinal area and blunt
tail. Occurs fairly commonly throughout the North-east

48 hours.

It

krait is scientifically

peninsular India and northern parts of India.

nocturnal, and

is

found

in

It

is

largely

grass, pits or drains during the

day. Frequents moist places

and the

vicinity of water.

It

provocation. Most
It

commonly seen

feeds mainly on snakes and

rat-snake or

common

dhaman. This snake

kraits. Its

poison

is

said to be less virulent than

Russell's Viper (Vipera russelli)

and without

Its

shields.

head

is

covered

Body massive,

narrowing at both ends, head flat triangular

with short snout. Widely distributed in Indian sub-continent
and north to east Himalayas. Uncommon to rare in
cylindrical,

It

is

common

in

inhabited areas, the

attraction being the rodents.

Normally sluggish and does not strike readily unless

irritated. Usually it contends itself with hissing sounds. It is
largely nocturnal. The young are more prone to be

C.S.V./

is

symptoms diappearing

is

about

in

Viper (Agkistrodon himalayanus)

it as a pit viper, from other pit

small scales on top of head. Occurs

commonly

in

the

Western Himalayas. It is viviparous. The poison is not

particularly virulent and the bite of the snake is not fatal to
man.

Shaw's Sea-snake {Lapemis

curtus)

Indian sea-snake with parietal shields on

It

Malay Archipelago.

Tamil

Nadu

coasts.

It

is

commonly found

The

only

head broken up
in

Persian Gulf

Common
is

along the Malabar and

viviparous. Its poison action is

similar to that of cobra, but the respiratory failure

is

more

pronounced.

with small scales

valley.

Pit

to

those eaten are

action

vipers by the presence of large shields instead of uniform

among

poisonous as other

The poison's

viviparous.

into smaller shields.

is

It

the Western Ghats of India,

loreal pit identifies

during the rains.

cobra poison.

Ganges

is

fever, the

Himalayan

The

is

extremely sluggish and remains lethargic even under

In

hills.

feeble but painful and swelling of the bitten part, nausea,

vomitting

Banded Krait Banded

prehensile.

to the constricted neck. Tail is

in

they are usually seen during rains.

March/ 2000/ 91

Hook-nosed Sea-snake {Enhydrina schistosa)The

tail distinguishes this from other sea snakes. It
abundant on both coasts of the Indian peninsula. It is
the commonest. Indian sea snake being very numerous
ail along the coast and ascending considerable distances
on the tidal rivers. They feed entirely on fish. Its poison is
said to be ten times more potent than cobra venom. It is
oar-shaped
is

viviparous.

Yellow Sea-snake (Hydrophis spiralis)It is largest

the sea snakes and tail is laterally compressed.

among

Head

in young is black with more or less distinct yellow

horseshoe mark on the crown. These are abundant in the
Persian Gulf and common on the east coast. Feeds largely
on eel fishes. It is highly poisonous and viviparous.

Blind

Snake

(Typhlina bramina)

Typhlina

All

have a slender worm-like shape and undifferentiated body

Eyes indistinct. Other species of Blind snakes are
Typhlina acutus and Typhlina diardi.

scales.

Oceliate rough-tailed snake (Uropeltis ocella-

2.

Distinguished by the obliquely truncated

Neck
region similar in girth than the body. Eye small and
contained in ocular or eye-shield. Feeds almost exclutus)

on earthworms.

sively

It

is

prefer

ovo-viviparous.

3 types of fangs occur

(a)

It

is

or

common

Common
in all

Ratsnake (Ptyas muco-

parts of India. Diurnal in habit.

behaviour, which has not been recorded in

any other species of Indian snakes, is the 'Combat
Dance', between males.
5. Tree Snake (Dendrelaphis tristis)-^Common in the
Himalayan foothills. It is an active snake and ascends
trees with amazing speed.
6. Common Wolfsnake (Lycodon aulicus)
It is most
often seen near and in human habitation. The readiness
with which it bites and its habit of living in houses make
this snake responsible for a large number of snake bite
cases in India every year. It is most often confused with
It

is

purely the result of

It

appears to be

of

8.

It

Flying
in

(c)

and upwards and

to glide from

a height

habit.

and each grooved along

armed

is

lie

at the

back

of

posterior border.

Jaws and Fangs

with teeth.

upper jaw can move

can also rotate slightly.

to

and

fro

on hinged

joints

and

most snakes, the upper jaw is connected to the lower

jaw by a joint that acts as a pivot point, and in eating all
toothed bones on one side of the mouth move forward as
a unit.

In some tree snakes, the connection between upper jaw

and the quadrate bone is lost, and there are four
independent units rather than two.

In

and

bone

maxillary

many

of

most snakes

elongated, with

is

teeth, but in the family viperidae (vipers, pit vipers

snakes), only one functional fang remains on a

rattle

short, blunt, rotable maxillary.

Several

The

position usually

occupied by the maxillary has been taken by the

pterygoid bone.

ground or to

another tree.

In

and

the family Elapidae (Cobras

maxillary bears a single fang

Water Snake (Enhydris enhydris)A thoroughly

aquatic snake frequenting rivers, estuaries, lakes,
marshes and perhaps wet fields. Feeds mainly on fish.
9.

in

relatives)

the

a fixed position,

sometimes followed by a few smaller, solid teeth. The

posterior one or two teeth on maxillary have enlarged
and changed, usually into fangs to conduct the flow of
venom. These are the rearfanged snakes.

Poison Apparatus

glands, (2) their ducts, (3) fangs and their muscles.

its

The

All trje poisonous snakes have in their heads a

poison apparatus which is not found non-poisonous
snakes. This apparatus includes (1) a pair of poison

it

jaws of snakes are highly mobile and are usually

The

spring horizontally
to the

when

close to the roof of mouth

Significant Facts of

in

lie

hollow poison canal through the fang opening at

heavily

Snake (Chrysopelea ornata) Commonly

Andamans and Western Ghats.
ability to

Its

Opisthoglyphous In some poisonous snakes,

The

distributed in the plains

an arboreal snake and diurnal

is

maxillae

the forests of the

instances are available of their

snakes, a

tip.

family Colubridae, fangs are small,

in

a gentler temperament being a

particularly inoffensive creature.

found

rattle

anterior face.

fright.

Boa (Eryx johni)Widely

of India.

and

vipers

krait from its almost identical colour pattern.

non-poisonous. Any fatality resulting from bite of wolf

7.

poisonous snakes

(b) Proteroglyphous
In cobras, kraits, coral and
sea snakes, fangs are small, at the front of maxillae and
permanently erect. Each fang is grooved all along its

common

is

in

is

closed.

snake

teeth

covered on all sides by a sheath containing a few

reserve and developing fangs. The fang is movable and

base

An unusual

the

specialized

certain

Solenoglyphous In

Feeds on mammals, birds, reptiles, but seems to

mammals. Pythons are long lived. Python has

Dhaman

are

large functional fang occurs on the front of maxilla.

the

4.

Fangs

turned inside to

vestigial pelvic girdle.

sus)

Fangs

Indian Python (Python moluru Normally a

in dense as well as in open

jungle dweller occurring

forests.

3.

DuctsA narrow poison duct leads

each poison gland to the base of a poison
groove or canal.

its

and pointed. They serve as hypodermic needles for

injecting poison into the body of victim. When a functional
fang is lost or damaged, it is replaced by one of the
reserved fangs. On the basis of structure and position,

tail.

3.

Poison

attached to maxillary bones. They are long, curved, sharp

Non-Poisonous Snakes
1.

2.

anteriorly from

fang to enter

The two rami

by an

anteriorly

lower jaw are loosely connected

of

elastic ligament.

Snake Venom

Snake venom

Poison Glands Two sac-like poison glands are

situated one on either inner side of the upper jaw, below
the eyes and somewhat behind them. These are possibly

the body of bitten prey through the fangs serving as

the modified superior labial or parotid salivary glands.

hypodermic needles.

Each gland is thickly encapsulated with fibrous connecting

and mostly covered by a fan-shaped constrictor
muscle, often referred to as temporal or massetor. Its
stretching during biting squeezes poison from glands into

It is tasteless and odourless and acidic

a complex mixture of enzymes and
is a good digestive juice. It is fatal only
when mixed in blood. It is precipitated in reagents such as
silver nitrate and potassium permanganate. It can be dried

tissue

its

ducts,

glands found

in

or poison

is

secreted by certain poison

the head region of snakes

It

is

and

injected in

clear sticky liquid of faint yellow

or greenish colour.
in

reaction.

It

specific toxins

is

and

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 92

Copyrighted material

and kept indefinitely retaining its poisonous properties.

can be dissolved in water, salt solutions or glycerine.

Symptoms

Snake bite
The Venom of different snakes has

characteristic effect.

followed by death within 6 to 24 hours.

Viper bite Venom of viper is mainly haemotoxic

and nervous system more seve-

affecting the circulatory

own

its

Degree

of virulence differs not only in

the

same snake under different

person may die or recover

snakes but

different

(haemolysis) and paralysis of trunk and limbs occur

It

of

in

circumstances. The bitten

rely.

from

bite

centres

and

of

Cobra

causing

paralysis

of

Antivenom
Antivenom (Antivenin) is serum that contains antitoxin
snake venom. The best cure for snake bite is an
antivenom serum or antivenin which is injected into the
body of the victim to counteract snake venom. Different
antivenins are required against different snakes due to
differences in the qualities of their venoms. An antivenin is
prepared by injecting a horse with gradually increasing
doses of a snake venom until the horse becomes fully
immunized to any amount of venom injected. The blood
serum of these immunized horses is collected and
preserved. This is antivenom serum or antivenin which
has developed sufficient antibodies to neutralize the effect
of that particular snake venom. Most of the antivenin is
prepared in Haffkine Institute, Bombay, and Central
Research Institute, Kasauli (Simla Hills).

include piercing pain

muscles

Symptoms

especially those of respiratory muscles.

and burning sensation ending

in

numbness of bitten part which turn bluish. Person suffers

from giddiness, weakness in legs, high pulse rate,
speechlessness, drooping of saliva and eyelids, contraction of pupils, vomiting and laboured breathing. Death
results within few hours due to failure of respiration
(asphyxia) or heart failure. Late Prof. K. N. Bahl
described cobra bite poisoning by the word CO BRA,
indicating that spinal cord (CO) and brain (BRA) are
affected. Coagulation of blood (COB) is reduced (R), so
that wound bleeds for hours and death occurs by
asphyxia (A).

Distinction between poisonous

Most of the Indian snakes are non-poisonous and

harmless creatures. The poisonous snakes are distinguished from non-poisonous snakes on the basis of the
shape of their tails and size and arrangement of scales
and shields on their body. A simple workable key of
identification of Indian poisonous and non-poisonous
snake is given in the following table

Kraits are most dangerously poisonous

poison.

their bite injects

Symptoms

a very large quantity

are very similar to those of cobra

of

bite,

except that the victim complains of unbearable abdominai

pain due to internal haemorrhage. Destruction of RBCs

Key to

Identify

Structures
1.

Tail

Poisonous from Non-Poisonous Snakes of

Characters
compressed,

(a)

Tail laterally

(b)

Tail cylindrical, tapering.

and non-poiso-

nous snakes

Krait bite

snakes because

acute burning pain.

to

for

neurotoxin attacking

is

and discolouration
A red fluid oozes out
massive tissue destruction (necrosis)

include local swelling

loses conciousness. Death may result due to paralysis of

vaso-motor centres and exhaustion from profuse bleeding.

Poison

Cobra

wound due

which frequently necessitates amputation. Pupils dilate,

pulse rate increases profuse vomiting occurs and victim

depending upon the amount injected and its virulence. It is

customary to regard two categories of snake venoms
Neurotoxic and Haemotoxic. Neurotoxins are typical of
elapsids (Cobra and Krait) and sea snakes. The cause of
death by paralysis of respiratory muscles and asphyxiation. Haemotoxins are typical of vipers. They cause tissue
destruction and widespread haemorrhage. The effects of
venom or symptoms of snake bite in case of 3 most
common poisonous snakes of India are as follows
nerve

Symptoms

of bitten part with

India

Snakes

Nature
Poisonous

oar-like

Sea snakes
Hydrophis, Enhydrina

Poisonous or nonpoisonous

Examine
2.

Belly

scales

or ventrals

3.

Head
loreal

scales,
pit,

(a)

Belly scales small, continuous with dorsals

(b)

Ventrals not

(c)

Ventrals broad,

(a)

Head scales

sub-

caudals
(b)

Vertebrals,

suprala-

(ii)

Subcaudals single

Head scales

small.

Examine

covering belly

Head

Subcaudals double

Non-poisonous

triangular.

No

loreal pit present

Pythons

Non-poisonous

cover belly

loreal pit

between

further

Poisonous

Pitless vipers

Poisonous

Vipera russelli

Poisonous

Echis carinata

Poisonous

Pit vipers

and eye

Lachesis, Ancistrodon

No

(c)

Head

Vertebrals enlarged, hexagonal

with large shields.

loreal

pit.

Examine

further

Poisonous

Krait,

Bungarus

4th infra-labial largest

(b)

bial

Vertebrals

not

touches eye and

(i)

Neck

with a

enlarged.

March/ 2000/ 93

3rd

supra-labial

Poisonous

nostril

hood and spectacle mark

Hood absent. Coral

No such characters

(ii)

(c)

C.S.V./

fully

small.

to

(a)

4th infralabial,

3rd

broad

(i)

nostril

4.

fully

Land snakes

further

spots on belly

Poisonous

Cobra, Naja

Poisonous

Coral snakes, Callophis

Nonpoisonous

POISONOUS OR NON-POISONOUS SNAKES

tail

Study of snakes
LAND SNAKES

SEA SNAKES (POISONOUS)

enlarged

unrlorm small

ventral
shields

belly s

(NON-POISONOUS)

pit

Tympanum and

side view

^/ shields

in

is

absent

in

snakes.

Hydrophis and viper dryophis snakes are viviparous.

side view

Viper

(NONPOISONOUS

PITLESS VIPER (POISONOUS) PIT VIPER (POISONOUS)

middle ear

cephalic

Cobra and
in

which are modified maxillary

teeth,

Poison glands are modified salivary glands.

OR POISONOUS)

HEAD
HEAD

side view

snakes.

teeth.

fc^rd
large

in

in

Fangs are poisonous

Zt^z^A

no loreal
eye

HEAD

known as Ophiology.

is

Eyelids are absent

~A

K.

(NON- POISONOUS

(NONPOISONOUS)

Snakes

Significant Facts of

1.

cylindrical

krait

venom

is

venom

is

neurotoxic.

haemotoxic.

OR POIS
Antivenin

is

used

treatment snake

for the

Hoffkin's Institute,

Bombay

well

is

bite.

known

for antivenin

production.

Snakes can perceive sound waves passing through

BODYindorsa/wev.

HEAD in lateral mew

COBRA (POISONOUS)

HADinvwKrs/wew
KRA.IT

Jacobson's organs are the olfactory organs of snakes.

(POISONOUS)

Venom
Fig.

Diagrams for identification of poisonous and nonnoisonous

solid

terrain of earth only.

3rd supra-labial shield

is

proteinous and acidic

Snakes can digest

in

nature.

and horns.

hairs, feathers

<.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

Antivenom

are prepared

bite

New

poisonous snakes the fangs

In

are developed

Delhi

(A)

N. D. R.

I.

Lucknow

(C)

Quadrate

(C)

N. D. R.

I.

Karnal

I.

8.

Haffkine's Research Insti-

Laterally

Bombay
compressed

tail is

in

(A)

Cobra

(C)

Hydrophis (D) Boa

Which

of the following

(Bungarus) can be differentiated from other snakes by its

9.

(B)

Natrix

(D) Python

Eryx

of the following is

Eyelids are absent

(B)

Immovable eyelids present

(C)

Movable eyelids present

(D)

None

of the

above

(A)

Colouration of body

(B)

Johnston's organ

(D)

Enlarged hexagonal verteb-

(C)

Organ

(D)

None

The

largest

Indian

poisonous
14.

correct
is

Jacobson's organ

Size

(C)

scales

is

Olfactory organ of snake

(B)

snake

Bungarus

(C)

13.

Shields on head

ral

snake has

(A)

Which one

pre-

(B) Krait

Squamosal

Krait

(A)

sent

(D)

snakes

In

(A)

I.

A. R.

12.

on

(B)

vestigial pelvic girdle

4.

7.

at

(A)

tute,

3.

snake

Mandibles (B) Maxilla

(D)

2.

injections for

Fangs

of

of

Bojanus

of the

above

snakes are

is

(A)

Krait

(B)

Russell's viper

(C)

King Cobra

(D)

Python

(A)

Monophyodont

(B)

Diphyodont

(C) Triphyodont
(D)

Polyphyodont

marine snakes ?
(A)

(C)
5.

Bungarus

10.
(B) Natrix

Hydrophis (D) Eryx

Head

is

covered by scales in

(B)

King Cobra

Salivary glands

(C)

Palatine glands

(D)

Lacrimal glands

Which one

of the following is

non-poisonous snake ?

If

is

pulled out or broken

(C) Viper dryophis

(D)

off,

Krait

ANSWERS

they

5.(C)

(A)

Never replaced

1.(Q)

2.(C)

3.(D)

4.(C)

Replaced by another fang

6. (D)

7. (B)

8. (D)

9. (C) 10. (B)

(B)

(B)

Bungarus

(C)

Replaced by teeth but not

11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (D) 15. (C)

fang

(C) Viper

Python

is

are

Sea snake

(D)

snake

the fang of a poisonous snake

(A)

C.S.V./

of the following

viviparous ?

Python

(B)

11.

Which
(A)

Krait

the above

15.

Buccal glands

(B)

All

a poiso-

(A)

Cobra

(C) Viper

of

nous snakes are modified

(A)

(D)
6.

The poisonous glands

(D)

Lost for ever

March/ 2000/ 94
Copyrighted materia

Model Paper

for Various Medical

16.

Entrance Examinations

Which
retes
(A)

ZOOLOGY
1

Proteinous cells

cartilage

in

and

collagen matrix are

(A)

Chondrocytes

(B)

Choanocytes
Amoebocytes
Lymphocytes

(C)
(D)
2.

9.

Mammals generate much

metabolically

in

heat
process

(A)
(B)

Haustellum

(C)

Basiproboscis

(D)

Labella

Thermogenesis
Endogenesis

(D) All the

10.

above

The excretory unit

brate kidney is

of the verte1 1

(A)

Nephron

(B)

Nephrocytes

evolution

18.

All

(A)

Parathormone

(B)

Testosterone

by

Glucagon

Protonephridial system

(B)

Genetic variation

None

19.

above

Sexual dimorphism

is

is

found

(B)

(C)

Pheretima

(D) All of these

Sertoli cells are involved in

of

(B)

Excretion

(C)

Respiration

(D) Nereis

and their
one another and

of parasites

relationships to

found in

Ascaris

The study

Earthworm

(B)

their hosts is called

(A)

Amoeba

(A)

Nutrition

Fasciola

(C) Ascaris

drift

of the

(A)

Xenology

(B) Teratology

(C) Phenology
20.

Which one

Rheology

(D)

of the following

is

the

key intermediate compound linking

glycolysis
to the Krebs
cycle ?

developing

sperms

the above

caused

is

of

in

Reproductive isolation

(A)

(C) Nephridium
(D)

(D) Pineal

Hypocalcemia
under secration

(D)
in

(A)

(A)

Thymus

(B)

(C) Thyroxine

Role of mutations

(C) Genetic

(C) Ketogenesis

3.

17.

(B)

(D)

saving hormone ?

(C) Thyroid

is

called

of the following gland sec-

life

Adrenals

NADH

ATP

(B)

(C) Malic acid

(D) Acetyl

CoA

(D) All of these

4.

HCI
(A)

is

secreted

from

21
12.

Kuffer cells

(B)

Mast

(C)

Choanocytes

cells

respiration

(D) Oxyntic cells

5.

A camel show

water

(D)
6.

13.

body tempera-

its

(B)

f-RNA

(B)

Deoxygenation

(C)

r-RNA

(D)

RNA

explains

the

Distribution

Mitochondria

Chromosome

(D)

Endoplasmic reticulum

is

Renin

(B)

Pepsin

23.

An enzyme

Which

most

is

stable

fossils

on

that converts the

fibrous fibrin during blood clot-

(A)

Forest

(B)

(C)

Desert

(D)

24. Infective stage

Mountain

Ocean

upheavals

like

above are correct

cavity of

Coelenteron

(B)

Haemocoel

Thyrotrophin

(A)

(B)

Thrombin

(B)

Merozoite

(C)

Sporozoite

(D)

(D) Metacryptozoite

Oxygenase
25.

15.

Trophozoite

(A)

(C) Collegenase

Hydra is

Which

Plasmodium

of

is

ting is

(A)

of the following scientist

Which
is/are

of the following

secreted

by

harmone
pituitary

(C) Archenteron

discovered jumping genes ?

(D) All of these

(A)

HugodeVries

(A)

Somatotrophic hormone

In house fly pseudotracheae are

formed by

(B)

Barbara McClintock

(B)

Follicle stimulating

(C)

Keith Porter

(C) Growth

(D)

Milton

(A)

C.S.V./

eco-

system ?

(D) Lipase

soluble protein fibrinogen into the

of

earthquake

8.

part of

(C)

extinctions

(C) Geological

Body

(B)

that catalyses the

(C) Trypsin
14.

Mass

(B)

is

Ribosomes

An enzyme

of

(A)

Centromere
(A)

(A)

above

drift

22.

(D) Oxidative epimerisation

partial hydrolysis of proteins to

earth

7.

called

m-RNA

polypeptides

of the

(D) All the

is

(A)

None

occurrence

thesis

Oxidative phosphorylation

ture to drop at night

Continental

called

that picks up specific

amino acid pool in the cytoplasm
to ribosome during protein syn-

(A)

(C) Oxidative polymerisation

hump
into its hump

in its

(B) Shunting blood

(C) Allowing

is

The RNA

resistance against

heat of a desert by
(A) Storing

The production of ATP from

phosphate and ADP in aerobic

Rostrum

Rand

gland ?

(D) All the

hormone

hormone

above

March/ 2000/ 95
Copyrighted material

26.

Demonstration
tioned reflax
Karl

(A)

of

first

condi-

(A)

was made by

Von

36.

(B)

Robert Brown

(C)

Pavlov

The

Cochlea

(B)

(B)

(D) Retina

(C)

introduction of foreign

DNA

vector

into

(A)

46.

Reverse transcriptase

(B)

(A)

Coelenteron

DNA

ligase

(B)

(D)

Both (B) and (C)

(C)

Coelom
Pseudo coelom
Haemocoelom

The

fluctuation of allele frequen-

cies

in

due

to

(A)

Cytons

(B) Dendrites

(C)

Axons

(D)

Who

Restriction

discovered that blood trans-

a small population entirely

chance is known as

when

(A)

Genetic

(C)

Fitness

successful only

is

enzyme

(D)

37.

Synopses

blood of the donor resembles

Marx

(A)

Karl

(B)

Neel and Beet

47.

39.

m-RNA

(B)

Ribosomal

(C)

f-RNA
All of

Tube

the

above

feet are locomotory

organs

(B) Holocrine

of

(C)

Mesocrine

(D) Endocrine

(A)

Starfish

(B) Jellyfish

(C)

Crop

(D) Silver fish

dicentric chromatid at meiotic

I

would

result in the

40.

formation of

chromo-

Number
(A)

(C)

somes
(B)

Chromatin bridge

(C)

Ring chromosomes

(D)

V-shaped chromosomes

Which one

is

41.

Blood

(B)

(C)

Lymph
Bone marrow

(D)

Spleen

42.

fish

of

is

found

in

49.

are

(B)

50.

(D) Uracil

Precipitin test is

(A)

Fats

in

(B)

Carbohydrates

(A)

Excretion

(B)

Absorption
Respiration

to

Specific antigens

The osmoregulatory

tissue in

all

is

(A)

Epithelial

(B) Connective

(C)

Nervous

(D)

Muscle

The term genotype was propo-

earthworm

(A)

T.H.Morgan

(B)

Boveri

(D)

Johannson

is

(C) Sutton

(C)

performed

sed by

(D) 11

The typhlosole

ANSWERS

(D)

Reproduction

The conversion

of

1.(A)

2. (A)

6. (D)

7. (A)

3. (A)

4.(D)

8. (D)

9. (B)

10. (A)

13. (B) 14. (B)

15. (B)

5. (C)

11. (A) 12. (A)

16. (A) 17. (A)

18. (A) 19. (A) 20. (D)

absorbed food
is ter-

21. (B) 22. (C) 23. (D) 24. (C) 25. (D)

med as

the brain

(B)

Guanine

animals

vertebrae

cervical

mammals

material into protoplasm,

A neopallium

Cytosine

(C)

(C) Lipids

related with

a myeloid tissue ?

(A)

in

in

e.g.

Adenine

(A)

(D)

found

Supernumerary

(A)

found

also a cons-

is

coenzymes

detect

Apourine

anaphase

It

NAD and FAD

48.

RNA

(A)

and RNA.

(D) Altruism

(A)

(D)

Sebaceous glands are

base

nitrogenous

DNA

(B) Speciation

drift

tituent of certain

Mukusick

(D)

26. (C) 27. (D) 28. (C) 29. (B) 30. (B)

of

33.

cavity of coelenterates

(C)

(C) Karl Landsteiner

32.

The body

responsible for

is

38. Translation of proteins require

tetraploid chro-

through

fusion

31

and

is

that of the recipient

30.

generative nuclie

transmission of nerve impulses

27. Acetylcholine

29.

sets of centromere

mosomes

produce

to

Two
Two

(D) Diploid

DNA

r-DNA requires which enzyme ?

(D) Pasteur

28.

Sclera

(C) Choroid

Frisch

(A)

Mammals

(B)

(C)

Fishes

(D) Frogs

Asthama

is

a disease

Birds

(A)

Digestion

(B)

Absorption

31. (C) 32. (A) 33. (B) 34. (A) 35. (C)
36. (D) 37. (A) 38. (D) 39. (A) 40. (C)

(C) Assimilation

(D)

of

41. (B) 42. (C) 43. (C) 44. (C) 45. (A)

Defaecation

46. (A) 47. (B) 48. (D) 49. (A) 50. (D)

34.

(A)

Blood

(B)

Bronchial tubes

(C)

Muscles

(D)

Kidney

43.

was

are

(B) Cuticle

(A)

Pellide

(C)

Hyaline cap (D) Plasmasol

invented
44.

Bladderworm
(A)

Edward Jenner

is

the larva of

Liver fluke

(B)

Reukart

(B)

Planaria

(C)

Muller

(C)

(D)

Rockstein

(D)

Tapeworm
Roundworm

The vascular pigmented middle

layer of the eyeball

Amoeba

HINTS
Nephron

is

the structural and

functional unit of the kidney, con-

by-

35.

of

locomotory organelleles. These

are tipped by
3.

Small pox vaccine

(A)

The pseudopodia

is

called

45.

Genome
(A)

sisting

of

(a glomerulus)

renal

and

corpuscle

urinife-

rous tubule. Water, salts,

genous wastes

etc.

are

nitro-

filtered

across the walls of glomerulus

and collected by the Bowman's
capsule.

is

Haploid set of chromosomes

(Continued on Page 99

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 96

Coc

Model Paper

for Various Medical Entrance

15.

Examinations

The

hepatic portal vein

located

is

between the
(A)

ZOOLOGY

Hepatic portal vein and the

vena cava
(B)

Mouth and the stomach

(C)

Pancreas

and

the

small

intestine
1

Antlers are the horns of

(A)

(C)
2.

Goat

Ox

(C)

(D)

Deer

(D)

Proteins which are tightly associated with

DNA

9.

are
(A)

Spectrins

(C) Histones

(B)

(B) Ankyrin

(D) Elastin

in

the poduc-

ATP

(D)
16.

these are correct

All of

Crossing over occurs

(A)

the chromatin,

in

Are involved
tion of

Rhino

(B)

Anticoagulant Heparin
ted

is

secre-

between
same

(A)

chromosomes

(B)

As the bicarbonate

Two

(C)

Combined

different bivalents

Non

(D)

Two daughter nuclie

10.

Mast

(B)

Fibroblasts

(C)

Plasmocytes

cells

sister chromatids of

(D) All of these are correct

17.

(A)

Sugars

(B)

Less water

(C)

More water
Both A and C are

(B)

Cross bridges, which connect the

molecules of a fibril during mus-

(C)

geneti-

individuals

Identify

Is

the basis for

DNA

5.

Actin

(B)

Collagen

1 1

(C)

Myosin

(D)

Creatine phosphate

The phenomenon
sis' is

found

of 'metachro-

12.

in

(A)

Mammals

(B)

Amphibia

18.

Can be

subjected

gel

to

All of

these are correct

The osmoregulatory
animals is

tissue

(C)

Epithelial

(B)

Nervous

(D) Muscular

(A)

chronic

or

may develop

19.

blood

from

Not enough blood proteins

due

(D)

are called

7.

Neurohormones

that

Outstress hormone

(A)

Which nerve innervates the muscles of tounge, jaws and hyoid ?

(A)

Vagus

(B)

Hypoglossal

(C)

Facial

(B)

C.S.V./

in

cancer therapy

21.

(B)

T-cells.

(D)

(D) All of these are correct

Release energy as electrons

(C) Vitamin

and chloroplasts

14.

(D) Vitamin

Is

more

seen

often

in child-

ren of mothers attaining the

age

are transferred

mitochon-

Is always caused by nonchromoof

some-21
Shows no overt abnormali-

ties

(C)

bear antigens
be recognizable

cells

by cytotoxic

Blood volume restoration

disjunction

Lymphokines stimulate the

Which vitamin helps in formation

of Red blood cells ?
(A) Vitamin B 12 (B) Vitamin B 6

in

pota-

Down syndrome
(A)

cancer develops, the immune system has been in-

that should

Are found both

excreto

is

immune system

systems

to

Kidneys to reabsorb sodium

(D) All of these are correct

If

Cancer

Kidneys

ions

the use of

effective

(B)

Glossopharyngeal

Electron transport

stress

caffeine or nico-

The theory behind

(D)

dria

Aldosterone causes the

(C)
13.

(C)

(A)

lysosome
gene

ssium ions

Too much

lymphokines

(D)

ribosome

tine

Emergency hormone

(C)

8.

Viral

(C) Viral

cholesterol

Too much emotional

Gonadotrophic hormone

(B)

Virus

(B)

(B)

together

CNS

is

(A)

(A)

LH and FSH hormones

(A)

A virion

diet

(C)
6.

high

High-fat,

impulses

Both to and away from the

(D) Viral

to low-protein diet

20.
(B)

above

correct

CNS

the

(D) Only inside the

Connective

(A)

Hypotension

Away from

to ex-

ANS

in all

(C)

pressure

(C) Birds
(D) All of the

A spinal nerve carries

(A) TotheCNS
(B)

(D)
(A)

(D)

finger-

electrophoresis

made of

cle contraction, are

causes individuals

morphisms (RFLPs)

prints
4.

ADH
crete

cally

(D) Adipocytes

ion

with carbonic an-

hydrase

Restriction fragment length poly-

(A)

the

moglobin

Sister chromatids of

(C)

liver
in

combination with methae-

In

by

(A)

carried

is

plasma

bivalent
3.

Small intestine and the

Carbon dioxide

22.

Both

When a
is

of forty

and above

A and C

are correct

population

is

small, there

a greater chance of

(A)

Gene

(B)

Genetic

flow
drift

March/ 2000/ 97
Copyrighted material

23.

(C)

Natural selection

(B)

(D)

Mutations occurring

(C)

Electron transport system

(D)

Both

When

two

gene

pairs

characters
is

more

or

nonallelic

the same
same way, this

affect

in

the

31

24.

Major arteries

SAnode

Polygenic inheritance

(B)

(B)

Pleiotropy

(C) Atria

Which

32.

systems

of these

(A)

and

Digestive

and

Adreno-cortico tropic hormone (ACTH) from the ante-

Nervous
system

and

(C) Cortisol from

Endocrine

(B)

When

(D) All of these are correct

39.

ing

(A)

Na +

membrane,

to cross the

of

these does not

to

Positive outside

Have passed through

the

no difference

is

in

41.

inside
(D)

and

34.

Any

The

rejection of old, worn-

transcribed

RNA

these could be correct

Excretion of a hypertonic urine

is associated with the

Pressure

filtrate

is

in

liberate anti-

(A)

Glomerular capsule

(B)

Proximal convoluted tubule

associated

(C)

Loop

(D)

Distal

of the

42.

B and C are

Glomerular capsule

(B)

Distal convoluted tubule

35.

(C) Collecting duct

(D) All of these are correct

nephron

function of cerebellum

(A)

(C)

ATCG
TAGC
AUCG

(D)

Both

(D)

The

transition

(A)

Muscle coordination

(B)

(B)

Balance coordination

(C)

(C) Transmitting impulses

(D) All of the

36.

above

29. Antibodies are synthesized

by

B lymphocytes

(B)

Phagocytes

(C)

Helper

(D)

Killer

T lymphocytes

correct.

takes place

in

Glycolysis

(A)

Connects glycolysis

(B)

krebs cycle
Gives off C0 2

(C)

Utilizes

to the

down

longest ?
(B)

Telophase

(C)

Prophase

(D)

Metaphase

Which one

of the following

(A)

Germ

(B)

Somatic

(C)

Pituitary cell

is

cell

cell

(D) Glomerular cell

and sea anemone

is

to

called

(A)

Commensalism

(B)

Symbiosis

(C)

Mutualism

(D)

None

these

of

The process by which the developing notochord causes dorsal

ectoderm above it to form a

(B)

Pyruvate molecules, which

system

are correct

of Mitotic cell divi-

Anaphase

(A)

take electrons to the electron transport

RNA will be

(A)

neural plate

NAD+

Fatty acids are broken

(A)

is

in

then the seque-

A and B

Which stage

association

44.

reaction

(D) All of these are correct

37.

in

43. Hermit crab

Inversion

T lymphocytes

30. Substrate-level phosphorylation

bases

are undergoing synapsis?

and translocation
Deletion and duplication
Deletion and inversion
Duplication and translocation

(A)

is

convoluted tubule

Which two of these chromosomal

mutations are most likely to
occur when homologous chromo-

somes

TAGC,

immortal ?

with the
(A)

is

of

sion

of

humans

bodies

(A)

is

nce

Specific receptors

(D) Synthesize

(A)

transcription

that occurs after

RNA

the sequences of bases

If

(B)

and nega-

charge between outside and

(C) Antibody-mediated antibody

The

An event

DNA

Negative outside and posi-

(C) There

thymus

28.

(B)

(D) Both

40.

tive inside

Which one

pertain to B-cells ?

27.

The same as

out

tive inside

(B)

(D) All of these are correct

(B)

is

(A)

the adrenal

the action potential begins

the polarity changes

one tissue by

Induction of

one another

(A)

RNA processing

sodium gate opening and allow-

Overall growth

(C) Genetic mutations

26.

Bases are hydrogen-bonded

one another

to

(C)

33.

ted with
(A)

Sugars are covalently bonded to the phosphates

(D) All of these are correct.

best associa-

is

the

(B)

cortex.

Morphogenesis

these are correct

molecule,

Bases are covalently bonded to the sugars

rior pituitary.

(D) All of these are correct

25.

of

All of

DNA

(A)

(C)

(B)

Nervous

In

Cortisol level controls

Releasing hormone from the

hypothalamus.

system
(C)

Acetyl groups, which enter

the krebs cycle

Amino acids, which excrete

ammonia

ventricle

(A)

excretory

system
Respiratory

The blood

the secretion

contri-

bute to homeostasis ?

(B)

and

38.

(D) All of these are correct

(D) Additive expressivity

(B)

(C)

(D)

the

(A)

(A)

(C) Total penetrance

A and B

Systole refers to the contraction

of

called

Krebs cycle

is

known

as

Induction

Invagination

(C) Differentiation
(D)

Morphogenesis

45. Transformation of a non-motile,

unspecialized spermatid into a

C.S.V./March/2000/98
Copyrighted material

sperm

prise chromatid, forming the bulk

and specialized mature

motile

(A)

Spermatogenesis

(B)

Spermatogonia

21.

46.

Segments

trisomy

of moving into and out

a chromosome are called
(A) Transposons

capable

(B)

47.

Replicon

(D)

Muton

The

tancy.

ovulation

is

started with the

hormone

(D)

NAD +

seen

often

reaction molecule
partial

chemical

CO2

given

is

All

of the

above

off

Transposon is a DNA segment

which can move from one posi-

genome

and that of phosphate rises.

Such a condition is responsible

Progesterone

(D) All of the

larval

(Continued from Page

in

the

life

4.

in

an earthworm

of

materials

i.e.,

Gut

is

(C) Blood

Coelom

(D)

Lymph

cells secreting

11. Sertoli cells are large pillar like

cells located in the epithelium of

rish

(D)

2.(C)

3. (A)

4.(C)

5.(B)

7. (B)

8. (D)

9. (C)

10. (D)

12.
11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (D) 14. (A) 15. (D)

The production of ATP from

phosphate and ADP in aerobic
rylation

26. (A) 27. (A) 28. (D) 29. (A) 30. (D)

36. (D) 37. (B) 38. (D) 39. (B) 40. (C)

41. (C) 42. (A) 43. (A) 44. (A) 45. (C)
46. (A) 47. (D) 48. (C) 49. (A) 50. (B)

HINTS
2.

occurs

region

in

mammals.

these are 7

in

In

mammals

number.

41

Typholosole helps
It

47.

nitrogenous

DNA and RNA.

of

them

initiates

proteins,

into smaller

the

splitting

absorption.

It

base found in
is also a consti-

enzymes

e.g.,

and when com-

bined with the sugar ribose it

adenosine
forms
nucleoside
found in AMP, ADP and ATP.

secreted

Pepsin

in

increases the absorptive area

of intestine.

NAD and FAD

by the gastric
glands of stomach in an inactive
form, pepsinogen and is activated by hydrogen ions. At pH
value of 4-6 and less pepsin activates pepsinogen e.g., it is autois

digestion

C.S.V./

to

40. Cervical vertebra pertain to neck

chain.

catalytic.

basic

It

erythroblasts, myelocytes,

tuent of certain

proteins

are

It

and mature myeloid elements.

phospho-

mitochondria,

in

which package the eukaryotic

DNA. DNA and histones com-

Histones

atta-

spindle

containing scattered fat

the energy being provided by

steps in the electron transport

It

becomes

nuclear

Red bone marrow attached

cells,

31. (C) 32. (D) 33. (A) 34. (C) 35. (B)
13.

that

developing spermatozoa.

respiration. Oxidative

18. (C) 19. (A) 20. (D)

21. (D) 22. (B) 23. (A) 24. (D) 25. (B)

the region of the

is

the

also called primary constric-

meshes

the vertebrate testis, which nou-

6. (B)

to

argyrophil fibres which form wide

mucus,

gen pro-enzyme.

ANSWERS

cyclic

tion.

31.

oxyntic cells secreting HCI and

zymogen cells secreting pepsino-

from

directly

(B)

neck

during mitosis and meiosis.

does not stain with basic dyes.

the

three types of secretory cells,

the

16. (B) 17. (B)

ched

lamina propria. Each gland has

A nephridium
drains

Centromere

The mucosa of stomach is highly

folded and the single layered
mucous membrane of the infoldings forms tubular and often
branched gastric glands

(D) Trochophore

cycle

chromosome

Miracidium

Redia

96

glyco-

in

Kreb's

in

manner, the complete oxidation

CoA-takes place.

is first

cycle of Fasciola hepatica ?

(C)

CoA produced
enters

of acetyl

22.

stage involved

Planula

above

of the following

(B)

lysis

through various steps in mitochondria as a result of different

reactions, taking place in

Estrogen

(B)

Which one

neuromuscular hyperexcitabi-

20. Acetyl

to other.

stimulated

is

(C) Gonadotropins

1.

there is under secretion of

parathormone, the lend of calcium in ECF falls (hypocalcemia)

Itty.

(A)

(A)

When

17.

Such type
connect glycolysis to

by-

50.

Thus on increased output of Cortisol is life saving in shock conditions.

stress reactions.

for

Spermatogenesis

(ft)

from the severe after effects of

in

the krebs cycle.

46.

tion in the

49.

Adrenal cortex secretes Cortisol

which serve to maintain the body
in living condition and recoup it

16.

is utilized.

of reactions

(C) Estrogen

48.

from one place to another.

21.

Char-

and above.

of forty

In transition

and

FSH

more

is

It

has undergone a
reaction in which

stimulation of

(B)

of

children of mothers attain the

age

Luteinizing

congenital

is

chromosome

mongoloid facial features, simian

palm and reduced life expec-

of

36.

(A)

transposable elements which can

transfer their protein in the gene

acterized by mental retardation,

Template

(C)

the theory of jumping genes or

people caused by

(often by non-disjunction).

DNA, which are

of

Down syndrome
disorder of

(C) Spermiogenesis
(D) Spermatocyte

proposed

McClintock

Barbara

15.

chromosome.

of eukaryotic

called

is

50.

The term genotype was proposed by Johannson (1909) for

heredity or genetic constitution of

an

individual.

fragments.

March/ 2000/ 99
Cop

Best Fifteen Questions

The

producing by

light

(B)

fireflies, is

the result of a light producing

ATP and
zyme

(D)

catalyzed by en-

is

Disulphide bonds

(B)

A and B
None of the above

(C)

7.

Nervous

stimulation

(A) Luciferase

(A)

Kinase

(D) Trypsin

Stomach mucosa cells release

enzyme

the inactive
(A)

Pepsinogen

(B)

Renin

(B)

Results

(C)

Causes

in

an action

potential

be
released from storage sacs
calcium

to

8.

Diabetes mellitus

is

(D) All the

above

The energy

rich

hydrogen atoms

associated

by

carrier

molecule

(A)

(C)
4.

CTP
ATP

13.

(D)

9.

histamine ?

level

Bradykinin

(C)

Interferon

Retinal

(D)

Lymphokines

is

(B)

(C)

Found
cones

C0 2

(B) 2

Which one of the following

a communicable disease ?

in

both

is

not

10.

ATP

synthase complex

is

found

in

15.

Mitochondrial matrix

(A)

Tuberculosis

(B)

Influenza

(B)

Cristae of mitochondria

(C)

Cytoplasm

(D)

Endoplasmic reticulum

Common

cold

differ

principally

in

1 1

Gene
host

their

(A)

Type

of

of

these

(A)

Produce

is

not a func-

(B)

Store glucose

bile

(C)

Produce urea

(D)

Make

red blood cells

An animal must have some way

moving air or water across its
gas-exchange surfaces, a process known as
(A) Countercurrent exchange
of

(C) Botulism
(D)

Which one

tion of the liver in adults ?

and

rods

(A)

Antibodies

14.

part of rhodopsin

(D) All of these are correct

(D) 10

(C) 8

6.

Erythropoietin

(B^

sti-

release

cells to

(A)

mole-

of

the sensation of pain, and

too dilute

cycle

number

in

(D) All of these are correct

cules released from the Krebs

total

the

molecule

nerve impulses, resulting

mulates most

is

to

DNA

of the following

blood

Sensitive to light energy

The

Which

Too high a blood glucose

(A)

(A)

5.

NAD
cAMP

(B)

viral

cDNA

Too much

(C) Blood that

known as

Polymerizes host

(B)

are transported to the electron

system

Disintegrates host

(A)

in

DNA
DNA
RNA

(A)

(B)

initiates

insulin

have a special

(D) Translates host

with

3.

above

retroviruses

(C) Transcribes

(D) All of these are correct

(C) Gastrin

RNA

enzyme that

neuromuscular

at

junctions

(C) Collagenase

2.

12.

Occurs

Carry recombined gene

(D) All the

mus-

of

cles
(B) Protein

Plasmid reproduces daughter nuclie

(C) Both

and

reaction involving luciferin

heavy protein chain

(A)

cloning

cell

is

achieved when a

takes up

The recombined plasmid

(B)

Ventilation

(C)

Facilitated diffusion

(D) Active respiration

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A)

2. (A)

3.(B)

4. (A)

6. (A)

7. (D)

8. (B)

9. (D)

5.

molecules of

(C)

total

11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (D) 15. (B)
3.

transport system by a carrier

molecule known as

NAD

(Nicoti-

namide adenine dinucleotide).

As a result, NAD changes to
NADH.
4.

During the krebs cycle, the

acetyl group

is

C2

oxidized to two

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 100

C0 2

are four

The energy-rich hydrogen atoms

are transported to the electron

C02

Because two

chains forming mirror images of

each other and joined by a

acetyl groups are utilized so the

10. (B)

6.

in

molecules synthesized

Five major classes differ princi-

heavy chain,
which the
molecule is a polymer of immunoglobulin
'monomers'. Each
immunoglobulin unit comprises
two identical H (heavy) and two
identical
L (light) polypeptide
pally in their type of

and the degree

to

hinge

flexible

number.

region

involving

disulphide bridges.
10.

ATP

synthase system complex

found

which

ATP

in

is

cristae of mitochondria

ATP by an
ATP leaves the

synthesize

synthase.

matrix

by

way

of

a protein

channel.

Topic on Botany

THE BOUNDARY AROUND THE PLANT CELL

Dipanjan Ghosh
Outermost layer = Si

Plant cells are characterised by the presence of a

membrane

non-living envelope outside the cell

called the

Central layer =

cell wall. This boundary is very much rigid and thick

which ensures the tolerance of the turgor pressure due to
absorption of water by the cell, and is taken as an

The S 2

outstanding point of difference between plant and animal

cell wall in

cells.

Frey-Wyssling

Structure of the Cell Wall

Cell wall consists of three distinct layers.
(i)

These are

S2

Innermost layer =

S3

or central layer

llate

tertiary

two

strata

is

the thickest.

some cases show more

The secondary

than three layers.

(1976) recognised an innermost lamewall. This wall layer is differentiated into

membranogenous

stratum

and warty

stratum.

Middle lamella or intercellular substance

(ii)

(iii)

Chemical Nature of the Cell Wall

Primary wall

From the chemical point of view the plant cell wall

and higher plants) is made up of celluand diffe-

Secondary wall

(including algae
Primary

Secondary

^sc&W wall \

cell wall

Tertiary

lose, hemicellulose, pectin, lignin, glycoprotein

wall layer

is the unbranched chain

polysaccharides made up of the aggregation of roughly
10000 glucose monomer through a-1 4-glucosidic bonds.

rent types of proteins. Cellulose

of

The

i
U

the

Warty

are associated together forming a network of

cellulose strands

^{stratum

s3

S,

Middle

cellulose chains which form the crystalline region of

cell wall

in

the

100 cellulose chains

Membranous

is

constitute a microfibril,

stratum
is

Fig.

called

cell wall. An association of about

termed as a micelle, 20 micelles
an aggregation of 250 microfibrils

fibril.

Different layers of plant cell-wall.

Tertiary wall

Cellulose

layer

molecular

Mjce e
Fibni

Fig.

Diagrammatic representation of the

composition of

Secondary

fibril

Q
4<^3>1 4<^^>t 4<^7 >

cell wall

3
Fig.

2
:

Structure of Cellulose

This cellulose forms the microfibrillar structure at the

outer boundary of plant

cell. Hemicellulose is also a

branched polysaccharide binds with the surface of the
bond and thus
giving the boundary a network system. Pectin is another
branched polysaccharide and makes cross linking in the
network. But pectin is negatively charged component and

cellulose microfibrils forming hydrogen

Fig.

3-D Diagram of Cell Wall.

Middle Lamella

It

is

the cementing material that

holds the individual cells together to form tissue. Middle

located in between two primary walls of

lamella

is

adjacent

cells.

traps water molecules imparting the gel nature of the cell

wall.

Primary Wall It is the first true wall that develops on

the new cell. In case of parenchymatous cell it is the only

In secondary cell wall the cellulose microfibrils are

arranged in a particular fashion and it is the major
component of the secondary cell wall ranging from 50-

cell wall.

80%

Secondary
the primary wall

WallThe wall layer located inside

known as the secondary cell wall. It is

of the wall materials. Hemicellulose

is

also present

in

Cell

small amount. But another additional phenolic residue

is

lignin is

very thick and consists of three distinct layers

tracheids

in fibres

and

present

strength which

in

the secondary wall increasing

is

required

in

its

tencil

the cells involved

in

conduction and mechanical support.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 101

Copyrighted material

Daughter
Nuclei

'

O oooeoo

hi, milium

oo o o o o e>

Formation of
Cell Plate

O
////////////////////

o
Fig.

Physico-Chemical Nature of Cell Wall (Hemicellu-

/\

loses Bind to the Surface of Cellulose Microfibrils,

Forming A fibrous Network that

in

is

embedded

remains at the extreme outside of

can expand with the increase in

cell wall
it

volume of the cell due to presence of

lose and pectin in equal proportions.

lose

and

hemicellu-

present

Lignin

are

pectin

is

Cell Wall

present

Presence

cellulose

of

comparatively lower

is

than

the

of

sporoderm

show centripetal growth

stratification

the growth

Deposition of wall materials

equal amount.

Presence

of the Cell Wall

Cell walls mostly

case

roughly

in

I
Formation of
Middle Lamella

Origin of cell wall (Diagrammatic Representation)

Growth

ins-

tead of pectin.

Pn^a^CeHWall
Fig.

Cellulose,

cellulose, hemicellu-

Secondary

Primary Cell Wall

'

Primary

is

of

Cell P'

a Gel-like matrix of pectins)

the 'plant cell and

Centrifugal

^/Growth

of cellulose

is

but

in

centrifugal.

is

known as

apposition. Growth by apposition is usually centrifugal,

occurring from outside. The secondary wall formation
takes place

huge.

secondary

layers

in

when

the

cell

ceases

its

growth or expansion.

Cell Exterior

wall.

Arrangement

3.

lose

of cellu-

3.

are

microfibrils

Primary

shows

Arrangement
specific pattern,

random.
Secondary

Gel-like in nature

4.

4.

The middle lamella

magnesium pectate. The
lized

is

Not

gel-like in nature.

made up

of

calcium and

pectic substances are solubi-

here by pectinase and chemical reagents.

The

is made up of chitin
and the
made up of muramic acid and

fungal cell wall

bacterial cell wall

is

glucosamine.

Centrifugal Growth

Fig.

Centripetal

Development of

cell Wall.

There are different views regarding the probable

method of the growth of cells in surface area. Usually
modes of cell growth. These are

Origin of the Cell Wall:

there are three different

In

eukaryotic plant

cell,

nuclear division

is

followed by
(i)

cell wall

formation.

It

is

known as

cytokinesis. During

is formed in between two daughter

first endoplasmic reticula
accumulate in the equatorial region of the cell. The
endoplasmic reticulum, phragmoplast and Golgi apparatus secrete pectic substances in the form of droplets.
Later these droplets cohere to form the Cell plate. Now
the cell plate grows centrifugally forming the middle
lamella. Primary cell wall is deposited on the middle
lamella by the activities of the daughter cytoplasmic
masses. The primary cell wall is deposited throughout the
middle lamella except some areas.These areas are
known as Primary pit fields. Through these primary pit
fields, the daughter cytoplasmic masses maintain the

cytokinesis cell wall

cytoplasmic masses. Here at

continuity in the form of cytoplasmic strands.

the

Plasmodesmata.

C.S.V./

These are

rials

Intussusception In this process new wall matedown between particles of the existing

are laid

substance of the expanding wall

in

some

localised areas.

Multinet Growth According to this view (as

(ii)
proposed by Houwink and Roelofsen, 1954), loosening
of the microfibrils is followed by deposition of new wall
layer.

Second

layer

First layer

(iii) Mosaic
Growth According to this view (as
postulated by Frey-Wyssling and Stecher, 1951), cell
grows by multinet as well as intussusception.

March/ 2000/ 102

Copyrighted material

Growth

of cells

may show symplastic or intrussiye

is no new area of contact~but

pattern. In the former there

in

the latter

new areas

Symplastic Growth

(d)
pit

Aspirated Pit A non-functional pit in which the

is blocked by the torus is called an aspirated

aperture

P,

of contacts are produced.

Intrussive

(e) Vestured PitA pit in which the pit chamber is

blocked by minute outgrowths from the rim of the pit
aperture and the pit membrane is known as vestured pit.

Growth

Various Modifications of the Cell Wall

Outgrowths

Cell walls are variously modified to perform different

functions. Certain portions of the cell wall remain thin

even as the secondary

cell wall

formed and they,

is

therefore, consist only of the primary cell wall.

These are

known as pits. Pits provide a channel through which

adjacent cells communicate. Generally each pit has a
complementary

pit exactly opposite in the wall of the

neighbouring cell. These two complementary pits are
known as pit pair. Pits may be of different types. Few
interesting modifications of pit are as follows
:

(f)

pit

Compound/Unilateral Compound PitA large

is complemented by two or more small pits on

which

the adjacent side

is

Compound

called

pit.

Simple PitThe pit in which the pit aperture as

as the pit chamber are equal in diameter is known as
(a)

well

Simple

pit.

,Pitaperture

(g)

Pit

is

Bordered

differentiated into torus

bordered

pit.

The

of the bordered

is

pit

without any corresponding

called

a blind

pit

on

pit.

Chamber -

Pit
The pit in which the
over-arched by the secondary wall and the
(b)

Blind PitA

the adjacent wall

-Cell Wall

and

margo

pit
pit

is

chamber

is

membrane
known as

torus regulates the functional activities

Secondary

cell wall

materials are deposited variously

to form annular, spiral, scalariform or reticulate thickening

on tracheids or trachea

of vascular plants.

pit.
Pit

Aperture

E=J
c=t
1=3

d>
cr>

a
a
a
1

i=i
nzi
c=t

a
1=3
:=:

Pit

Presence
pits

of

Chamber

of torus is characteristic in the

gymnospermsConiferales,

Gnetales. They occur

Ginkgo

and

groups of vascular

rarely in other

Annular

bordered

Spiral

Scalariform

Tracheids of gymnospermous wood show 'inear or

or less circular thickening on the primary wall and

more

middle lamella on two sides of the bordered pits. These

are referred as Crassulae or bars of Sanio. Crassulae
represent the borders of the primary pit fields of young

plants.

cells.

Bars
Pit

(c)

Half Bordered

of

Sanic

Membrane

PitA

the rest half with a simple

pit is

and
known as half bordered

pit

with half bordered

pit.

C.S.V./

11

March/ 2000/ 103

ipyrighted material

A
lumen

rod-shaped thickening of the

of the cell

plants.

It

is

cell wall traversing

may be sometimes encountered

is

the

30.

some

termed as trabeculae, which usually occurs

Gypsum on
What

(D)

The

setting of the

(A)

Exothermic reaction

(B)

(C)

TRABECULAE

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Plant cells differ from animal cells
in one
ways

(A)

8.

The plane

of cell wall formation

is

31

determined by

of the following important

Plant cells are not so specialized

(B)

about

to

plaster of Paris.

the composition of plas-

2CaS0 4 -3H2 0
CaS0 4 H 2 0
2CaS0 4 H 2 0
CaS0 4

(A)

is

ter of Paris ?

long radial series of cells.

heating

120C forms the

in

is

(A)

Endoplasmic reticulum

(B)

Endothermic reaction

(B)

Nucleus

(C)

Neither
exothermic
endothermic

(D)

None

(C) Golgi bodies

Plant cells are comparatively

cement

(D) Microtubules

nor

correct

is

bigger
(C) All plant cells

possess chlo-

9.

rophyll

(D)

The

Plant cells have

rigid cell

function of amyloplast

(A)

Store fats

(B)

Absorb water

is

10.

(D) Store starch

is

the
32.

Cutin

Which

(B)

Mannose

Primary

(B)

Secondary

(C)

Middle lamella

Silica gel

(B)

P2 05

The 'torus'
made up of

(D)

of bordered pits is

(A)

Phospholipids

(B)

Glucose

33.

fire-work gives green flame,

If

1.(D)

2.(D)

3.(C)

4. (A)

5.(B)

6. (A)

7. (A)

8. (D)

9. (D)

10. (D)

34.

the

following

present

in

(A)

Na

(B)

the

(C)

Mg

(D)

The

electrolysis of

(A)

Mg

K
Ba

KCIMgCI 2 -6H 2 0 gives

is

(B) Lignic

(C) Suberin

of

may be

fire-work ?

dantly present in middle lamella

Pectin

one

radicals

The chemical substance abun-

(A)

H 2 S0 4

Hydrated CaCI 2

which

ANSWERS

cell wall

(D) Cellulose

(A)

(C) Cone.

(D) Suberin

cell wall

subs-

not a drying and dehy-

(D) Galacturonic acid

(C) Cutin

(A)

of the following
is

drating agent ?

Cell walls of adjacent cells are

connected by

4.

of

(A)

(C) Glucose

to

(C) Absorb light

3.

a carbohydrate,

tances

wall
2.

Pectin,

polymer

(Continued from Page

57

(B)

(C)

K and Mg both
MgandCI 2

(D)

(D) Cutin
\

5.

Continuity of cytoplasm from cell

35.

to cell is maintained through

(A)

(B)

Middle lamella
27.

6.

multinucleate cell

(A)

is

28.

(C)

(D)
7.

(A)

of

these

CaO

(C)

Ca 3 (P0 4

Which

During the formation of

(A)
cell wall

the secreted outermost layer of

CaSC-4

(C)

(D)

Ca(H 2 P04 ) 2

(D)

of the following salts

29.

MgS0 4

(B)

(D) BaCI 2

Gypsum has

the

(A)

Primary wall

(A)

(B)

Secondary

(B)

wall

(C) Middle lamella

above

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 104

(C)
(D)

CaC03 < KHC0 3 < NaHC0 3

NaHC0 3 < KHCO3 < CaC03
KHCO3 < NaHC0 3 < CaC03
CaC03 < NaHCG-3 < KHCO3

does

CaCI 2

(C) Sr(NC>3) 2

ANSWERS

composition

1.(0

2. (A)

3.(D)

4. (A)

5.(D)

6. (D)

7. (D)

8. (B)

9. (C)

10. (C)

11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (D)
16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (D)

21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (D) 24. (C) 25. (C)

as

is

(D) All of the

)2

(B)

the flame ?

Synaptoneme
Coenobium

cellulose

(B)

Bone ash contains

(A)

not impart characteristic colour to

(B) Thallus

the correct increasing

order of solubility ?

None

called

Coenocyte

is

Both (A) and (B)

(D)

Plasmodesmata

cambium
None of the above

(C) Vascular
(D)

Which

(C)

2CaS0 4 -2H 2 0
2MgS0 4 -2H 2 0
CaS0 4 -3H 2 0
CaS0 4 -2H 2 0

26. (C) 27. (C) 28. (A) 29. (D) 30. (C)
31. (A) 32. (D) 33. (D) 34. (D) 35. (D)

^^^^^^^^^i^

Topic on Botany ^^^mmmmm^^^atm^^^^^m

AND CONSERVATION

SOIL EROSION

a complex of living and non-living components.

a medium of anchorage and sustenance for the
is reduced by growing continuously.
Soil fertility is also lost by transportation of the soil by
many natural agents like water, air etc. Man is one of the
major agents which causes transportation by using
modern mechanical methods of agriculture. This transportation of upper fertile layer of the soil is often called as
soil erosion. The methods used for checking the transportation or loss of soil are together known as soil
conservation.
Soil is

It

is

plants. Fertility of soil

Top soil is about 15-20 cm deep. It takes about 5001000 years for the formation of 2-3 cm top soil by natural
methods. Generally, there remains a balance between
process which form soil and those processes which cause
its loss. However, this balance get disturbed
there is
sudden and heavy loss due to wind, water etc.
if

Types of
There are two types

Soil Erosion

of soil erosion

Geological or Normal Soil Erosion In such a

(i)

type of

soil

erosion the top

removed by physical

soil is

agencies of water or wind under normal conditions

physical, biological and hydrological equilibria. The rate
soil

and

erosion
soil

is

slow. In this type the rate of

soil

of
of

formation

loss are both balanced. This erosion often

produces a wavy or undulating surface with alternate

ridges and depressions.
(ii)

The removal

Accelerated Soil Erosion

of top

occurs at a much faster rate as compared to the

formation of new soil from below. It results in the permanent loss of fertile part of the soil. Accelerated erosion
occurs due to both physical and biotic factors. Amongst
soil

the most important physical factors are excessive rainfall

and drought. Pimental et al (1995) have estimated that
one third of arable land of world has been lost through soil

that sheet erosion

not easily discernible.

is

most widespread and occurs

in

are formed so
is,

It

however,

serious proportions on

unprotected soils having 1-2% slope. Sheet erosion

causes thinning
areas of

light

(b) Rill

cutting

of surface layers of soil.

It

gives rise to

colour or galled spots.

Erosion

The

run

water has a great

off

and carrying power. Whenever it meets loose or

and uneven area, causes cutting of soil. The
appear in the form of finger like or groove like

tilted soil

it

initially

narrow depressions called rills. The rills function as

narrow water channels in which flowing water picks up
more speed and higher cutting power.
Rills join to form deeper and
(c) Gully Erosion
wider channels called gullies. Formation of gully is
assisted by the presence of natural depressions, field
furrows, animals trails, wheel marks or marks of
agricultural implements. Gullies are either V- or U-shaped.
(2) Wind ErosionThis occurs commonly in dry
regions like deserts. High velocity winds carry soil particles from one place to another. This occurs by following

methods
Suspension The fine soil particles, less than the
1 mm, get suspended in wind. They are carried as
dust. The dust stroms contain these particles in large
number. They are deposited several kilometres away

three

(a)

size of

when

the wind velocity decreases.

(b)

size of

Saltation
1

0-1

-5

the ground for

It

occurs

in

case

of particles

having a

cm. The particles are forced to roll along

some distance and then suddenly kicked

However, because of
suspension for long.
fall back to the
ground into an almost straight line. On striking the ground
these particles may rebound and undergo another salta-

up

into the air

by the force

of wind.

weight they can not remain

their

30

After about a height of

cm

in

the particles

tion or sink to the surface.

erosion during last forty years.

of soil erosion

Large sized and heavy soil

(c) Surface Creep
can not be blown into the air. These are only
pushed due to great velocity of wind. This type of erosion
forms sand dunes.
particles

Major Soil Erosion Agents

Following are' the types
agents involved

No conspicuous water channels

sheets.

cuts

Soil Erosion

Sheet Erosion It occurs on the smooth and

The top soil is removed in thin layers or

(a)

gentle slopes.

based on

The formation

of desert is controlled

by several factors.

(1)

Water erosion

(2)
(3)

Wind erosion
Land slides

formation and spread of deserts. Thar desert of Indian sub-

(4)

Stream bank erosion and

continent (Rajasthan, and Sind area of Pakistan) has

(5)

Overgrazing and deforestation

formed by the combination of all these factors.

suffered at least 5 arid periods since the stone age (Legris
and Meher Homji 1975). Part of the area got temporarily
submerged under sea. Some of the rivers flowing through
the area changed their courses or become dry.

Dry weather, drying of

and

Water Erosion Water erosion occurs during the

melting of snow and heavy rainfall which can not be
absorbed by soil. Soil cover and the slope of the area
(1

falling of trees

some

of the important

causes

of

been
It
has

determine the degree of water erosion. In the absence of

soil cover rain drops bombard the soil directly and churn
up the same. This takes place by following three

due

methods

or shade

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 105

rivers overgrazing, clean tilling, fire

are

(3)

Parts of the hills become heavier

and heavy rains. These parts either fall
downwards due to gravitational pull..

Land Slides

to continuous

(4) Stream Bank or Riparian Erosion The flood

water strike constantly against the river banks. This
results in causing through the banks and new water
channels are formed. The river may now change the
course and water begins to flow in different directions.

Overgrazing and DeforestationThe top soil

soil fertility decreases due to overgraof the major reasons for the formation of
Rajasthan desert is said to be overgrazing.
(5)

gets removed and

zing.

One

advanced agronomical methods

tional farmings or

which are given as below

Contour FarmingThis method is practiced in

the hilly regions or on the slopes. The rain water, in such
areas, is absorbed in very little amount because of its
quick downward movement on the slopes. If these slopy
areas are ploughed up and down the slope, the heavy
(a)

may cause

rainfall
in

development. Taking this defect

areas are ploughed and
i.e., in circular furrows around

gully

consideration, the

slopy

seeded against the slope

the slopes. This process

Conservation

Soil

The contours
Soil conservation is the practice of arresting

and

minimizing artificially accelerated soil deterioration.

importance has grown because cultivation of soils
agricultural production, deforestation

and

Its

for

forest cutting,

downwardly moving water

and position of the soil have increased

the last one hundred years. Soil conservation is

greatly

in

defined as "the
soil

management

water for crops, reduces

of soil to prevent or

reduce

erosion and depletion by wind and water or bio-

yielding of crops.

Cropping Strip

Strip

(b)

method which employs

actual act of soil conservation

is

based on certain

Prevention of water from concentrating and

moving down the slope in a narrow path.

To slow down

the water

movement when

it

flows

along the slope.

To grow the

IV.

soil

particles.

and

To encourage more water to

Reduction in the wind velocity near the ground

by growing vegetation and riding the land.

VII.

To increase the

soil.

size of soil particles.

Accelerated erosion due to misuse of resources of

land, water and soil is today one of the most difficult and
pressing problems before man. The problem has received
the attention of forest ecologists,

soil scientists

and

soil

practical

means

types

Field Strip

Cropping

more or less parallel strips across

not on the exact contour.

It

is

is

a kind of farming

fairly

in

uniform slopes but

(iii) Temporary or Permanent Buffer Strip Cropping It is a special type of contour strip cropping in
which attention is paid to check the soil erosion. In such
type, crop rotation practice is not applied and on the strip
perennial legumes and grasses are planted on temporary
or permanent basis.

(iv)

Wind

Strip

Cropping In

this

case

tall

growing

plants alternating with short growing crops are

sown

long straight stips right across

of

the

direction

in

wind

regardless of contour.

engineers only recently.

In India soil conservation is supervised by a central
conservation board which has 9 research centres
spread over the country Dehradun, Kota, Ootacamund,
Bellary, Vasad, Agra, Chandigarh, Jodhpur and
Chakrotta.
soil

Methods of

of the following

V.
VI.

enter the

is

an important
crop rotation,

a special kind of
contour farming in which soil exposing crops are grown on
the strips across the slope on the level of contour and in
the following seasons soil protecting crops are sown on
the strips on which soil exposing crops were grown in the
previous season. This practice is useful because it checks
the fast flow of run off water, increases the water infiltration in the soil and checks soil erosion.
(ii)

strips of stubble or other vegetation

cover which might catch and hold the moving

It

is

tillage,

Contour Strip Cropping It

(i)

Protection of soil from impact of rain drops.

II.

cropping

the advanced cultivation prac-

Strip cropping is very effective

basic principles, which include the following heads

III.

all

such as cover cropping, proper

mulching and contour farming.

for soil conservation.

Principles of Soil Conservation

I.

absorbed in the soil.

off, saves more

is

it

erosion and results into more

soil

tices

chemical agents."

The

until

Therefore, contour farming reduces run

grazing of natural range, and other substances of the

natural cover

termed as contour farming.

is

(circular or peripheral furrows) catch the

Soil

Conservation

(c)

nance

Tillage Operation

Recentely several

and

Land Fallow Mainteresearches support the view

that in dry areas, shallow plouging gives comparatively

good crop yields. Shallow ploughing removes the weeds

and enables the soil to absorb water. If the land is left
uncultivated and grazing animals are allowed to graze and
for sometime, the soil becomes fertile.
sit over
it

(d)

MulchingMulching means

covering the

soil sur-

methods of soil conservation are grouped

under biological measures and mechanical or engineering

face by straw leaves or grasses. Mulches of various sorts

methods.

check

Practical

soil

erosion, increase soil

fertility

moisture evaporation from the top

(A) Biological

The

Methods

biological

methods

methodsAgronomic PracticesThe important

the following p'ractices or

and proas conserva-

practices which contribute to the conservation

ductivity of cultivated lands are referred to

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 106

checking
agricultural

soil.

Crop Rotation Sowing of Legumes and Mixed

Cropping Rotation of crop is an important method for
(e)

of soil conservation include

and also minimize

soil

erosion and maintaining productivity of

soil.

in the same growing field

should be changed. A good rotation should include a
cultivated row crop, densely planted small grasses and

After every two years crop

spreading legume. Selection of crops for rotation shguld- (C) Mechanical Methods
be made taking into consideration the climate, soil types,
The mechanical practices of soil conservation include
soil texture, slopes, etc. Deep-rooted crops should be
various engineering techniques and structures which are
rotated by shallow-rooted crops. Deep-rooted crops
adapted to supplement the biological methods when the
absorb nutrients from the deeper strata of the soil. Thus
latter alone are not sufficiently effective.
the minerals of top soil remain stored for future use by
Mechanical methods for soil conservation are as
shallow-rooted plants. When the deep-rooted crops die,
follows
they add humus in the soil which is store house for future
(i) Pan Breaking
Soils, in certain areas, become

plant nutrients.

Leguminous plants play active role in increasing the

nitrogenous contents in the soil because of the fact that
bacteria inhabiting their root nodules

atmosphere

of

fix

the free nitrogen

nitrogenous compounds such as

into

ammonium salts, amino acids and proThe nitrogenous compounds return to the soil by
death and decay of underground nodulated roots

impervious to water and are less reproductive because of

formation of hard sheet of clay a few feet below the

Such areas can be made productive and water

permeable by breaking hard clay pans by means of pan
breaker on contour at a distance of about 5 feet.

surface.

nitrates, nitrites,

teins.

way
of

of

these legumes.

Importance of Crop Rotation

(ii) Sub-soiling Hard soil,

in this method, is broken
deeply by means of an implement called sub-soiler
without involving the conversion of soil. This process
enhances absorption of rain water in the soil and makes
the soil more loose and fit to allow luxuriant growth of

crops.

Controls the recurrence of weeds and disease.

Improves crop production in a given ploughing field
Enriches the soil and its fertility.
Improves the soil texture.
Improves the water holding capacity of the soil.
The minerals of top soil remain stored for future use

contour by

shallow-rooted plants.

is another important method for increasing productivity of the soil. In this practice, one main crop
and one or two subsidiary crops are grown together on

same ploughing

method, a number of
made along the
an implement called basin blister. It
this

of

water for long period.

retain rain

Terracing Sometimes
drainage
channels or properly spaced ridges or soil mounds are
formed along the contour to check soil erosion. These are
Contour

(iv)

called terraces. Terracing

may be

of the four types

Channel terracing, narrow based ridge terracing,

broad-based ridge terracing and bench terracing.

field.

(B) Agrostological

means

and

collects

by

Mixed croping

the

Basin Leaching In

(iii)

small basins (water reservoirs) are

Ponds and Reservoirs Small ponds and water

dams should also be made at suitable places
and some other purposes.

(v)

reservoirs or

Methods

for irrigation

The important

agrostological

methods

for soil

conser-

vation are as follows

(i)

Retiring the

Land

Areas

of

heavy

soil

erosion

should necessarily be put under thick cover of grasses.

Under favourable climatic conditions grazing should also

be allowed for certain (short) periods. Grasses have good
soil binding capacity. Grasses, such as Cynodon dactylon,
Dectylis glomerata, Eragrostic amabitis, are proved most
effective in binding the soil
of the

and

in stabilizing

(vi) Gully and

Ravine Control Heavy rainfall,
rapidly running water and transporting water may result in
deeper cavities or grooves called gullies. Gully formation
can be checked by the following methods

By

the reserves

and ReforestationAfforestation
forests at places where there were no
owing to lack of seed trees or due to
adverse factors such as unstable soil, aridity or swampi(ii)

check flow

Afforestation

means

replanting of forests at places

soil

erosion.

(vii)

made

available

gullies.

By making

means growing

ness. Reforestation

check

Diversion trenches should be

around

bench terrace and sodding water channels.

forests before

growing suitable soil-binding vegetation on the

gullies to

perimeter bunds around gullies to

of

water through

it.

Stream Bank ProtectionTo grow vegetation

alongside the river bank, to construct drains, concrete or

stone pitching
river

etc. for

checking the cutting and caving of

banks.

where they have been destroyed.

Trees as windbreaks are planted in deserts which
check the velocity of wind. Windbreaks are planted across
the area at 90 to the prevailing wind.

spread

away

of

Soil

erosion of Siwaliks has been studied by Glover,

Hamilton and Gorrie (1951) and suggested contour
trenching method for soil conservation. This method
involves making of a series of deep pits (2' x 1') or

sand dunes or desert conditions or blowing

of the fertile top soil. Afforestation is applied deserts,

where such plants as Thevetia neriifolia, Tamarindus

indica, Dalbergia sissoo, Lowsonia alba, Acacia catechu

trenches across the slope at convenient distance.

tion,

vegetation

Lay Farming This method of soil conservation

grow grasses in rotation with the field crops, which
building up the structure of soil and its conservapreventing soil erosion and improving its fertility.

(iii)

helps

to

in

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 107

problems from different angles

that soil should be kept under tree
order to check erosional losses and

Puri (1954) analysed the

and suggested

serve as useful windbreaks.

aims

Conservation Facilitation

The

They check the

in

landslides.

Arid Zone Research Institute (CAZRI) in

collaboration with
is attempting to check
erosional losses in desert region of Rajasthan.

The Central

UNESCO

Epilogue

natural cover.

Soil is

formed very slowly.

It

amount

provides us with useful

causes soil erofertility, decrease in

sion. This results in reduction of soil

crop

yield,

fore,

increase

in flood,

very essential that

land slides etc.

soil

is

not only checks soil erosion but improves

reduces floods, increases soil fertility and

many

useful articles.

If

all

possible

measures are now taken and implemented seriously and

honestly it would save future generation for more serious

there-

is,

It

It

of rain,

also provides us with

plants. Indiscriminate cutting of plants

protected by growing

consequences.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.

conservation

Soil

useful

is

8.

because
(A)

It

maintains efficient use of

its fertility

establishes

It

and

useful

(C)

keeps

the

process

Soil conservation is the

aerated

Soil is

(B)

Sterile soil is

(A)

Addition

(B)

Aeration of

soil

(C)

Protection

of

control

fertility

Improvement

Which

(D)

converted to

Prevention of

(C)

Forest bring rain

Rainfall is

heavy

(B)

Rainfall

low

is

Forests have

(D)

(A)

ANSWERS

erosion

where

all

Unaltered

of plant nutrients

plant nutrients

(D)

None

The

loss of fertile top soil

of the

Rs. 280/-

is

(B)

Soil conservation

if

effective

(A)

Desert areas

(B)

method

Hilly

sending M. O. of Rs. 150/- on the following address

Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-282 002

Chauhan &

book has been

Dr. H. P.

Sharma

Price

Rs. 150/-

written for the benefit of

incorporating all the aspects of the syllabus, the present book

made available in the market for the competitors. The

has been

these
is

caused by

(A)

Fast running rivers

(B)

Wind
Heavy

(C)

V.P.P.

2/11 A,

candidates
appearing at various competitive examinations for entry to Medical
and Engineering Courses. At present almost in all such competitive
examinations objective type questions are asked. How to solve
these questions within the short time given ? Keeping this fact in view

and

areas

(C) Plain areas

of

Dr. R. V. S.

This

of soil conservation in

None

Remember

Numerical Physics
iIm^(Medical
& Engineering Exams.)

By

(D) Contour terracing

Sheet erosion

to

upon

called

Soil erosion

(D)

Help

of agricul-

(C) Terracing

7.

UPKAR PRAKASHAN

and the vege-

(A)

an

Important Facts. *" Provides Opportunity of SelfAssessment. Latest Facts and Discoveries.

above

which the productivity

is

10. (C)

Quick Revision of Entire Syllabus.

plant nutrients

in

Devoid
Rich

Terracing

9. (B)

** Objective Questions with Explanatory Answers

all

tural crops, forests

6.

5. (A)

8. (A)

Combined Guide

are

depend

4.(B)

7. (C)

Highlights
at

above

(C)

tation

3. (A)

6. (B)

UPKAR'S

Purchase from nearest bookseller or gel the copy by

5.

2.(D)

AT A GLANCE

(B)

in

1.(D)

many water

protected

no winds

of the

soils

soil

M.P. Pre-Medical Test

(A)

Eroded

drought ?

Act as water sheds

allowed

Soil erosion is greater

(C) There are

4.

against

plants
is

fertile soil is

None

soil

Soil erosion

of the following functions

(B)

against loss

(D)

of fertilizers

loss

of soil struc-

(A)

fertile soil

(C) Soil erosion

3.

conservation

soil

performed by a forest helps most

above

(A)

of

Weed

ture
9.

Process

(B)

(D)

whereby

Top

10.

involves

in controlling

(D)

that helps

Moisture conservation

placed

soil

accordingly
(D) All of the
2.

a process

(A)

(C) Soil

scientific agriculture
It

is

in

land and
(B)

Mulching

book consists of plenty of typical numerical examples relating to all

topics in Physics as per syllabus and is written exhaustively as

it

mentions relevant formulae and theoretical concepts. It is

comprehensive in style and serves the purpose of students of all
categories. After having gone through this book there will be no
need for any other book or guide.

rains

(D) Glaciers

.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 108

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-

^^^^i^B

on Botany MHHMHHH^^^^BHBHBHHl

Topic

PHYSICAL BASIS OF LIFE

All living

things are

composed

of the essential living

substance, protoplasm, which has been very aptly

described by T. H. Huxley (1868) as 'the physical basis of
life'. Protoplasm is a soft, jelly-like substance which is
always in a state of motion. Protoplasm is composed of
water and various substances like proteins, fats,
carbohydrates and inorganic salts, but it is, by no means,
a mixture of all these materials, which make up 95% by
weight of the body. Protoplasm is made up of both
inorganic and organic substance. Water the main
inorganic substance, varies from 5% to 90% in different
tissues, with an average of 70% to 75%.

The

following table

elements

in

shows the

3.

Granular theory

Altman

in

consists of

This theory

was proposed by

1893. According to this theory, the protoplasm

numerous

a homogeneous

fluid

fine granules dispersed uniformly in

medium.

theory This theory was suggested by

Fisher (1894) and Flemming (1897). This theory main4. Fibrillar

tains that protoplasm consists of

or thread-like structures dispersed

numerous minute fibrils

in a fluid medium.

Alveoli

proportion of various

protoplasm
Element

Weight

Trace elements

0760

Iron

0010

Oxygen

62

Carbon

20

Hydrogen

10

Nitrogen

Calcium

2-50

Phosphorus

4. Fibrillar

Magnesium

007

Sulphur

0-14

Sodium

0-10

Chlorine

0-16

Potassium

011

B.

a
and viscous substance.

contact with

it

is

greyish, translucent,
It

is

jelly-like,

(water) forms a delimiting

to 4)

Granular

Showing nature of protoplasm

theories..

old theories are of historical importance only.

Modern
plasm

odour-

heavier than water and

behaves as a moderate conductor

(1

According to these theories protoplasm is supposed to

have a fixed or permanent appearance. The present idea,
however, shows that in many instance the protoplasm
can change from one condition to another.

Physical Nature of Protoplasm

Protoplasm

according to old

The

0014

Iodine

3.

14
Fig.

less

PROTOPLASM

membrane.

of electricity.

in
It

The

physical appearance of protoplasm has been the object of

Colloidal Nature (Theory) of Proto-

The modern view

is

that the protoplasm

was

is

a poly-

suggested by R. A.
supported by Wilson
(1925). If consists of a fluid matrix or ground substance
(liquid phase) and globules of solid and semisolid
phasic colloidal system. This

Fisher and Hardy (1899), but

first

latter

phase). The solid and semisolid

study with many a scientist whose observations have

been formulated as various theories.

particles

(dispersed

particles

range

A. Old Theories

thus too big to dissolve in the matrix to form a true solution or crystalloid and too small to settle down to form a

During the nineteenth century, the following theories

were propounded

to explain the physical

appearance of

protoplasm
1.

Alveolar theory

This theory

was advanced by

Butschli (1892). According to this theory, protoplasm

consists of bubbles or alveoli of a fluid of lesser density
distributed in

fluid of

protoplasm looks

like

greater density.

As a

result,

the

a foam or emulsion.

2. Reticular theory This theory was postulated by

Hastein, Klein and Carnoy. This theory holds that protoplasm consists of numerous minute fibrils interwoven to
form a network or reticulum in a fluid medium.
:

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 109

in

diameter from 0-001 to 0-1 u.. They are

suspension. Thus they remain suspended throughout the

matrix forming a colloidal system.

The

liquid

phase

of protoplasmic colloids consists

mainly of water having dissolved inorganic ions and small

molecules.

The dispersed phase comprises mainly

large molecules of proteins, carbohydrates

and

the

lipids.

Protoplasm has several following colloidal properties

1.

Colloidal particles are

in

a constant state

of motion.

The movement, which can be seen under microscope, is

called Brownian movement, named after its discoverer
Robert Brown (1829). It is an irregular movement of

due to the random bombardment by

liquid phase (water). The intensity of the
Brownian movement depends upon temperature, size of

Colloidal particles

whereas

molecules of the

gular.

particles

and

the course of

CYTOPLASM NUCLEUS

When a beam

is

irre-

have the property of scattering

passed through a Colloidal

of light is

becomes visible (Tyndal effect).

3. Sol and gel state
Colloidal systems possess the
property of undergoing changes in consistency or rigidity.
A Colloidal suspension can be watery at one time and
jelly-like at another. The watery condition is called sol
state and the semisolid condition the gel state. These two
solution

movement

CHLOROPLASTS

viscosity.

2. Colloidal particles
light.

in circulation

it

CELL WALL
Fig.

the disperse phase are separate or discontinuous, while

medium

the fluid of the dispersion

continuous.

is

In

is

in

state

is

The conversion from the gel state

the gel

stale the solid particles are continuous while the watery

discontinuous. Both sol and gel states are found

protoplasm.

NUCLEUS

to the sol

VACUOLES

called solation, while the conversion from the sol

state to the gel state

VACUOLE

Streaming movement (rotation) of

protoplasm in a cell of Vallisneria leaf.

states are reversible. In the sol state the solid particles of

called gelation.

is

separate

external

solid

liquid

spongy
network of

liquid

phase

particles

solid particles

Fig.

OWO s-\ o
o o o (Jo

Streaming movement (circulation) of protoplasm

in

SOL STATE

cell of

staminal hair of

Rhoeo

discolor.

Besides the movements stated above, commonly

GEL STATE

streaming movements of slime

moulds have been observed due to rhythmic contraction
and relaxation of protoplasm. This type is called amoeboid movement. Rather rapid movement caused by highly
called Cyclosis, the

sensitive whip-like protoplasmic extensions called Cilia,

SOL STATE

Fig.

commonly found
ment is known as

GEL STATE

Sol and gel phases of a colloid.

charge
each other because their
4. Electrical

Protein

overall

charge

is

5.

attracted to

Viscosity

each

The

of the cell is variable.

may be

very high

in

It

similar. All

other.

it

discolor are the glaring examples.

C.S.V./

protozoa and called

in

Purkinje (1839, 40)

named

the

living

it

sarcode.

substance

in

the embryos of animals as protoplasm.

Hugo Von Mohl

(1846) applied the term protoplasm to

the contents of the embryonic cells of the plants.
scientist,

Max Schultze

(1861) established

and protoplasm.

the gelating cytoplasm.

in

J. E.

substance

A German

7. Protoplasmic movements
Protoplasm exhibits
Streaming movements at different types which are
usually noticed in amoeba, slime moulds and particularly
in the plant cells with large vacuoles. Rotatory movements
in the cells of leaves of aquatic plants like Vallisneria and
Elodea and circulatory movements in the staminal hairs of

Rhoeo

jelly-like

the essential similarity that existed between the sarcode

low as that at water, or

and conductivity

protoplasm moves

Felix Dujardin (1835), French protozoologist, studied

the

viscosity at the ground. substance

irritability, e.g.,

is

lower organisms. This move-

movement.

may be as

: Protoplasm has the

responds to stimuli like heat,
light and chemicals. It also has the property of conductivity, i.e., of conducting impulses produced by stimuli.

6. Irritability

property of

many

Noteworthy

molecules repulse

molecules are either positively charged or negatively

charged. If, however, the molecules approach one another close enough so that valency forces can act, they

may be

in

Ciliary

In

rotation

definite direction along the cell wall

O. Hertwig (1892) founded the protoplasmic theory

according to which all living matter, out of which animal

and

plants are formed,

is

protoplasm,

de Barry and Sachs were of opinion that a multicellular

body was a continuous mass of protoplasm which was
incompletely subdivided into small centres of activities
the cells, during the development of the body.

Chemical Nature of Protoplasm

The chemical composition

of protoplasm, itself

dynamic system, can not be determined by destroying

a
it

during analysis process. According chemical analysis,

March/ 2000/ 110

Copyrighted material

protoplasm chemically consists of elements, organic and

inorganic
1.

compounds.

of

all living

material.

Other essentially

occurring elements are phosphorus, calcium, iron,

magne-

The remaining few other

elements are iodine, cobalt, boron, manganese, solenium,
chromium, molybdenum, silicon and vanadium. Because
these latter elements are present in tiny amount (0-1%),
they are termed as trace elements.
sium, potassium and chlorine.

Compounds

In protoplasm most elements occur as chemical compounds, both inorganic as well as organic compounds.

Compounds

Water

Water provides the liquid phase for colloia medium for chemical activity in the cells,
and the solvent for other substances. It is an indispensable constituent of the protoplasm making up about 75%
to 80% of its bulk. This percentage may, however, be as
low as 7% to 8% (dormant seeds) and as high as 95%
(i)

much

molecules of

make up about 99%

Inorganic

Simple

(b)

(C 51

magnesium,

of calcium,

iron,

Gases

Carbon dioxide and oxygen frequently

The

the protoplasm.

latter

enters protoplasm for

oxidation of complex molecules and the former

duced as a by-product

is

pro-

the process.

in

Organic Compounds
in protoplasm are procarbohydrates and nitrogen-base derivatives.
They are very complex matters, composed of carbon,
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, often sulphur and sometimes
phosphorus. The nucleo-proteins occurring in the nucleus

particular are of special significance.

Carbohydrates

Carbohydrates are

made up

(C 57

(C 9 H 14 0 6 ),
H 110 0 6 ).

Compound

lipids

are

fat-like

and

lipoproteins

are phospholipids

lipids

(lecithin),

glycolipids (sphingosine).

Proteins : Proteins, after water, are the most

abundant constituent of protoplasm. They are made up of
carbon, oxygen, hydrogen and nitrogen, but sulphur,
iodine, and some other elements may also occur in them
in traces. Proteins are long chain compounds; their
simpler components or basic building units are the amino
acids. Proteins occur in simple, conjugated and derived
(iii)

forms.

simple protein consists of about 100 amino acid

molecules. However their number varies from 300-1 000

7 cN
h2 n
may

Fats of protoplasm are hetero-

geneous compounds. They are composed principally of C,

H, O, but they may sometime contain N and P also. Unlike
carbohydrates they have a much smaller proportion of
fall

COOH

^C X

co;oh/

proteins. Molecular weight of

in different

some

protein

reach upto 5,00,000.

Proteins are very essential to physical and chemical

changes. These are the main constituents of the protoplasm and control several vital activities of the cell. They

may

also serve energy-rich fuel compounds.

the organic catalysts are,

in fact,

Enzymes

or

proteins.

(iv) Nucleic acids

The nucleic acids are highly
complex polymeric compounds containing carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen and phosphorus. These are of two
types of nucleic acids Deoxyribose nucleic acid (DNA)
and Ribose nucleic acid (RNA). These constitute 1% of
:

Each nucleotide has three components nitroge(Purine or Pyrimidine), Pentose sugar

and Phosphoric acid.

nous bases

(ribose or deoxyribose)
(v)

Other substances

under the following categories

March/ 2000/ 111

Besides

the

above major

constituents pigments, hormones, enzymes, alkaloides,

in

the protoplasm.

Protoplasm Doctrine
Von Modi's
plasm

in

stating that

sation

observations about the importance of proto-

certainly put the cell theory

Schultze

and

on a strong foundation.

1861 put forward the 'protoplasm doctrine',

all

masses

of

protoplasm are the units of organi-

that protoplasm, in general,

nisms. The

tose sugars.

Fats (lipids)

/ H-f-N

of

disaccharides (double
(simple sugars),
sugars) and polysaccharides (complex sugars). Carbohydrates serve as an important structural material in some
animals and plants. The carbohydrates which directly
enter into actual constitution of protoplasm are the pen-

C.S.V./

lipids

latex etc., are also found

saccharide

oxygen. Lipids

tristearin

carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. According to the number of

carbon atoms present, carbohydrates are termed mono-

(ii)

formed

the protoplasm.

The organic matters present

teins, fats,

<i)

is

and three

of glycerol

true fats are triacetin

The common compound

sodium and

potassium. Mostly they occur as ions in solution with

water, e.g., sodium chloride (NaCI) occurs as Na + + CI"
+
ions, KCI as K + Cl~ and so on. These ions are essential
for normal metabolism of cells.

in

one molecule

one molecule

H 98 O e and

Compound

in

of

contain C, H, and O,

lipids

Inorganic salts regulate the

(H) Inorganic salts
osmotic pressure of the protoplasm. Their percentage in
protoplasm varies from 1% to 4%. The most common
inorganic salts are carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates

(iii)

Simple

substances containing other substances, like phosphoric

acid, simple sugar or nitrogenous base (choline), etc., in
addition to fatty acid and glycerol or any other alcohol.

(jelly fishes).

occur

fatty acids.

The common
tripalmitin

dal protoplasm,

and chlorides

lipids

less oxygen. Their

by the combination

Elements

Nearly 25 elements are reported to occur in protoplasm. Out of these carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen and oxygen are found greatly concentrated in the protoplasm and

2.

(a)

but with

cell

was thought

to

is

similar in

be the mass

of

all

orga-

protoplasm

with a nucleus, which would originate from a pre-existing

cell.

To

this

organised

mass

of

applied the term protoplast.

support from

many

protoplasm Hanstein (1880)

The protoplasm

doctrine got

biologists.

(Coutinued on Page 130)

(A) Blocking of photosystem-l

Model Paper For Various Medical Entrance Examinations

(B) Blocking of photosystem-ll

(C) Blocking of xylem

BOTANY

phloem

(D) Blocking of
15.

Who

observed that other ope-

rons

on
1

Paddy
(A)

blast

is

caused by

Algae

'Stem Canker'
(A) Air
(B)

caused

borne pathogens

8.

is

maxi-

mum ?
(A) Intermittent light
(B)

(D)

9.

Continuous strong

(C) Continuous

None

of the

Which one
statements

is

weak

light

None

Which

of the

Glochidium

(B)

Sporangium

'Chilgoza', that

10.

cell is

inin

of
18.

12.

Zamia oestica

(B)

Cycas revoluta

The male gamete

of

(C) Ingestion
(D) Both

Pinus

is

19.

into

Maximum

(A)

Water

(B)

C02

(C) 34

ATP

All of

(D)
In

above

the

transpiration occurs
20.

complex

Diverse

in

organisms

the fossil record of

about
600

million

(B)

600

billion

(C)

(A)

(C)

Stomata

'

Epiblema

succulent plants, the value of

million

years ago
years ago

year ago

(D) 4-5 million years

ago

Various ribosomes

move along

R.Q. is
(A)

consumers
consumers

According to Hershey and Chase

experiment, the genetic material
of J 2 bacteriophage is

pyru-

vate within mitochondria results

(B) Nonciliated

(B) Lenticels

Secondary consumers

(D) Tertiary

B and C

The aerobic breakdown of

(A) Biciliated

appeared

Producers

(B) Primary

of

by

(A) Saprophytic

(A) Cuticle

13.

mode

likely utilized

of the following

(B) Parasitic

through

were withdrawn from

the biosphere which organism
would first experience negative
?

Which

(D)

C0 2

effects

Endodermis

most
a decomposer ?

(D) Muticiliated

(D) Karyrokinesis

C.S.V./

name

pending upon presence or

absence of water

(C) Cytokinesis

(C)

the

used as dry

(C) Ciliated or nonciliated de-

(B) Transduction

(A)

is

belongs to

(A)

brought about

(A) Translation

the

is

(D) Epidermis

(D) Dolichas lablub

termed as

by-

If

layer of cells within the

first

(B) Pericycle

(C) Finus gerardiana

1 1

The

(A) Cortex

The seed known by

Equal distribution of extra nuclear

material of

17.

nutrition is

unit nucleo-

terphase are synthesized

G 2 -phase

fructification

and minerals

the above

All of

(C)

fruit

during

(D)

(C) Aethalium

photochemical reaction in photosynthesis is the

evolution of molecular oxy-

RNA

Anchor a plant

(B)

(C) Absorb water

(D) Plasmodiocarp

first

and

pairing

above

the

with

(A)

and a nonmotile gametes

is

to

synthesis

of the following is not con-

The

(D) Proteins

7.

Complementary base

(D)

(B)

RNA

Roots have various adaptations

and associations to enhance

vascular cylinder

of the following
not true ?

The monomeric

16.

Morgan
Jacob and Monod

(A) Store the product of photo-

among Myxomycetes ?

light

above

ribotide

6.

(C)

Oogamous sexual reproduction means fusion of motile

tide in

nucleotides

(C)

(D)

their ability

(A)

(C)

protein

above

DNA replication
DNA distigration

cerned

gen

5.

of the

(B)

which of the following condi-

In

Watson and Crick

(B)

DNA and

None

New complementary

(A)

rather than off condition ?

(A) Kleckner

of

pathogens

tions the photosynthesis

4.

DNA

are positioned by the process

above

(D) All of the

Protein

(B)

(D)

by

Waterborne pathogens

(C) Soilborne

3.

is

(A)

(C) Both

(D) Viruses

(C) Bacteria
2.

Fungi

(B)

E. coli usually exist in the

in

the

same m-RNA at a time which

(B)

More than one

are collectively called

(C)

One

(A)

(D) Less than

14.

21.

Zero

one

The common mode

herbicide is

Template

(B) Central

of action of

DNA

dogma

(C)

Polysome

(D)

Nucleosome

March/ 2000/ 112

Copyrighted material

22.

The antisense RNA

bed from the

23.

(B)

Template

(C)

CAP

(D)

None

(D)

operon

(A) Repressible

(C) Both

transcri-

is

30.

DNA strand
above

of the

What happens when tryptophan

is

(B)

ecological community
assemblage of

An

Repressor becomes able

withstand extremes of

Food webs

(A)

no

cell

39.

bears no root hairs

It

None

has loosely arranged cells

has no direct connection
with the vascular system

Dermatogen

increased with the

Phelloderm

(A)

Increase

(B)

Decrease

None

have

been

must

(D)
33.

(A) Lipotrophs

(B) Photoantotrophs

(C) Chemoheterotrophs

in

in salt

uptake

population growth rate

is

in

transpiration

(B)

They alone have the capa-

41

(C)

Demographic

(D)

transition

(D) Biotic potential

27.

34.

Process by which substances

become more concentrated

organisms

in

levels

the

of

in

food

chain

Green house

35.

(C) Acid deposition

(D) All of the

To which

above

Division 'golden-brown

36.

(B)

(C) Chestnut blight

(D) All of the

43.

Conversion of

above

is

called

dom?

Embryology
in

(B) Nitrification

Plants

44.

Chromatin consists

(D)
37.

sub-phyla are there

Tracheata according to Tippo's
classification of plantae kingin

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Which

of the following characte-

M-13 types

(C)

nitrate to nitrous

oxide and nitrogen

(A) Denitrification

above

How many

ristics is specific for

(B)

of the

peaches

Apple scrap

of

(D) All eukaryotic cells

(C) Chrysophyta

None

above

ascomycetes cause

(C) Animals

(A)

(D)
29.

Phaeophyta

Parasitic

(A) Leaf curl of

the above

Golgi bodies are absent

(B) Euglenophyta

in-

plasmalemma

a/an

(D) All of the

development of an
organism from the egg to the
adult stage is known as

(B)

a membranous

is

(C) Fungal cell

(A) Bacteria

algae' belong ?
(A)

All of

Thalamus

Lomasome

distri-

42.

The study

(D)

effect

(B) Biological magnification

28.

They are abundantly

(C) Mutation

called
(A)

Seed

cashew-

(B) Algal cell

(B) Evolution

is

(A)

of

(A) Bacterial cell

the atmospheric

(A) Genetics

the higher trophic

is

of

fix

buted

(B) Population

nut

vagination of the

firmly fixed to the

carbon dioxide in the presence of sunlight.

(C)

fruit

Marketed edible part

(D)

is

They are

known

fruit

Decrease

(A)

as

fruit

(C) Treated thalamus

city to

(A) Exponential growth

Pseudocarp

(B) Cotyledons

first link in any food chain

a green plant because

Chemoautotrophs

Accessory

(C)

thesis

The

Geometrically multiplying, rapid

Simple

(B)

(D) Single

40.

transpiration

soil

(D)
26.

(A)

is

(C) Increase in rate of photosyn-

above

of the

earliest prokaryotes

above

which develops from a

single ovary of a single flower
fruit

is

Absorption of water by root

(B)

The

It

(A)

(D)

strength

It

Brachysclereids originate from

(C) Phellogen

Wind

(C)

containing

(D)

32.

Temperature

(D) All of the

(C)

above

Conifers are well adapted to

(B) Humidity

water

(B)

the

25.

has

It

in

genes occurs
of the

above

of the

Interacting populations

chloroplast

structural

None

(D)

(C)

(A)

of

cells

(B)

Repressor becomes unable

31.

Bacteriophage

(C) Mature cells

an

38.

bind to the operator

to

Young

(B)

Family unit

Root cap has no role

absorption because

(C) Transcription

24.

is

(A)

(A)

to bind to the operator

(D)

above

of the

(D) Closely related species

present ?

(A)

A and B

None

RNA
RNA and
DNA and
DNA

(A) Single stranded

of

(B)

0 x 174 and

of viruses ?

DNA

Causes cancer

RNA
DNA

histones

(C) Single stranded

histones

(D) Double stranded

In which of the following the

endoplasmic reticulum is more
developed ?

45.

an

To be considered

essential,

element must

the criteria

(A)

fulfill

No other element can substiand fulfill the same role

tute

CSX. I March/ 2000/ 113

Copyrighted material

(B)

It

(C)

must have an

HINTS

identifiable

nutritional role
1.

deficiency of the element

causes the plant to die without completing

(D) All of the

46.

Which

its life

different

of the following is correct

regarding transition reaction ?

2.

utilizes

(B)

It

connects glycolysis to the

It

gives

off

47.

(C)

None

(D)

48.

of the

7.

above
8.

coniosis or lung fibrosis called

Hemolysis

(A)

It

Botry-

None

(D)

49.

of the

9.

The community

above
that initiates the

process of succession
tat is

a habi-

(B) Abiotic

community
community

(D) All of the

above

The

specific sequence of development of a community relating

particular

to

physical
is

12.

community

(C) Pioneer

50.

in

known as

(A) Biotic

(specific)

13.

New complementary nucleotides,

always present in the nucleus,
are positioned by the process of
complementary base pairing.

(A)

succulent plants

hence the value

Succession

quotient (R.Q.)
15.

(C) Sere

None

Leaves possess many minute

pores called stomata through
which water vapour diffuses out
into the atmosphere. It is called
stomatal transpiration. Of the
total water lost about 88% water
is lost by stomatal transpiration.

exist in the

above

sense

DNA strand.

is

in

on

The process

1.(B)
6. (A)

11. (B)

2.(C)

3. (A)

7. (B)

8. (C)

12. (C) 13. (A)

4.(D)

5.(C)

9. (A)

10. (C)

nitrate is nitrification.

30.

The community

is a general term
covering any naturally occuring
group of different organisms living

together

and
35.

36.

6.

26. (A) 27. (C) 28. (C) 29. (A) 30. (B)

36. (C) 37. (A) 38. (D) 39. (A) 40. (B)

41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (B) 44. (A) 45. (D)
46. (D) 47. (A) 48. (B) 49. (C) 50. (C)

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 114

20.

H 2 A, H 2 B, H 3
different types of

non-histones.
38.

41

Conifers, which usually have

evergreen needle-like leaves,
are well adapted to withstand the
extremes of temperature, humidity and wind strength.

Lomasome

is

a membranous inplasmalemmaof

vagination of the

a fungal

cell

or hypha.

It

occurs

groups and situated

between the rest of the plasmolemma and the wall material.
singly or in

43. According to Tippo's classification of

Plantae, there

kingdom

are four sub-phyla

needed for
amino acid tryp-

such

bac-

The chromatin contains DNA,

histones (e.g.,

E. coli usually

as anchorage,
storage of carbohydrate, absorption of water and minerals.

31. (D) 32. (A) 33. (B) 34. (D) 35. (A)

in

and blue-green algae.

and H 4 ) and

zero.

Roots have various associations

and adaptations to perform their
functions,

a certain environment
each other.

in

interacting with

Golgi bodies are absent

teria

in

Tracheata.

The sub-phyla are Sphenopsida,

Psilopsida, Pteropsida and Lyco-

tophan.

16. (D) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (A)

of denitrification is

oxide, while the production of

of respiratory

If this enzyme is present

in the medium, the rest of the
enzymes are not produced.

the cork originate from

the conversion of nitrate to nitrous

that are

the synthesis of

14. (B) 15. (D)

21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (A) 24. (C) 25. (D)

enzymes

in

the phellogen.

Opuntia

rather than off

structural

29.

karyotic cell (E. coli) produces

five

present, binds

The repressor

The brachyslereids found em-

condition. For instance, the pro-

ANSWERS

when

then able to bind to the opera-

24.

According to Jacob and Monod,

other operons

of the

like

carbohydrates
as a result no C0 2 is produced,

and chemical condition

(B) Climax

(D)

There are three types of fructifications among Myxomycetes,

the sporogonium, aethalium,
and plasmodiocarp.

lete oxidation of

called

from the

bedded

Hershey and Chase (1952) experiment showed that DNA and

In

pro-

Antisense

transcribed

and transcription of
genes does not occur.

and Bryophyllum there is incomp-

set of

in

(bacteria).

is

tor

During interphase, proteins and

RNA are synthesized in G t -

(B) Bysinosis

(C) Thrombosis

control

RNA

is

causes

not protein is the genetic material

of the T 2 bacteriophage.

Cotton dust produces pneumo-

the

karyotes

to the repressor.

phase.

cell

The antisense RNA can

the expression of a gene

23. Tryptophan,

stem canker.

Genome of living cell

Genome of non-living
Both A and B

(B)

22.

above are correct

Genetic engineering is the use

of technology to alter the
(A)

pathogens

soii-borne

4.

in

record about 600 million

years ago.

mainly raised by stem-

dipodia theobromae.

C0 2

fossil

phages.

cuttings are greatly aflicted by

krebs cycle
(C)

is

Certain plants, e.g., Mulberry

mows

NAD+

It

(D) All of the

caused by the
fungus Pyricularia oryzae. It
blast

spreads rapidly under favourable

weather conditions. Leaf blast,
neck blast and node blast are

cycle

above

(A)

sexual reproduction, diverse complex organisms appeared

Paddy

psida.

44.

The micro organisms like <|>x 174

and M-13types of viruses are
bacteriophages with single stran-

ded

DNA

as

their genetic

mate-

rial.

Probably due to the evolution of

multicellularity in association with

(Continued on Page 130

Model Paper

for Various Medical Entrance

Exarch

(B)

Examinations

BOTANY

16.

(C)

Endarch

(D)

None

oxygen
required

2.

Whisk

ferns have no

(B)

Oenothera lamarckiana by
de Vries

Pisum sativum by Darwin

(A)

Roots

(B)

Leaves

(C)

(C)

Both (A) and (B)

(D) Acetabularia crenulata by

(D)

Rhizome

17.
in res-

9.

The most favourable range

wavelength

of

used

light

bacteria for photosynthesis

(B)

Light

(C)

Both (A) and (B)

(D) Temperature

Who

produced a procedure for

bacteria into either a
gram-negative or gram-positive
placing

10.

700um-900um
0-25 um- 3-0 um

The yellow

Pasteur

Bateson

(C)

Cuenot

(D)

None

of the

11.

above

5.

is

a double dwarf

(A)

Wheat

(B) Cotton

(C)

Rice

(D)

Who

Sugarcane

coined the term 'pureline'

for the first time ?

12.
(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)
6.

Poehlman
Dobhzansky
Johanssen

and

Thirty eight

(D)

Thirty six

an organism
13.

(A)

Purple sulphur bacteria

(B)

Green sulphur bacteria

(C)

Both (A) and (B)

(D)

None

above

of the

Rhizopus, the main horizontal

In

Stolon

(B)

Columella

disease

(C)

Rhizoid

(D)

Sporangiophore

Viral

(C)

Fungal disease

(D)

None

The

Which of the following bacteria

do not give off oxygen ?

of the

botanical

above

name

19.

The science
pull is

is

known as

(A)

Prunus ariculatum

(A)

Palindrome

(B)

Cencrus graseolata

(B)

Euphenics

(C)

Melonjana pubescens

(C)

Eugenics

(D)

Citrullus lanatus

(D)

None

Red

rot of

sugarcane

is

caused

improving the

of

genetic constitution of the gene

of water-

20.

of the

above

DNA fragments can

in alkali

be denatured

and the two strands

Azospirillum

(B)

Cenchrus debaryanum

(A)

(C)

Colletotrichum falcatum

(B)

Polynucleotide kinase

(D)

None

(C)

Autoradiography

of the

the

flexile

above

Difference between

Denaturation

Electrophoresis

(D)

one amino

found in

of

DNA isolated by

(A)

(A)

Translation

acid

and another

(B)

Transcription

(A)

Peptide bond

proteins differentially from nucleic

(C)

Both (A) and (B)

(B)

R-group

acid

is

21.

(D) Transduction

(C)

Carboxyl group

(A)

(D)

Amino group

(C)

mutation

in

bacteria results in

The expected

of

mesosomes.

result will

(A)

Only replication
occur

(B)

Only

of

cell division will

(C) Only karyokinesis

(D)

All of

Mutation

be
DNA

occur

C.S.V./

Oenothera
Lamarck

by

cell

but does

15.

22.

If

14

(B) 15 N

^P

eosine

Lytic

phage

(A)

Temperate phage
phage

(B)

(D)

^S

plant

solution,

is

put

in

we observe

Phloem gets coloured due

to

ascent of sap

Xylem gets stained due

ascent of sap through

Cyanophage

Vascular bundles in which the

protoxylem pointing towards the

(C)

centre are called ?

(D)

Radial

label

that

(B)

(A)

to

is

the cut end of

(A)

(D)
for the first

lamackiana

the following phages

(C) Virulent

the above

was used

of

not destroy the host ?

occur

will

Which

invades the host

will

time for studies on

(A)

14.

used

radioisotope

non-formation

8.

(C)

(A)

(B)

are responsible for growth

differentiation in

with the help of regulation of

7.

(B)

hypha is

vein mosaic of bhindi

by-

Darlington

Genes

of

light

is

Bacterial disease

melon

W.H. 147

18.

(A)

(B)

um

500 -600

(C)

is

type?

4.

of

by

70 jim- 100 urn

(B)

(D)

(A)

of

is

Dark
(A)

3.

quanta

Vries

Sleep movement occurs

ponse to
(A)

molecule

photosynthesis, the

of

One
Two

(A)

de

one

in

number

above

of the

To evolve

to

it

Leaves remain fresh but

ascent of sap is checked
Leaves

wilt

as ascent of sap

stops

March/ 2000/ 115

Copyrighted material

23.

which kingdom would you place

organisms that

In

Endospores develop in

30.

multicellular land

(A)

Clostridium

carry on photosynthesis ?
(A)

Fungi

(B) Plantae*

(B)

Mucor and

(C)

Protista

(D) Animalia

(C)

Bacillus

(D)

Clostridium and

Concepts,

24.

based

on

the

conclusions of experiments and

observations, are termed as

31.

can

Monococcus

free

nuclear

Data

(A)

Flower

(B)

Embryo

Hypothesis

(C)

Gamete

(D)

Endosperm

(D)

Scientific

32. Asexually

parent

The term 'theory' in science

is reserved for those hypotheses that have proven to

(A)

inheriting

of the following statements

is/are correct

theory

41.

(B) Variety

(A)
(B)

(C)

that

(D)

34.

Haagen Smith and Went

Kogl and Haagen Smith
Boysen^Jensen and Kogl
None of the above

servation

26.

All of

Enzymes
(A)

the above
carry out

42.

of

(D)
27.

None

(B)

Cannabis, Hibiscus, Gossypium

(D)

Hydrolysis of micromolecules

and

of the

35.

(B)

above

hydrophilic group

None

Dehydration synthesis

Gossypium,

43.

Both (A) and (B)

Hydrolysis

Which

Found

in fatty

acids

Sucrose

(D)

All of

Which

is

associated with photo?

(A)

Peroxisome

(B)

Glyoxysome

Mesosome

(C)

(D)

All of

All of

the above

(A)

(B)

36.

means

that

Starch

Glycogen

(C)

Cellulose

Which

(A)

Peroxidase

(B)

Carboxidismutase

All of

(D) All of the

Which

above

by

46.

the above

organelles ?

(A)

Differential centrifugation

(B)

Chemical analysis

47.

38.

Cork

(B)

Sieve tubes

Which among the

Development

of shoot

tissue culture

is

and

root in

determined

by

Plant nutrients

(B)

Enzymes

(C)

Temperature

(D)

Cytokinin

Which

modes
(A)

following

is

the

of

and auxin

ratio

the following occurs

(A)

GA3

(B)

ABA

(A)

Spirodella (B) Hydrilla

(C)

IAA

(D) Ethylene

(C)

Wolffia

Lemna

of photophosphorylation ?

Formation of

ATP

(B)

Release of 02

(C)

Formation of

(D)

Involvement of both PS-I and

smallest angiosperm ?

(D)

plant cells

cells

both during cyclic and non-cyclic

(D) Autoradiography

hormones

(A)

(A)

Which of the following methods

is employed for the isolation of

(C) X-ray diffraction

of the following

considered to be the stress

hormone ?
is

C4

Hexose kinase

Which of the following

will show totipotency ?

Meristems

cell

(D) Potato

Xylem vessels

(D)

originate from

is

Maize

Which of the following enzymes

is
used for carboxylation of

(D)

the blade to the petiole

all

(B)

(C)

Bryopsida

The veins

Pea
Papaya

Hepaticopsida

Anthocerotopsida

the petiole

29.

Hornworts are represented

(B)

37.

above

of the following

(A)

(C)

from points along the centrally placed main vein

(C)

the above

The branch veins all originate

veins originate

/are

(C)Phosphopentokinase

45.

at the point of attachment of

The branch

is

in living

RuBP?

nelles

(C)

(D)

following

polysaccharide

(A)

(C)

above

of the following cell orga-

Attracted to water

28. Pinnate venation

com-

above

the

of the

(B)

(A)

Lyco-

Which

(B)

polar or ionized group

is

Fructose

(C)

(D)
(A)

of the following

plant ?

44.

of the

(C)

(D)

by

beings ?

respiration

is

Condensation

(D) All of the

persicum

cules
(B)

Polymers are broken down

(A)

of great

Glycine, Gossypium, Brassica

macromole-

Casuarina

(B)

(B)

common

groups of

(A)

(C) Cassia,

Condensation

(C) Both (A)

of the following

plants produce fibres

economic value ?

have failed to be supported

by experimentation and ob(D)

Which

Opuntia

Calotropis (D) Nerium

isolated

vation
(C) Theories are hypotheses that

(A)

(B)

(D) Offspring

was

following plants

and grooves, sun-

monly called the table sugar ?

(A) Glucose

by-

needs further
experimentation and obser-

is

organism

the characters of the

(C) Hybrid

simply a hypo-

thesis

all

is

33. Auxenotriolic acid

have the greatest explanatory power

(B)

produced

Clone

(A)

40.

during the

(B)

method

the

(C)

of

formation

of

ridges

ken stomata and chlorenchyma

in the stem ?

(C)

Which

show

Bacillus

occur

Which

39.

Saccha-

and Clostridium

angiosperms,

In

division

(A) Theories

25.

and

romyces

NADPH

PS-II

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 116

Copyrighted materia

Which

48.

of the following physiolo-

caused

gical effects is

by

7.

stem

hence mesosomes

Rooting

(B)

Yellowing of young leaves

cutting

(C) Shortening of genetically

DNA attaches

process of complete

genetically

of

The area

of plant

the stimulus

9.

700 urn

50.

Receptive region

(B)

Reactive region

(C)

Perceptive region

900

to

(D)

Responsive region

(A)

Proteinaceous

(B)

Polyribonucleotides

(C)

Single stranded RNA

Double stranded RNA

12.

The

is

Once

the host,

ANSWERS
1.(C)

2.(C)

3.(D)

4. (A)

5.(C)

6. (C)

7. (A)

8. (B)

9. (C)

10. (B)

11. (D) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (B)

15. (C)

in

infection

13.

grow

and

Polarity

There are twenty

acids

possessing

36. (B) 37. (A) 38. (C) 39. (B) 40. (D)

14.

41. (C) 42. (D) 43. (B) 44. (B) 45. (C)
46. (D) 47. (A) 48. (D) 49. (C) 50. (B)

their

lambda

phages,
pattern

which

Psilophytes are whisk ferns.

is

city is called
1

6.

helps gather nutrients.

sleep movement is a nastic

response that occurs in response
to dark and light. Sleep movement is also caused owing to

H.C.

(1884) discovered a
for placing bacteria

a gram-positive or a
on
depending
whether or not the organisms

H. 147

wheat

with

is

double

excellent

respectively.

35.

high degree of resistance to rusts.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 117

Peroxisome

glycolate

enzyme

of

36.

oxygen during
in
which one

bacteria

class-Anthocerotopsida

but very clearly defined groups of

plant, (bryophytes)

many ways,

and

which

especially

differ in
in their

sporophytes from the liverworts

to which they are often allied.

members

not use water as an electron

Popularly the

class are called hornworts.

37.

Differential

cellular organisation with special-

The separation

and complex cells. The representative organisms are ferns,

mosses, woody, non-woody

as

flowering plants.

density,

ultimate goal of science

is

and

(Anthocerotae) embraces a small

light is required.

sulphur

The

donor.

The

is

involved

metabolism

photorespiration.

of this

centrifugation
of mixtures such
a medium

cellular particles in

at various centrifugal forces to

separate

each
24.

associated with

is

photorespiration. Peroxisome

in

yielding

potency under natural conditions

and either free from rusts or with

individual.

contains typical

ized

dwarf

a given

temperate.

23. Kingdom-plantae includes multi-

retained crystal violet stain.

an
a

Cannabis, Hibiscus and Gossy-

Non-cyclic photophosphorylation

Green

of

words,

pium produce respectively hemp,

deccan hemp and cotton (fibre)

cycle

give off oxygen because they do

into either

W.

34.

purple sulphur bacteria do not

of leaf.

replicas

other

occurs twice and four water molecules are photolyzed to evolve

quanta of
17.

gram-negative

4.

of

in

is

the production of

In

clone can not be considered as.

an offspring, but simply the copy

entirely

life

means

genetic

individual.

a kind of microbody. Peroxisome

photosynthesis,

pulvinus situated at

Gram

have
of

Cloning

virus with this capa-

one molecule

procedure

helobial).

32.

amino

only

lysogeny and

called

infection.

The

whisk ferns have no leaves or

roots. A branched rhizome has
rhizoids and a mycorrhizallungus

3.

gametophyte and two types of

and
endosperm
(nuclear

characterised by lysis after phage

HINTS

in

different

nuclear

free

formation of embryo sac/female

Certain bacteriophages, such as

different

angiosperms,

In

divisions occur invariably during

are

R-groups.

sometimes
hormone

stomata.
31.

exact

in cells that differ

is

stress

because it initiates and maintains

seed and bud dormancy and
brings about the closure of

rapidly pro-

non-polarity

the

called

important aspects of R-groups.

31. (D) 32. (A) 33. (Bj 34. (B) 35. (A)

changes
the base

29. Abscisic acid (ABA)

rapidly.

26. (C) 27. (D) 28. (B) 29. (B) 30. (C)

2.

viral

mycelium. The

21. (D) 22. (B) 23. (B) 24. (A) 25. (A)

is

ducts of fibrovascular
or in any centre of

bundles

16. (A) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (C) 20. (D)

either pinnate or palmate.

grows

it

septate

hyphae

Monocots exhibit
and dicot exhibit
may be

leaf.

netted venation which

the fungus enters

ducing

parallel venation

urn.

mosaic'

sugarcane discaused by Colletotrichum

falcatum.

Leaf veins are vascular bundles

within

region

'red rot' of

ease

of

macromolecules.

disease of bhindi that occurs in

severe form during March to June
when the temperature is high.
The virus is transmitted by whiteflies (Bemisia tabaci).

TMV genes are

(D)

of

down)

cell division.

light of infra-red

10. 'Yellow vein

both

out

carry

(breaking

hydrolysis

having wavelength ranging from

(A)

Enzymes

condensation (building up) and

its

bacterium photosynthesizes by

absorbing

which receives

is

vations.

26.

28.

dwarf plants
49.

which the

cell division

causes suspension

inactivity

Elongation

to

during

acts as spindle fibres and

tall

plants
(D)

concepts based on the conclusions of experiments and obser-

mesosomes

of

plasm. Because protoplasm and

gibberellic acid ?

(A)

in

Non-formatien

refers to non-elongation of proto-

plants

in

particles

size

of different

and shape from

other.

to

understand the natural world in

terms of theories which mean

(Continued on Page 132

1.

'Seed

rot'

of

chickpea

caused

is

Best Fifteen Questions

(C) Tropical soils

by-

2.

Rhizoctonia solani

(B)

Pythium debaryanum

(C)

Claviceps purpurea

oxides

(D)

None

ract to

(A)

(D) All of the

above

of the

stands for

European Union

7.

Epizootic

(B)

Aerosols

(C)

Sulphur dioxide

(D)

None

12.

above

of the

Down's syndrome

and Unity

J. E. Purkinje,

Mesophytes

(C)

Hydrophytes

(D)

Helophytes

of

age

after the

Sym-

Guttation, in the morning, occurs

when
(A) The

rate of water absorption

and

root pressure are higher

The

rate of water absorption

(B)

or

of forty

is

who coined

Provides no overt abnor-

(B)

cells,

(C)

The

(D)

When

the
malities

(C)

was a/an

Is

is

chromosome 21
Is always caused by nondisjunction of chromosome

English biologist

(B)

American

(C)

Czech

(D)

Dutch

(D)
biologist

biologist

4.

The branch
deals

with

which
chemical and

of cytology

the

physio-chemical analysis of
matter is termed as
(A)

Continental

drift

Geological catastrophe

(A)

Mass

(B)

(C)

extinction

Cytogenetics

Cytoecology

(D)

(D)

Cytochemistry

9.

Tropical rain forest destruction

considered to be extremely

(B)

with

14.

the above

ligulate

represented by

of

(B)

Ray

(C)

Disc florets

(D)

All of

The

ultimate branches of leaves

florets

florets

the above

in

into

minute specialized photosynthetic

in

areas known as

pH

Mesophyll

(B)

(A)

(C)

6-5

(D)

(B)

Palisade

(C)

Vein

(D)

Transition

cing the threat of global war-

as

ming

(A)

15.

islets

zone

Industries, in air pollution, are

Sedentary

soil

(A)

Area sources

leads to the severe mas-

(B)

Embryonic

soil

(B)

Line sources

sive destruction in biological

(C)

Secondary

soil

(C)

Point sources

diversity

(D)

Eolinsoil

(D)

All of

It

corolla

Immature

absorb carbon dioxide, redu-

10.

is

(A)

bundle ends which bend

The soil which develops in situ

above parent bedrock is known

Mostly large tracts of forest

root pressure are lower

Strap-like

(A)
seri-

higher

are very small and terminate

is

ous because
(A)

All of

Calicolous plants usually found

soil

5.

and distribution
on the earth

Fossilization
of fossils

(C)

like

earthquake

living

Cytotaxonomy

(B)

causes

is

both water absorption

sunflower

biologist
8.

lower

lower and the rate of root

and
13.

17

is

rate of water absorption

pressure

always by non-disjunction

of
(A)

higher and the rate of root

pressure

above

term protoplasm to describe the

contents of

Xerophytes

(B)

more prevalent among

Is

children of elderly mothers

patic species
3.

(A)

form

Ozone and PAN

(A)

Syn-

Ulcerative

Etiolation

stem and large

of air cavities, are mostly

nitrogen

the environment inte-

in

(A)

drome
(D)

and

Hydrocarbons

of Soil

plants
(C)

number

for Silvicul-

and Use

Eradication

Plants having feebly developed

root, soft-delicate

above

grouped under
6.

ture
(B)

11.

agriculture for future

(A)

EUS

not support

will

the above

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A)

2.(C)

3.(C)

4.(D)

5.(D)

6. (A)

7. (C)

8. (D)

9. (C)

10. (A)

11. (C) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (C)

is

2.

one
in

EUS

(Epizootic Ulcerative Syn-

drome)
1.

The fungus

Rhizoctonia solani

causes 'seed

rot'

C.S.V./

of chickpea.

March/ 2000/ 118

It

of the important pathochickpea wilt complex.

gens

is

common

bacterial

7.

When members
chromosome
disjunction.

of

pair

during meiosis-l,

a homologous
to separate

fail

is

called

non-

The most common

disease which appears as sites

of localized external infections.

(Continued on Pane 132

un Reasoning
Why

Q.
steel

the spring

and not

Ans.
of steel

is

of

made

is

of

know that the elasticity

more than that of copper.

Therefore, for equal applied force, the

elongation of steel spring

that of

So

copper

for

same

face tension increases while for the

impurity which

copper ?

We

is

less than

initial

length.

limit

is

crossed. Moreover, steel recovers

its

original

state quicker than

after the

deforming force

is

copper

removed.

Which one of the glass and

rubber is more elastic and why ?
Q.

Ans. Glass

is

more

produced
Q.

in

rubber.

Q. Explain

temperature

Ans. During the storm, the velocity of wind above the roof surface is
very high and hence pressure is low.
The pressure below the roof is atmospheric which

is

higher than the pre-

ssure of upper surface. Due to this

pressure difference, the roof blows.

Q. Why are the upper surface

of the wings of an aeroplane made
convex upwards and the lower,
concave downwards ?

Ans. This design of the wings

makes the velocity of air larger at the
upper surface and smaller at the
lower surface. So the pressure on the
upper side is less than the pressure
on lower side. The pressure difference provides lift to the wing of the
plane.

Ans. The
assumes the

small quantity of liquid

spherical form

due

to

surface tension which tends to reduce

A given mass
minimum surface area
assumes a spherical shape.
the surface area.

will

acquire

if

it

If

the impurity

added

is

highly soluble in the liquid, the sur-

C.S.V./

the

Ans. The reason

So

What

Q.

is

anomaThe maxi-

the

density of water occurs at 4C.

the water expands whether

it

meant by the power

is

of a lens ?

Ans. The power

in-

defined as

lous expansion of water.

mum

why, the sun now appears red.

filled
if

its

in

P=

?0n^bre)

The power

is

the tyre bursts, there

because

adiabatic expansion of air

ssure.

expansion, the

In

some work
so the

energy decreases.

internal

temperature.

fall in

Q. Stainless steel and cooking

with extra

pans are preferred

copper bottom, why ?
Ans.

know
is

that the condu-

large as

compared

to the conductivity of steel. Therefore,

when a cooking

pan,

copper sheet

placed over a flame,

is

Q.

Why does an

air bubble
shine brightly ?

Ans. When
water

filament

and neon bulb ?

Ans. The spectrum

in

the rays go from

into the air bubble,

total internal reflection.

they suffer

Now

sodium

of

flame consists of two yellow bright

contiThe suns spectrum
nuous consisting of many dark lines
lines.

is

called Fraunhoffer lines.

The spe-

ctrum of incandescent bulb filament is

continuous having all colours from
in

order.

These colours

are not clearly separated from each

other. In

neon bulb spectrum, there

are separate bright lines of

all

colours.

extra

fitted with

more heat passes. This causes early

cooking of food.
jar of water

What are the main diffein the spectra of sodium

red to violet

We

copper

ctivity of

Q.

rences

flame, the sun, incan-descent bulb

does

air

against surroundings and

This causes a

negative.

suffi-

is

atmospheric pre-

ciently greater than

is

diOp,er

a convex lens is
of a concave lens

of

positive while that

When

is

the reci-

is

metre. Hence,

4C.

Ans.

a lens

deviate the

procal of the focal length expressed

is

Q. If an inflated tyre bursts, the

escaping out is cooled, why ?

of

ability to

rays towards the axis. This

heated above 4C or cooled below

air

rays

reach the observer on the earth. That

they are

back as if from a mirror.

air bubble shines like a

Hence the
mirror.

Q. Why does the setting sun

look red ?

Q. The diameter of the sun is

of the order of 10 9 metre, still it
appears to be a small disc, why ?

Ans. The distance of the sun

from the earth is of the order of
10 11 metre. It subtends an angle
10 9
~2
radian (very small) at one
j^vT 1u
The same angle

is subtended by
diameter placed at a
metre from our eye. So
the sun appears first like a small disc.

eye.

a dise

of

distance of

cm

Q. For what wavelength of light

our eye most sensitive ? What is
in lumen/watt corresponding
to this wavelength ?
is

Ans. This

menon

is

due

pheno-

to the

of scattering of light.

the rays of white

light

When

value

coming from

Ans. Our eye

most sensitive

to

the atmosphere, the blue rays are

5550 A wavelength corresponding

to

scattered transversely by air mole-

this

the sun near the horizon pass through

Q. How does the impurity affect

the surface tension ?

Ans.

a beaker

decreased or

So these

are scattered least.

is

creased.

reflected

Why does

a small quantity
of a liquid assume spherical form ?
Q.

why

is

the pressure of air inside

During certain wind storm,

blown off, why ?

light roofs are

in liquid,

with water at 4C over-flows

elastic than

rubber because for a given applied

force per unit area, the strain produced in glass is much smaller than

less soluble

is

the surface tension decreases.

the steel spring can bear a larger

tension before the elastic

Physics

in

cules.

These rays are unable

the earth.

On

to

reach

the other hand, red rays

is

wavelength the value of luminous flux/radiant flux = 685 lumen/

watt.

March/ 2000/ 119

Copyrighted material

Reasoning

Chemistry

in

(Why and How)

Q.

1.

Solution of fV(OH)4] +

whereas [V(OH)2] 2+

blue.

is

Reason Solution
in

+ 5 oxidation state

of

is practically

Why

[V(OH) 4 ] +

is

electron

in this

ion

is

in its o*-orbital.

higher d-level of the

is

no unpaired

trum.

Hence

the

light

+ 4 and contains one unpaired

This electron can be excited to

same

which have frequency

in

shell

by low energy photons

the yellow region of the spec-

transmitted by the solution appears

blue.

Q.

2.

Why neutron is preferred most as a projectile

over others

like proton,

deuteron,

C02 + H 2 0

colourless because

electron which can absorb light in the visible region.

Solution of [V(OH) 2 ] 2+ is blue as the oxidation state of

vanadium

The net
4Fe (s) + 30

ReasonCharged

particles

like

due to coulombic force of

repulsion (being positively charged these are repelled
back by the nucleus). To overcome this coulombic repulsion highly energetic charged particles as projectile are
needed. Howsoever neutron has no charge and, therefore, experiences no coulombic repulsion.
Q. 3.

Why

reactors) are

difficulty

new generation

of reactors (breeder

coming up to replace

traditional nuclear

reactors ?

Reason

2(g)

in

breeder reactors more

fuel

element

C0 32-

+ 12H + (aq) + H2 0

^ 4F6

. . .

is

3*

(i)

represented

+ 7H 2 0

...(ii)

iron.

Q. 6.

Why sodium
is

metal

is

not deposited

when

electrolysed using Pt electrodes ?

Reason In aqueous

sodium chloride

solution of

+
there are present Na + Cl~
and OH" ions and unioniis reduced.
sed H 2 0. At the cathode either Na+ or

H^

Na + (aq) + e-> Na (s)

HjO + e

->

Though E values

E = -2-71

H 2(g) + OH- (aq)

E =

- 0- 83V

for both the reactions are negative,

one

with small negative value takes place in preference

over the other. Hence water is reduced to liberate H 2 at

cathode and reduction of

Na+ (aq) + e

Na (s) does
,

Q. 7. Molar conductivity of acetic acid

with dilution of the solution. Why ?

ReasonOn

nuclei.

92U 238 is bombarded with a

94PU 239 a fissionable nuclei

fast neutron to

produce

92U238 + on1 - 92 U 239 -> 93NP 239 +

not

Q. 4. In general the rate of a reaction decreases

as time passes. Explain why ?

electricity at

ReasonThe
to the product of

rate of reaction

is

directly proportional

molar concentration of reactants (Law of

As the time passes the concentration of

decreased and thereby the rate of reaction

action).

perature.

CH 3 COO_

+ H+)

Why ?

Reason Increase
mobility of anions

in

temperature increases the

of the molten electrolytes

and cations

(or the ions in solution). Further, viscosity of the solvent is

also decreased with increase of temperature, thus the ion

in

solution experience less resistance,

and conduct more

high temperature.

On the other hand increase in temperature increases

movement of the Kernels in the metals which offers
more resistance to the flow of electrons.

the

Q. 9.

Why phenol

ReasonThe

is

acidic ?

acidic nature of phenol

formation of phenoxide ion which

Q. 5. The carbon dioxide dissolved in water would

increase the rate of rusting. Why ?

Q. 8. Metallic conductance decreases while

conductance increases with increase in

trolytic

(CH3COOH

ir

of ionisation of

acetic acid with dilution.

breeder reactors the conditions are, so controlled

3 neutrons emitted in fission of each 92U 235
only one is used to propagate the fission chain with
92U 235 The other two are allowed to react with 92U 238 and
not being absorbed by Cd steel (as occurs in traditional
nuclear reactors). Thus two fissible nuclei of 94PU 239 are
formed for one 92U 235 nucleus is consumed.
In

degree

and thereby number of anions and cations is increased,

which causes a sharp increase in molar conductivity of

that out of

the

dilution

acetic acid increases

ggNp 239 - 94 Pu 239 + _ e

is

is

produced than what is consumed during the generation of

New fuel element is produced from a non fissile

reactants

the rusting of iron

occur.

energy.

mass

in

increased (equation 1) which appears as reactant in

equation (2). Thus C0 2 increases the rate of rusting of

proton, deuteron,

reach the target (positively charged

^ 2H

H2CO3

According to Le Chatelier's principle, an increase in

the concentration of reactant would favour forward
+
reaction. In presence of C0 2 H ions concentration is

NaCI solution

nucleus) with a great

reaction

as

triton, a-particles

etc.?

triton, a-particle etc.

water to form carbonic

2 dissolves in

acid (H 2 C0 3 which dissociates as follows

vanadium there

of

C0

Reason

colourless

C 6H 5OH

+ H 20

is

is

due

to the

resonance stabilised

^ CgHgO-

+ H 30

Phenoxide

ion

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 120

Copyrighted material

OH

group

presence

in

NaHC0 3

of

which makes the

solution alkaline

OH

-N02

Aq NaHC0 3

The negative charge is spread throughout the

benzene ring. Charge delocalisation is a stabilising factor
in

phenoxide

in

a strong acid
glacial acetic acid. Why ?

ion.

HCI

Q. 10.

Reason Strength of an acid depends on the 'ease'

it can donate a proton in solution. HCI in water
donates proton very easily to yield CI" ion and, therefore,
it is a strong acid.

^H0

HCI + H 2 0

weak

is

a competition for
(both have

CH 3 COOH

CH3COOH

Hence HCI behaves as a

^ CH COOH
3

+
2

Reason

Why

atomic

of

orbit

an electron

at the

us that

it

is

same moment.

Bohr's

4.

describes simultaneously both the location

Durga News Agency

5.

Q. 12.

Why cresols are

Reason
)

(in

Presence

cresols)

nature of phenol as

of

it

releasing group
decreases the acidic

electron
ring

6.

strengthens the negative charge on

2.

NH 2

Reason
ever,

in

group

is

M/s. Standard

proton to form

C 6 H 5 NH 3 and

Thus m-bromo product

NH

formed

is

group

in

J. K.

of strong

of

benzene

it

6.

M/s. City

Magazine

HOSHIARPUR

Ph. 20968
7.

8.

ring are delocalised

throughout the molecule. This makes the molecule very

stable. The addition reactions would result in the breaking
of this delocalisation, i.e., the stability of the molecule
which is resisted.
Q. 15. In the preparation of 2

4 dinitro chlorobenzene from chlorobenzene, by nitration, the reaction

product should not be washed with aqueous solution
of NaHC0 3 to remove the unused acid. Why ?

Reason

dinitro

C.S.V./

March/ 2000/ 121

M/s. Shivashakti

Sector-2, Bus Stand,

ROURKELA

1.

M/s. P.C. Jain

TAMILNADU

M/s. Subhash News

Agency

Outside Hall Gate,

M/s. Live Media

Agency

36, Halls Road, Igmore

CHENNAI

Garg Book Centre

3097, Opp. Distt. Courts
Near Rajendra Govt.
College, BHATINDA

2.

Murugashan N.P
Agency
M/s.

95-Pillaimar Street,

Arappalayam, MADURAI

Chandra Kanta News

Agency
Santaram Damodarvani
M/s.

Ganga Ram
Plot Near Hanuman

BHUSAWAL

Co.

IMPHAL

Ph. 226189

MAHARASHTRA
1

&

Booksellers & N.P. Agent

Ph. 221756

M/s. Sethi Enterprises

AMRITSAR
9.

(Sundergarh)

MANIPUR

chlorobenzene shows nucleoCI can be replaced by

philic substitution reaction, i.e.,

4.

Pustakalaya

6,

n electrons

BERHAMPUR

News Agency

JALANDHAR

Reason

M/s. T.L. Murty Patra

Old Bus Stand,

Chopra Book Shop

LUDHIANA Ph. 746731

acid.

Q. 14. Although benzene is highly unsaturated,

does not undergo addition reactions?

M/s. Madhab Book Stores

CUTTACK Ph. 611043

3.

M/s.

m-directing.

presence

2.

Book Depot

P ATI A LA Ph. 219045

Distributors,
is

Nayak

Ph. 405102, 407810

Ph. 21709

M/s. Mohindra Bros.

LUDHIANA Ph. 740610
M/s.

M/s. A.K.

BHUBANESHWAR
Book Depot
Ph. 21916

PATHANKOT

o-and p-directing. How-

presence of strong acid aniline combines with

NANDED MS:

1.

M/s. Bhatia

Q. 13. Aniline undergoes bromination in o-and pposition but in presence of strong acid it gives mbromo aniline. Why ?

(M.S.)

Book Centre
Nagar Road,

M/s. Sai

ORISSA

PATHANKOT

phenoxy oxygen and thus proton release becomes

difficult. Hence cresols are less acidic than phenol.

439444

Aurangabad Book
Depot
M/s.

Sri

M/s. Surani Sahitya Kutir

PUNJAB

less acidic than phenol ?

on benzene

MUMBAl

Ph. 24448, 29696

Stall

Thana Chariali,
DIBRUGARH (Assam)

Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.

Building,

(M.S.) Ph.

AURANGABAD

M/s. Sharma Book

Thana Chariali,

tinsukia (Assam)
3.

548978

M/s. Vishnu Bookseller

AKOLA

GUWAHATI
2.

(M.S.) Ph.

Magazine Centre

M/s.

Empire

M/s. Dipak Enterprises

M/s.

M/s. Pinkeys Magazine

146-D.N. Road,

Railway Book Stall

not

and momentum of electron (Recall an electron moving in

an orbit of definite energy states) and thus violates

(CH 3

hydroxy benzene)

NAGPUR

possible to determine with accuracy both the position and

momentum

dinitro

Corner

3.

ASSAM
1

principle tells

2.

M/s. Om Prakash News

Agency, CALCUTTA
Ph. 2485624. 2104806

Laitumkhrah, SHILLONG

Uncertainty

(2

MEGHALAYA

+ Cl-

Q. 11. Bohr's atomic model violates the uncertainty principle.

benzene)

WEST BENGAL

acid.

HCI +

dinitro chloro

ICOMPETITION SCIENCE VISION

FOR MORE INFORMATION,
PLEASE CONTACT OUR DEALERS

proton donating tendency). HCI forceibly donates proton

to acetic acid with difficulty.

+ Cl-

glacial acetic acid there

donating proton between HCI and

water but weak acid

in

with which

in

N02

N0 2
(2

is

3.

M/s.

Malaragam News

Centre,

Reader's Paradise,
1-B, Sivankoli,

Mandir,

(Jalgaon)

North Street, Kokkirakulam,

TIRUNELVELI

14.

Physics

Conversion

of heat into

work

is

not possible without

sink at lower temperature.

1

An empty
one

vessel produces louder sound than a

of the

same shape and

when

size

struck

"~T/F

filled

in

the

15.

same way.

Stainless steel cooking pans are preferred with extra

copper bottom.

T7F

T/F
2.

When a
atom

it

silicon

semiconductors doped

with a boron

behaves as p-type semiconductor.

Chemistry
T/F

3.

The

ratio of

de Broglie wavelength

a proton moving

same

with

of

an electron and

energy

kinetic

is

T/F
4.

By applying magnetic

field

16.

Water gas

17.

Carbon dioxide

is

a mixture

of

CO and H 2

V 1840.

_j/F
0* sunlight to

nays can be deviated.

is

absorbed by plants

in

the presence

form glucose and higher carbohydrates.

-T/F

-T/F
5:

Coloured glass appears white after being crushed

into

powder

fine

At ordinarv temperature

all

oxides of nitrogen are

-T/F

-T/F
6.

an ideal gas expands adiabatically, it does positive

work and its internal energy decreases.
If

19

Aniline dissolves in

aqueous HCI

to form anilinium

chloride.

T/F

-T/F
7.

In

an

SHM when

the displacement

amplitude, the kinetic energy

total

is

in

one

half the

In

20

Formic and acetic acids are botn

P<> werful

reducing

agents.

three-fourth of the

T/F

energy.

T/F
8.

an SHM,

equal

kinetic

when

the

and

potential energies

displacement

is

-p

21. Ethylmethyl ketone can

meric ,orms

become

have only following

tauto-

times the

CH 3 CH 2 CCH 3

amplitude.

^ CH CH -C = CH
3

-T/F

T/F
9.

2Z Tne

Bridges are declared unsafe after a long use.

P int of propionic acid is less than that of

n-butyl alcohol, an alcohol of comparable molecular

T/F
10.

balloon

finitely

in

the gaseous state.

filled

with helium

does not

Doilin 9

weight.

_T/F

rise in air inde-

but haults after a certain height (neglecting

23. Reaction of phenol with benzoyl chloride in alkaline

winds).

_T/p

solution, is

known as Schotten-Baumann

reaction.

T,F
1 1

Absolute zero degree temperature

is

not zero energy

24.

temperature.

_T/p

Ammonium

chloride can

be replaced by ammonium

the precipitation of group

sulphate

in

25.

Argon

most abundant noble gas

26.

The number
central atom

III

radicals!

T/F
12.

and transverse
waves can propagate in

T/F

Solids can support both longitudinal

waves

but only longitudinal

is

in

atmosphere,

T/F

gases.

3.

The

principle of superposition is applicable to

LASER

is

monodentate ligands attached

the coordination

number

to the

of the central

atom.

waves.

-T/F
C.S.V./

of

T/F

March/ 2000/ 122

Copyrighted material

27. Molecularity of a reaction can

reaction

be zero but the orderjof

43.

can never be so.

Freshwater bony fishes maintain water balance by

excreting a hypotonic urine.

T/F
28. Milk

is

an example

of emulsion.

T/F
44.

T/F
29.

If

the pressure

is

take place

in

will

The

limbic

system involves both the unconscious and

conscious brain.

-T/F

increased, the equilibrium reaction

which

direction

will

bring about

45. Transmission of the nerve impulse across a synapse

lowering of pressure.
is

accomplished by the movement of

Na + and K +

-T/F
30. Expansion work

is

given by the expression PAV.

Botany

-T/F
46.

The skeleton

47.

Flower buds are also buds but they are modified to

of the shoot

is

formed by the stem.

Zoology
31. Synovial joints

have

fluid-filled

-T/F
capsules of fibrous

carry

connective tissue.

on the special function

of reproduction.

-T/F

-T/F
32. Hybridization

based techniques use probes

48. While the stem

to detect

is

growing, lateral buds grow at every

leaf axil in basipetal order.

nucleic acid sequences.

T/F

T/F
33. Heartbeat or cardiac cycle consists of a contraction

and

49.

The genetic

must be able to store infordo not undergo mutations.

material

mation, be replicated, and

relaxation.

-T/F

T/F
34. Genotoxicity refers

damage

.to

the detection of agents that

50.

Thymus

is

a lymphatic organ located

in

prevent transformation.

-T/F

the upper

chest region near the neck.

51.

T/F
36.

Enzymatic digestion of the transforming substance

DNase, an enzyme that digest DNA, does not

with

protein.

T/F
35.

Cancerous tumours

Complementary
replication of

called

arising from epithelial tissues are

base pairing and

of

DNA, are

joining, during

carried out by

a complex

DNA polymerase.

called sarcomas.

-T/F
T/F

37.

The pacemaker

or sinoatrial

node

specialized cardiac muscle cells

in

is

a collection

52.

of

The genetic code

is

triplet

code but each codon

consists of four bases.

the right atrium,

T/F

which sets the heart beat.

T/F

53.

is

Most common method

chlorophyta

38. Synthesis of pyruvic acid, glucose or glycogen from

amino acids

is

of

asexual reproduction

T/F
54.

39. Urine formation begins within the nephron as fluid

and small molecules

filter

The whole enzyme molecule called holoenzyme is

made up of a proteinous part and a cofactor, the
prokinaceous part

through the glomerulus into

is

called prosthetic group.

the glomerular capsule.

T/F

T/F
The

cavity

of

medulla oblongata

is

called

55. IAA

is

not a

common

naturally occurring auxin.

third

T/F

ventricle.

T/F
41

The ampullae

of lorenzini is

a photosensitive organ

in

56.

C0 2

The reduction

of

chloroplast by

means

takes place
of

a series

in

the stroma of

of reactions called

Calvin cycle.

Scoliodon.

-T/F

T/F
42. Galactosemia

in

by the formation of zoospores.

called glycogenosis.

T/F

40.

-T/F

is

the inability to metabolize starch.

-T/F
C.S.V./March/2000/123

57. Transposons are also called jumping genes.

-T/F

58. Trophic levels are formed by organisms associated

4.

with food chains.

Nitrite

magnetic

reductase

is

the enzyme, responsible for the

5.

When

incident

ammonia

due

the leguminous root nodules.

not deviated by electric or

fields.

the glass

reduction of molecular nitrogen to the level of

in

So they are

chargeless.

T/F
59.

y-radiations are electromagnetic radiations which are

crushed

is

is totally

into fine

powder the

light

scattered without the absorption so

composite

to the

light

crushed glass appears

white.

T/F
6.

a homozygous recessive white-flowered plant is

crossed with a homozygous dominant red-flowered
plant, the offspring will be all red-flowered.

60.

If

energy

bring

done

3.

True

4.

False

True

6. True

7.

True

8.

True

9.

True

10. True

11.

True

12.

True

True

15.

True

16.

True

14.

initial

its

not flowing

is

energy and

internal

stage. Hence, internal energy

is

done by the system, work

is positive.

For adiabatic change

AQ
.-.

13. False

the environment

to increase

to the

it

decreases. Since, work

5.

True

system

to the

ANSWERS
2.

gas expands adiabatically, its internal

consumed, so its temperature decreases.

ideal

is

The heat energy from

T/F

I.True

When an

From

= 0

law of thermodynamics

first

AW+8U

0 =

18. False

19.

True

20. False

21. False

22. False

23. True

24. False

or,

25. True

26. True

27. False

28. True

29. True

30. True

31. True

32. True

Thus, the system does a positive work and the

internal energy of the gas decreases.

33. True

34. False

35. True

36. False

37. True

38. False

39. True

40. False

41 False

42. False

43. True

44. True

45. False

46. False

47. True

48. False

49. False

50. True

51 True

53. True

54. False

55. False

56. True

57. True

58. True

59. False

60. True

17.

True

9.

HINTS
is struck, the air volume inside
the vessel vibrates with sufficiently large amplitude.

As the loudness
a

wave,

it

fully filled

vibration with

of sound depends on the amplitude

produces a large sound.

a large amplitude. This is

presence of the

Boron

an element belonging

group

of the

When

to third

doped as impurity in a pure crystal of

germanium or silicon, the valence electrons of the
impurity atom form covalent bonds with the nearby
crystal atoms and in bonding one bond remains
vacant. The vacant bond can accept one electron and
is equivalent to a positive charge. The extrinsic
semiconductor thus formed

is

We

know

particle is

17. This process

6C0 2
18.

N 20 5

19.

The

is

for proton

For an electron Xg =

Xp =

is

Sun

V? = Vl840

C.S.V. / March / 2000/ 124

''

9ht
)

C 6 H 120 6

60 2

white crystalline solid (m.p. 30C).

solubility of Aniline in

formation of water soluble

C 6H5NH 2

H 30 +

dil.

HCI

is

due

to the

salt.

CI"

Q5H 5NH 3

+ CI-

HjO

Anilinium Chloride

21.

is

a reducing agent.

It has two enolic forms

and II. II is more stable
because has a more substituted double bond.
I

it

V2me E

OH
CH3CH 2

C CH
(I)

H2

Water gas

known as photosynthesis

+ 6H 2 0

OH

V2m~E

CO

->

Steam

20. Only formic acid

h
,

V 2m E
and

H 20

hot coke

a p-type semicon-

that the wavelength associated with

X =

in

is obtained by passing superheated steam

over red hot coke at 450 - 600C.

is

ductor.

As such

only volume elasticity.

Water gas

Red

liquid.

periodic table having three valence electrons.

is

16.

be set into
mainly due to

of the vibration in

boron

The gases possess

vessel, liquid inside can not

damping

its

gases, only longitudinal waves can be transmitted.

On the other hand, the solids possess both volume
and shear elasticity and likewise both the longitudinal
and transverse waves can be transmitted through
them.

When an empty vessel

In

long use undergoes continuous

a very large number of times each
day and after a long period due to loss of strength,
the amount of strain in the bridge for a given stress
will be large and many ultimately lead to the collapse

bridge during

of the bridge.

12.

of the

-5U

alternating strains

52. False

AW

CH3CH C CH3

(ID

(Continued on Fage 135

the quantity of electricity passed through the electro-

Physics

lyte.

20.
1

2.

The path

air is

Magnetic
area

4.

projectile fired horizontally is

an

held

is

a surface

using
is

maximum when

22.

to the direction of field.

Einstein's photoelectric equation

is

^ mvZ =

23.

92 U

235

141

0n

6.

Units of mutual conductance

7.

The

> 56

in

+ aeKr92 + 3 0 " 1 + Q.
a

triode valve

a body with respect to time

position of

solution.

a molecule leads

hybridisation in

A carbon atom
itself is

5.

The sp

to

structure.

- Vq).

(v

and phenol can be distinguished by

21. Benzyl alcohol

process.

flux linked with

the benzene ring towards

electrophilic substitution.

According to Laplace, the propagation of sound

through

3.

of

Amino group

24.

groups attached

having

benzene

Electrophiles attack the

electron density

given

sulphide

where the

ring

is

25. Colour of nickel sulphide

is

to

known as asymmetric carbon atom.

black and that of zinc

is

is

below

x=
If

2r 3 -6/ 2 + 12f

the acceleration

0,

8.

The working

9.

The

of

a rocket

two

28.

a head-on

particles in

remains unchanged both

>

=m

The

1 1

According to Kepler's second law, the radius vector to

a planet from the sun sweeps out equal area in equal
intervals of time. The law is a consequence of con-

in

motion analogous to P

uniform circular motion

[Co (NH 3 ) 6 ] Cl 3

of

Alloys of

Hg

is

is

with other metals are called

29. Arsenic sulphide sol carries

charge.

and

in

10.

relation in rotatory

The IUPAC name

27. Chemical composition of rust

based on

is

relative velocity of

collision

26.

+6

is

30.

The

one

ideal solution is

that

obeys

law.

Zoology

is

31.

A gene

pool consists of

all

at

all

gene

loci in

of the population.

all

servation of
12.

Excess pressure inside a

surface tension
13.

The pressure

at

liquid

drop of radius rand

a new colony

32. Genetic drift in

is

known as the

effect.
is

all

points lying at the

same depth

33.
in

A change
to

chance

in

the

gene pool

of

a small population due

called

is

liquid is

34.

14.

15.

Sound wave

mixture of gases can be separated by using

is

wave

while

light

is

an

35.

wave.

Chemistry
The vapour density
weight
17.

of

a diatomic gas

always contain

18.

25,

is

its

net

X atoms (or ions) will

X atoms (or ions) within

Entropy of a perfectly crystalline solid

Mass

of

at

is

the electrolysis

The

ultimate source of

DNA

molecule carrying a

anemia

new

for the

is

is

at

an

proportional to

all

genetic variation

is

alleles.

Heterozygosity protects

An

from natural

selection.

X-linked, recessive allele

expressed
39.

40.

41.

than

in

viral

of

a bacterium

genome

Exchange
contact

a substance produced or consumed

in

38.

cell.

electrode

is

37.

atomic

absolute zero.
19.

DNA

with sickle-cell

as they yield new

is

face centered unit cell of

the

A person

alleles at that locus.

36.

16.

Recombinant

combination of

wave

in

is

much more

incorporated into the

is

called

A promoter
constitutive

in

the

is

DNA

molecule

by

direct cell-to-cell

known as

DNA

controls the rate at which

genes are

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 125

Co
\

be

of genetic material

bacteria

likely to

in

42.

The enzyme
is

that facilitates synthesis of

made

and

43. During glycolysis

DNA

copy of

are removed

from the substrate and picked up by

44.

Genes

that

code

for

51.

by

naturally

When

the anthers mature before stigma, the condi-

tion is

termed as

52.

Nepenthes usually grows

53.

Fungi having no cross walls

polypeptides are called

deficient soil.

in

in their

hyphae are

termed as

genes, whereas genes that activate or inactivate

other genes are called

54. Auxin brings about the positive gravitropism of

genes.

and the negative gravitropism

can integrate

45. Plasmids that

into the bacterial

of

DNA are

called

Botany

55.

Fusion of protoplast along with

56.

Those

plants which

grow and

its

live

nucleus

is

termed

and

on

organic matter of animals and plants are

referred to as saprophytic plants.

46.

Chromosome

puffs or Balbiani rings are present

the swellings of bands of the

on

chromo-

57. Crossing over of alleles

mosomes

some.

occurs

between homologous chrochiasmata

during

formation

in

of

47.

Enzyme complex

48.

The study
egg to the

involved

in

alcoholic fermentation
58.

is

development of an organism from the

adult stage is termed as
of

49. Nucleic acids

50.

The

containing

basic blocks of the pigments

of

membranes

of the

cell with developed intercellular

spaces which forms a connected system throughout

the entire plant

is

known as

59. Anaerobic respiration after glycolysis

were discovered by

particles

A parenchymatous

60. Tropic

grana are called

movement

stimulus

is

occurring

called

is

response

in

to contact

movement.

called

ANSWERS
xHp

1.

Parabolic

27.

Fe 2 03

2.

Adiabatic

28.

Amalgams

3.

Perpendicular

29. Negative

4.

30.

Ba

31. Alleles, individuals

5.
6.

Mho, Siemen

7.

-12

8.

Newton's

9.

10.

32.

units

law of motion

11. Angular

55.

57. Prophase-I, Meiosis

58.

Founder

60. Thigmotropic

Genes

35.

Homozygous

36.

Mutations

HINTS

37. Recessive alleles

13.

Equal

14.

Graham's law

15.

Mechanical, electromagnetic

16.

25

17.

Four

<)>

= B n ds where n

is

the unit

vector normal to the area.

38. Males, females

39.

Aerenchyma

59. Fermentation
drift

3.

momentum

Plasmogamy

56. Dead, Decaying

34.

Magnitude, direction

J-lco

54. Roots, stems

Raoult's

33. Genetic
third

53. Non-septate

the area

Prophage

is

When

held normally to the

direction of flux density then

40. Conjugation
of diffusion

B n = B

41. Transcribed

42. Reverse

transcriptase,

ruses
43. Hydrogen atoms, electrons,

18.

Zero

44. Structural, regulatory

19.

Directly

45.

x =

7.

dx

NAD*

dt

46. Polytene (salivary gland)

21. Neutral ferric chloride

47.

22. Linear

48. Embryology

(),. :0
(v2

9.

23. Four different

49. Miescher
50.

16.

25. White

26. Hexamminecobalt

51. Protandry
(III)

chloride

2r 3

-6r 2 + 12f + 6

6f 2

-12r+12

= 12/- 12
dt 1

Zymase

24. High

(fix

Episomes

20. Activates

0 = Bds.

retrovi-

-v<)

= -12
-(f2-t>i)

Molecular weight = 2 x V.D.

Gas

is

diatomic,

hence atomic

weight = 25.

52. Nitrogen

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 126

Copyrighted material

Reason

In each of the following quesstatement of assertion (A)

given and a corresponding statement of reason (R) is given just

(R)

tions, a

convex lens

is

(A)

below it. Of the statements,

the correct answer as
(A)

If

is

nation of
(B)

time.

(A)

both A and R are true but

R is not the correct expla-

(D)

If

(E)

If

(R)

has dimension of
(D)

(C)

Assertion

R e is

Assertion (A) When one mole

of an ideal gas expands under

(A)

T = 2n V HJg, where

(R)

The

opposite to
(A)

(A)

is

7.

1 1

proportional

Reason

(R)

U = Cv

Cyf^-Tg)
During adiabatic

(E)

(T2

J-i) in

persons hear the same number

of beat per second.

the expre-

ssion

atm, water

(A)
12.

(C)

(B)

(A)
2.

Assertion
can not

(A)

vacuum

but

light

Reason

(R)

not

(D)
:

(E)

Sound waves

propagate

(A)
8.

can be.
(A)
3.

(B)

(C)

Assertion (A)

(D)

an angle 45,
maximum.

projected at

range

is

Reason

(R)

(E)

When a body

For

(A)

Reason

its

(C)

(D)

(E)

(A)
13.

its

and

refrigerators.

The compound

critical

temperature of

(B)

(D)

(C)

(E)

Assertion (A) Food companies

are using supercritical carbon
:

dioxide

also

(C0 2

to extract flavour-

odour causing compounds

from natural food materials.

Reason

(R)

The

supercritical

carbon dioxide dissolve polar

compounds such as sugar, but it
does not dissolve non-polar

If

substances.

(E)

Assertion (A) If a convex lens

is kept in water its convergent

(R)

temperature below 198C.

these are small for the

second medium, the amplitude
can be greater.
it.

(A)
4.

Intensity

(E)

198C and critical pressure of

It means CCI F vapour
3
can be converted to liquid by
applying modest pressure at arty

ing or

(R)

(D)

(C)
:

43-5 atm.

depends on the density of the

medium and the wave velocity in

maximum

to one.

(B)

(D)

(B)

Reason

the incident wave, but

amplitude may be greater.

is

range the value of sin 29 should

be equal

(C)

(B)

Assertion (A)
Intensity of
transmitted sound wave is
always less than the intensity of

lower tem-

Assertion
The compound,
CCI3F is widely used as a fluid in

CCI3F has

same speed.

through

waves can.
Sound waves can
be polarised but light waves
:

less than

is

will boil at

air conditioners

Reason (R)
Doppler shift in
frequency of sound is same
whether the observer approaches the source or the source
approaches the observer with the

AU + AW

New

live at

perature.

AQ

in

When you

metric pressure

towards B, both

(R)

higher altitudes, where the baro-

Assertion (A) Two persons A

and B each carrying a source of
sound of frequency 400 Hz are
standing a few metres apart.

When A moves

Q = 0 and

achieve same effect as

York at sea level.

and acts

(D)

(E)

the Salt Lake city to

in

Reason
(C)

(D)

(C)

Assertion (A) Cooks know that

the food has to be heated at a bit
longer

it.

(B)

(B)

CHEMISTRY

restoring force

to the displacement

expansion A

rarefaction

given by

(E)

(R) A compression is
as a compression and a
is reflected as a rarefaction from a denser medium.

Suppose a

the radius of the earth.

acting on the coin

adiabatic conditions so that it

changes from (P,, V 1f T,) to (P2
V 2 T2), the work done by the gas

AW

(D)

(C)

Reason

(E)

does not necepass through the centre of

the earth, connects two cities. If
a coin is dropped in it, it will
perform S.H.M. with a time

Reason

is

(B)

Assertion (A)
In resonance
column, the closed end is a
pressure antinode.

(B)

period of

10.

light

ssarily

PHYSICS
1

It

This geometry

the forward direction.

(A)

of time.

tunnel, which

R is false
both A and Rare false
A is false but R is true
true but

is

'Light year' is

in

(E)

reflected

6.

nation of
If

Reason

are true
the correct expla-

(D)

(R)

gives a very broad spread of

water increases.

(C)

Assertion (A)

measure

If

(C)

5.

A and R

both

and R

mark

Reason

Focal length of

in

(B)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

(A)

9.

Assertion (A) Car headlights

use parabolic reflectors.
:

14.

(B)

(D)

(C)

Assertion (A)

It

is

(E)

the surface

tension that causes water drops

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 127

Copyrighted material

be spheres and not the

to

little

20. Assertion (A)

In most of the
reactions hydrogen peroxide acts

are processed by the Krebs cycle

cubes.

Reason

generates energy.

Reason

Reason

other shape of the

oxidising

With stronger
agents, hydrogen

peroxide

oxidised and oxygen

(B)

same volume.

(C)

(D)

(E)

is

Assertion (A) Mercury does not

climb the walls of a glass

(R)
is

a tube

evolved.

(A)

and when it is placed in

will have convex or

(C)

(D)

(A)

(E)

(R)

For a liquid like

mercury cohesive force i.e., the
surface tension is much greater

21

Assertion (A)

membrane and release

neurotransmitter molecules.

Reason

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

flows

Assertion (A)
condensation
mic in nature.

The process of
always exother-

is

Reason (R) The heat released

during the condensation is equal
:

magnitude but opposite

in

(A)

(B)

(C)

Assertion (A)
hydration of

Na +

larger than that of

of Mg 2+
is

Reason

much

(R)

(D)

(E)

The energy of
is somewhat
Cs + while that

between the ions and the water

molecule are

the order.

in

Mg2+ > Na +
(A)

(B)

> Cs +

(C)

(A)

22.

(B)

(C)

Assertion (A)

(D)

(E)

Assertion (A) To explore the

floor of the oceans, scientists,
have built diving ships to operate
at great depth. These ships

(A)

(E)

filled

with an

atmosphere

oxygen and helium

of

at high

internal tissues.

Reason

(R)

Reason
air

(R)

Nitrogen of normal

replaced by helium as

is

nitrogen
in

becomes more

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(A)

(C)

(D)

leading to foetal anaemia and

severe tissue damage.
(A)

Sebaceous

(E)

Assertion (A) If we have one

mole of hydrogen atoms, the
ideal gas law tells, that the gas
should occupy a volume of 22-4
:

litre

at S.T.P.
:

molecules of hydrogen.
(B)

(C)

(D)

(C)

(D)

(E)

Reason

(R)

mammals.

gland

an

is

The product

of the

Reason (R)

oily material called

sebum which

lubricates hairs,

and preventing

brittleness.

(A)

(B)

(C)

24. Assertion (A)

(D)

Prostaglandins

promote contractions of smooth

muscles, platelet aggregation,
inflammation and secretion.

(E)

Homeostasis is
the maintenance of a stable

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

30.

Assertion (A)

(E)

Phagocyte
and debris.

cells

internal environment.

digest microbes

Reason (R) This involves the

coordinating activity of different

Reason (R) Natural Killer cells

destroy virus-infected cells and
:

cells, tissues,

and organ systems.

turner cells.

(A)

(C)

(A)

(B)

25. Assertion

(D)

(A)

(E)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

commu-

cell to

nicate chemically with a muscle

site called the

Reason (R) Upon its release,

acetylcholine diffuses across the
junction and binds to specific
:

(A)

(B)

(C)

26. Assertion (A)

(E)

neuro-

muscular junction.

brane of the muscle

mem-

cell.

During

and

31.

Assertion (A)
Xenogamy is
defined as the pollen grain trans:

ferred to stigma of

Reason

(R)

In

same

flower.

Xenogamy, the

pollen grains of a flower transferred to stigma of a different

flower of a different plant of

different species.

(D)

bolism, fatty acids

BOTANY

Acetylcholine

receptors on the plasma

(R) One mole of hydrogen atoms contain 6 02 x 10 23

(A)

(B)

29. Assertion (A)

Prostaglandins
are hormone like molecules
produced by many body cells in

cell at

Reason

Erythroblastosis

massive destruction of foetal red blood cells,

(E)

glands release their product into

(R)

foetalis results in

a hair follicle through a short duct

and cause hair lubrication.

permits a nerve

leads to nitrogen narcosis.

(B)

(E)

soluble

blood at high pressure and

(A)

(D)

Erythroblastosis

birth.

Reason

Stretch receptors

wrap around specialized muscle

cells and inform us of skeletal
muscle stretching and tension.

pressure.

(C)

a disease connected
with Rh-factor and causes foetal
death in the womb or soon after
foetalis is

are

(B)

28. Assertion (A)

(D)

Pain receptors
are scattered throughout the skin

and

23. Assertion

larger.

The distances

cell

causing depolarization.

sign

to the enthalpy of vaporization.

receptor

to

post synaptic

into

(E)

legulation of

opens Na + channels and Na+

(E)

(D)

The

Reason (R) This hormone circulates to the red bone marrow,

where it increase stem cell mitosis and speed the development
of RBCs.

Attachment of

neurotransmitter

glass.

in

(R)

(C)

production is accomplished
by the hormone follicle stimulating
hormone.

fuse with

than the adhesive forces towards

19.

released

is

RBC

Synaptic vesicles

(B)

Assertion (A)

27.

ZOOLOGY

it

Reason

18.

Energy

tions.

(B)

upward-curving miniscus.

17.

(R)

from the electrons as they pass

along a series of chemical reac-

capillary

16.

electron transport system

as a strong oxidising agent

(A)
15.

and the

The sphere has a

smaller surface area than any
(R)

(E)

fat cata-

glycerol

(A)

(B)

(C)

32. Assertion (A)

(D)

(E)

Aerenchyma

is

characteristics of lithophyte.

C.S.V. / March / 2000/ 128

Copyrighted material

Reason

(R)

secreting^-glandular

specialized

is

It

tissue in vascular bundle

among

(A)

33.

(B)

Ochoa

(D)

(C)

(E)

36.

Kornberg and
awarded Nobel

were
(R)

Assertion (A)
There
mum occurrence of
:

Reason

Because they

34.

(D)

(C)

Assertion (A) Neottia

phytic angiosperm.
:

(E)

is

35.

(D)

(C)

(B)

(C)

(B)

Assertion (A)
host

(E)

(R)

recombinant
can not.

Reason (R)

(A)

These canals,
bounded

cortex, are

in

flora

(B)

fern

is

in

Selaginella,

In

reduction division occurs during

(D)
:

(B)

(A)

(E)

Vectors carry

(D)

(C)

40. Assertion (A)

(E)

'Copy choice
theory' of crossing over was
proposed by J. Belling.

Plasmids can carry

DNA but viruses

Reason

(R) This theory explains

:

that the paired

chromosomes

in

meiotic phase duplicate their

genes before the fibres that join
them in tandem are developed.
first

(C)

38. Assertion (A)

externally by a layer of resin

occurs

only.

(R)

formation of both microspores

human

cell.

Reason

Assertion (A) Resin canals are

found in Pinus.
present

Reason

(E)

In Selaginella,

division

megaspores

of

(D)

(C)

(B)

Assertion (A)
reduction

primitive.

is

only the foreign gene into the

represented by mycorrhiza.

(A)

39.

where

being.

37.

of

and megaspores.

(A)

is

genetic

(R) :-ln such primitive

interference

rable

sapro-

Reason (R) An association between a higher plant and ajungus

(A)

maxi-

is

survive without the undesi-

will

(B)

Development

shaped zoosporangia.

(E)

maximum fauna and

type

provided mutation theory.

(A)

(D)

diversity of crop plants

agriculture

Reason

(C)

(fi)

Prize.

(R)

prothallus occurs from the club-

(A)

Assertion (A)

Reason

epithelial

layer.

lithophytes.

(D)

The

(E)

prothallus of

(A)

mostly club-shaped.

(D)

(C)

(B)

(E)

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A)

2. (B)

6. (A)

7. (D)

11. (A) 12. (A)

3. (A)

4. (A)

8. (A)

9.

5.(D)

3.

The expression

R =

16. (B) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (B)

21. (B) 22. (B) 23. (A) 24. (B) 25. (A)

clearly
sin

31. (D) 32. (D) 33. (C) 34. (B) 35. (A)

or 29 = 90.

is

is

5sin

29

6.

R is maximum when
maximum i.e., sin 29 = 1

26. (A) 27. (D) 28. (A) 29. (B) 30. (B)

29

u2

sion of length and not of time.

Thus both statements are wrong.

for horizontal

range of a projectile

(C) 10. (A)

13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (A)

Hence 9 =

45. Also

36. (A) 37. (D) 38. (D) 39. (E) 40. (B)

Rmax 1

The

first

law of thermodynamics

A
In

AU + AW

adiabatic expansion

.-.

AW

-(H(H)

Q=0

AU
-C V <J2 -TJ
C^-Tj;)

= =
=

2.

is

= g k where k is

Sound waves are mechanical

waves. For
material

their propagation

medium

is

medium
propagation. Hence

for

is

waves being

longitudinal

only.

be polarised. Light waves are

transverse waves.

Hence they

can be polarised.
C.S.V./

is

displacement of the

o>

=-

co

x Displace-

= g/R g

Hence the coin executes S.H.M.

of time period.

focal

in

results in proportionate

power as P =

Sound
can not

ment
where

The increase

in

AC

Hence,

Acceleration

5*

their

the characteristics

waves

where

OH

they can

of transverse

AC

ball.

propagate through vacuum.

Polarisation

Acceleration

Um p -i)a

essential.

Hence they can not propagate

through vacuum. On the other
hand light waves are electromagnetic waves and do not need
a material

constant.

Similarly,

length

decrease

00

approaching

7.

y.

the

source
5.

'light

year'

is

equal to the

light travels in

vacuum

^year.

in

one

case
Observer Sound Source

In this

distance which

measures distance.

It

Thus

it

has dimen-

>

v0

<

vs = 0

March/ 2000/ 129

Copyrii

rt

32.

xn

In this

Aerenchyma

is

a specialized

6.

tissue found in certain hydrophytes, characterized by thin-

Source approaching the observer

walled cells and

spaces.

case

large

<

<

v0 = 0

33.

vs

Clearly

(n'

m
as (n -

n).

xn

v-v,

n)

is

37.

not the

same
38.

7.

both statements
and
reason) are

The

prothallus of fern

(assertion

If

wave

a medium

in

of density p,

where a

its

= 2n2 n2 a2 pv

case

of

the

wave

transmitted

to absorption of

the medium.

As

in

2.

lights

The reason

the source

near

its

distance

(and not a very broad

of light

beam

3.

duction

this variation of

Hydrogen

of

today,

protoplasm,

(A)

Complex

(B)

Emulsion

is

that

it

colloidal

is

as

(A)

a/an

4.

pro-

stem cell mitosis and speeds the

development of red blood cells.

xenogamy

condition,

pollen

grains of a flower transferred to

of

different flower

on a

same

spe-

different plant of the

cies.

(B)

in

Sharp

(D) Purkinje

ANSWERS

without

compound

Inorganic

Which

1.(D)

2. (A)

3.(C)

4.(B)

5.(D)

6. (B)

7. (C)

8. (D)

9. (A)

10. (B)

compound

of the following inorganic

is,

Continued from Page

Oxygen and carbondioxide

(B)

True

(C)

Water

46.

The

transition

called

The protoplasm which

(B)

Nucleoplasm

(C)

Nucleosome

reaction

is

so

because

it connects glycokrebs cycle. In this

reaction pyruvate is converted in
to a two-carbon acetyl group
attached to coenzyme-A, and
C02 is given off. This is an

is filled in

oxidation reaction in which hydro+

called

is

Cytoplasm

14

lysis to the

lipids

(A)

in

(A)

gen atoms (e + H ) are

removed from pyruvate by dehydrogenase that uses NAD +
.

(D) All of the

to the red

increases

Thomson

(C) Altman

system

system

the following descri-

bed protoplasm as 'a system

dynamic equilibrium' ?

is

it

Who among

10.

The most important physical

the nucleus

RBC

of

hormone circulated
bone marrow, where

a stigma

Carbon

(D)

(D) Inorganic salts

accomplished by the
hormone erythropoietin which is
secreted by the kidney. This

31. In

(B)

Nitrogen

gases

pressure at a node.
regulation

Oxygen

(C)

organic compounds
present in larger percentage
protoplasm ?

variation of pressure

reason explains

(A)

and

of

resonance column water surface acts as closed end. A node

is always formed here. At the

The

in

Granular theory

(C)

and
density is maximum. Hence it
acts as antinode (maximum
variation) of pressure. The given

27.

(D) Purkinje

the following elements

(B)

(D) Organic

In

node

(C) Hertwig

Among

9.

protein

that

light).

10.

a
a

(B) Nirenberg

Reticular theory

known

placed at or
get a long

we
parallel beam

focus,

is

Watson

(A)

(A)

use parabolic
is

is

liquid

first

given by

protoplasm, the highest percentage is of

character

intensity also

reflectors.

The term protoplasm was

8.

wave

energy

Car head

when

(D) Sugars

(D) Alveolar theory

depends on p and v, a may be

larger in the second medium if
p
and v are smaller in it.
9.

Purines

(C) Fibrillar theory

always less than the

intensity of the incident

due

is

long chains to form

Amino acids

as an emulsion ?

is

intensity is

another

in

Pyrimidines

(B)

protoplasm

is

of the following are linked

(C)

collection of minute droplets of

liquid distributed in

amplitude and n
frequency of the wave.
In

(A)

of the following theories

explains that

intensity is given by,

I

Which

1.

Which

heart-

(Continued from Page ]]l

travelling with velocity v

is

Nucleoplasm

is

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

a simple harmonic progressive

Protoplasm

(C)

life

proteins ?

this

wrong.
8.

(B)

together

Both viruses and plasmids can

serve as vectors.
shaped.

view of

In

Endoplasm

(D) Ectoplasm

Ochoa and Kornberg were

awarded Nobel Prize for artificial
DNA and RNA.

synthesis of
n"

physical basis of

(A)

inter-

cellular

Observer Sound Source

The

5.

49.

above

The protoplasm which

Nucleoplasm

(B)

Spherosome

(C)

Nucleosome

(D) Cytoplasm

initial

inhabit

(first)

an area

is

community

to

referred to as

pioneer community.

exists

between the nucleus and the

plasma membrane is called
(A)

The

50.

Seres on primary area are known

as priseres and on secondary
areas as subseres. The sequence of developmental stages
from pioneers to the climax community is known is sere.

C.S.V. / March / 2000 / 130

Cop

* Five amino acids are conver-

monly used medicines when he noted

that the bark of the English Willow

Do You
Know?

was an

effective treatment for patient

suffering from fever.

ingredient of Willow bark

Q.

What

Neurotransmitter

helps

that

neurotransmitter ?

is

brain

communicate

is

a chemical

cells,

neurons,

one another.
These chemical messengers act on
with

highly specific receptor protein mole-

cules.

Any

mitters

interference, with trans-

receptor

the

of

proteins,

causes changes in the way the brain

functions. Drugs of abuse, i.e., nicotine, ecstasy, morphine or heroin,
alter the way in which natural transtakes

transaction

mitter-receptor

changes in
By modifying how

place, resulting in drastic

human

behaviour.

made

these transmitters are

name

Willow

ther

molecules and sometimes metal

ions, acting as intracellular signals,

amplifies

signal

received at the

or release usually

such as a hormone,
cell

surface.

Some

hormones bind to the cell membrane

and activate an enzyme there to
generate the second messenger.
Alternatively, the ligand may be a
non-hormone which opens or closes
a Gated Channel affecting membrane
permeability to an ion Calcium ion
(Ca ++ ) concentration is extremely
important

in

control of

many

cell

func-

molecule hailed as
a second messenger was cyclic AMP,
but others have also been discovered, such as Inositol 1 4, 5-Triphosphate (lnsP 3 ).

tions. First organic

ra" In

history

Hoffman searched

Stone took the

first

of

C.S.V./

boxyl group to create a Schiff

the chemical

lite-

of schiff

base

base
to a

linear

the

citric

acid cycle intermediate a-

ketoglutarate.

The

catabolic conver-

ted that the acetyl ester of salicylic

the path from proline or glutamine to

salicylic

was more

acid

and easier to
than the parent compound.

tolerate

He named

effective

this

man name

compound aspirin
the name of

a-from

prefix

group and

spirin

of the parent

compound

is

Industrial

Mela-

common

occurrence

melanism
in

is

insects of high

frequency of dark (melanic) forms of

species in regions with high industrial
pollution, where surfaces on which to
rest are darkened by soot and where
atmospheric S0 2 levels are high

enough
vidual

What
hair ?

is

prevent crustose lichen

to

mutation darkening an

will

the chemistry of

Human hair contains proteins

14%

that are about

it

indi-

tend to be selected for

polluted regions since

it

will

in

decrease

the bearer's risk of falling prey to a

the

ways

first

locking
hair

is

into place with curlers.

it

the

hair,

allowing

them

of

99%

of the

made up

moth population

in air-

polluted areas. This provides evi-

dence in support of the theory that

dominance is an evolving property of
characters

Thus

in

populations of species.

melanism provides
one of the best examples of evolution
within species and of selection resuindustrial

Q.

now adjacent to each other,

are then oxidised by 0 2 in the air.
that are

Q.

acids are

linkages form, locking

in

place.

What are kidney stones ?

Kidney stones, or renal

formed
acid,

from

calculi,

calcium oxalate, uric

and calcium phosphate. They

are formed

in

the renal pelvis

when

these solutes become so concentrated that they form solids (stones).

When these stones pass through the
ureters or urethra, they may obstruct
urine flow and their sharp points may
cause pain and bleeding. The formation of kidney stones is more common
in warm climates where sweating
increases. Kidney reabsorption of
water, producing a concentrated urine
in

How many amino

The

SH side chains on cystein residues,

polymorphism.

converted into a-ketoglutarate ?

in

up the

to pick

structure dictated by the curlers.

in

after the Industrial Revolu-

New S S

however, black moths

The

relaxes the structure of the protein

the hair permanently

decades

changing
shaping

agent that reduces the

S S
bonds to pairs of
SH groups. This

melanic form will be advantageous

and occur with higher frequency.
Before the Industrial Revolution

in

then treated with mild reducing

parts of the species range the non-

England, peppered moth {Biston

betularia) were light coloured. Several

step

hair curls involves

the hair to our satisfaction and then

visual predator; but in non-polluted

tion,

cysteine. Hair

grows because of the

links between

( S S)

disulphide

molecules. The
Industrial

growth.

Q.

human

cystein residues on adjacent protein

nism ?
r

more complex than

slightly

is

curls as

What

Q.

mate

glutamate.

from the Ger-

spirsaure.

lting in

March/ 2000/

the carbon most distant from the car-

sion of arginine and histidine to gluta-

step towards the

discovery of one of the most com-

is

a less acidic derivative of

acid. In 1898, Hoffman repor-

rature for

Edmund

1763, the reverend

of proline

semialdehyde. This is further

oxidized at the same carbon to produce glutamate. Transamination or
deamination of glutamate produces

Q. What is the
discovery of aspirin ?

acid cycle via

citric

The cyclic structure

opened by oxidation of

a-ketoglutarate.

and hydrolysis

nic

whose production

glutamine) enter

By that
was known as salicylic acid. Many
patients treated with this drug complained of chronic stomach irritation
because of
high
acidity.
Felix

orders. Neurotransmitters are mostly

Q. What is second messenger ?

* Second messengers are orga-

large-

compound was
time the compound

available.

acetyl

processes.

Ano-

(salix alba).

50 years elapsed before a

abundance, and their targets,

therapeutic drugs can also be made
to combat a range of mental dis-

50 different neurotransmitters, the

most common being acetylcholine
and norepinephrine. Acetylcholine is
important in cognitive and learning

for the

glutamine, histidine, arginine and

scale synthesis of this

taking

found on the junctions between nerve

cells and muscles. There are about

isolated

salicin, from the latin

in brain,

their

was

and named

The carbon

skeletons of five amino acids (proline,

took 50 years before the active

It

ted into a-ketoglutarate.

the renal pelvis. Individuals con-

fined to a

bed or a wheelchair may

suffer a higher frequency of kidney

131

Copyrighted material

stones because of the demine ralizabone associated with reduced

tion of

physical activity.

What do you mean by Stem-

Q.

succulent deserts ?

These

*"

formations are

striking

of rather limited extent

and consist of
only the Sonoran
Desert (Gran
Desierto) of Arizona and Northwestern Mexico. Their special appearance rest on the geographical availacertain plant

bility of

from

many

groups absent

of the deserts. For exa-

mple, the cactus family (Cactaceae)

and the arborescent members of

family Euphorbiaceae mainly found.
These plants have adopted a special
growth habit that provides one alternative solution to the problem of survival in drought..

Q.

What do you mean by asso-

ciation of protein subunits ?

Q. What do you mean by filamentous water molds ?

*" The water molds
belong to

phylum-oomycota

live in

the water,

where they parasitize fishes. Most

water molds are saprophytic and live

tion

have

cell

walls of chitin.

The

life

adult

is

diploid (not haploid

enlarged

is

equals the percentage of

chargaff's
rules are

rules.

38.

40.

C.S.V./ March/ 2000/ 132

is

autosomal trisomy seen among

humans is trisomy 21 (Down's
syndrome), which occurs in one
out of several hundred live births.

free-floating hydro-

Each

of the small organic moleunit of

a large

10.

'14.

Sucrose

The

petiole

venation.

may

The

continue into the

ultimate branches

are very small

and terminate

in

bundle ends. Often these ends

bend into minute specialized
photosynthetic areas known as
vein islets.

food.

The most common polysaccharides in living beings are starch,

glycogen and cellulose. Each of
these is a polymer of glucose.

44.

soil which develops in situ

above parent bedrock is known
as Sedentary or residual soil.

fying in the leaf lamina in both

reticulate and parallel type of

a disaccharide that
contains glucose and fructose.
Sugar is transported within the
plant's body in the form of
is

sucrose, and this the sugar we

use at the table to sweeten our
42.

The

midrib which bears branches and

sub-branches ultimately rami-

condensation.
41.

C0 2 is accepted by ribulose
5-diphosphate (RuBP) already
in the cell and a 6-carbon
addition compound is formed
which is unstable. It soon gets
converted into 2 mol. of 3-PGA.
Both these reactions occur in the
presence of carboxydismutase
enzyme.
The

GOVT. APPROVED, RECOGNISED,

JOB ORIENTED, SELF EMPLOYMENT

1,

present

of

always

Wolffia

molecule which in turn is known

as polymer.
Polymers
are
broken down by hydrolysis,
which is essentially a reverse of

the amount of G = C.
Chargaff's data suggest that A is
is

organic molecule called macro-

A = T and

Continued from Page 117

cule can be a

as follows

paired with C.

Genes

phyte.

always paired with T and

of nucleic

and not the complete ones.

of tobacco mosaic virus
(TMV) are, therefore, polyribonuacid

tips (called

(Continued from Page 118)

(

Chargaff's

each species, the amount

stimulation of internodal growth.

1
The amount of A.T.G. and C in
DNA varies from species to species.

2. In

Genes are segments

RNA.

C (cytosine).

Thus,

50.

in

DNA has

The percentage of A + G equals 50%

and the percentage of T + C equals
50%. These relationships are called

Genetically dwarf plants like pea

(Pisum sativum ) and maize (zea
mays ) show normal size in the
presence of gibberellins due to

cleotides but not the complete

the constancy required of the genetic

material. Further, the percentage of

A(adenine) equals the percentage of

T(thymine) and the percentage of G

medium under

potato famine.

Chargaff's Rule ?

" Within each species,

their differentia-

oogonia)
where eggs are produced. A water
mold was responsible for 1840s

differ.

What

as

and meiosis produces the

gametes. Their phylum name refers
fungi),

to the

and

artificial

48.

(2n zoospores), which are flagellated.

The

on

cycle

water molds differ from that of

During asexual reproduction
water molds produce motile spores
of

bridges. In other proteins, hydrogen

bonds and hydrophobic bonds cause
the formation of aggregates of the

Q.

tissues etc.,

fungi.

subunits. For example, insuline, with

a molecular weight of 6000, consists
of two peptide chains linked to each
other
by
disulphide ( S S

subunits. The subunits of some proteins are identical; those of others

is a technique of
maintaining and growing cells,

aseptic conditions inside suitable

containers.

than

of the small proteins also contain

46. Tissue culture

but their cell walls are largely composed of cellulose whereas fungi

or protomers, usually are

present as an even number. Less

1 0% of the polymers have been
found to have an odd number of
monomers. The arrangement of subunit is thought to be regular and may
be cyclic, cubic or tetrahedral. Some

the ability

is

dead organic matter. Water molds

have a filamentous body as do fungi;

off

" The subunits, which are called

monomers

Cellular totipotency

of a somatic cell to produce the

complete organism. This property
is present in meristem.

45.

Steward (1964) gave the concept

of

cellular

Hmw

n
33.

totipotency.

ffrfl/anfcft

a MijH 40/- fa jj jw jj ffi^ I

rammnan ml BEi

29/218 F-

0562)352105 ,351205

(LI.C.Road)aiTT<I-2

tfofl

351205

HM

gjjgwjgMi

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

(B)

Mahatma Gandhi

(C)

Subhash Chandra Bose

Gangadhar Tilak

(D) Bal
19.

'Chittaranjan'

famous

is

which

for

of the following industries ?

1.

Who was

the

political

guru of

10.

Subhash Chandra Bose ?

(B)

Aurbindo

(B) Tetracyclin

20.
(D) Insulin

Wales Cup'

'Prince of

is

related

1 1

Sanchi-Stupa

situated in which

is

of the following states ?

(A) Golf

(B)

(C) Foot ball

The
was

Hockey

Lok Sabha

of

12.

Hukum Singh

(C) A. S. Aiynger

Reddy

Srinagar

(B)

(C) Shimla

(C)

Madhya Pradesh

(D)

Maharashtra

Who among

(C)

13.

Leh

6.

Port Blair

(B) Silvasa

(C)

Kavarati

(D)

President of India

Governor

of

Which

of

the

22.

14.

a state

following

(C)

Narmada

(D)

(D) Small objects

None

of these

'Panchayat'

the parliament

is

(A)

Bangladesh

(B)

Iran

16.

(C) Nepal

Which

of the official

document

(B) Blue

(C)

paper

book

Green paper

(D) Yellow

India's

(B)

C.S.V./

is

25.

(B)

Wordsworth
Ian Fleming

Shakespeare

(D)

army

Prime Minister of India

Defence Minister

18.

The

27.

in

sea

ocean
of these

article of the Constitution

empowers the Parliaamend the constitution ?

to

370

(B)

358

(C)

368

(D)

356

How many languages

are recog-

the 8th schedule ?

salutation of 'Jai Hind'

Nehru

(B)

(A)

Defence Academy'

was

(B)

Khadagvasla

(D)

Chennai

'Central Building
tute'

is

is

at

Dehradun

(C) Delhi

28.

18

(D) 16

'National

Research

Insti-

located at

Lucknow

(B)

Roorkee

(C) Varanasi

(D)

Pune

(A)
Lai

15

situated

Wide area network

Jawahar

Akash

situated

Bengal

(C) 14

Computer software

given by
(A)

is

(A)

(A)

is

(C) Local area network

defence is

India

ment

in

(D)

(B)

of

anti-

nised by the Constitution of India

(C)

E-mail

Which
of

26.

Johnson

of

None

(D)

a character crea-

(A)

Bay

(C) Indian

(A) Electronic mailing

(C) President of India

(D)

17.

book

The supreme commander

(A) Chief of the

(A) Arabian

is

related with India ?

(A) White

James Bond

(D)

'Lakshadweep'

(B)

Which of the following states

does not have common boundary with Bangladesh ?
(B) Meghalaya
(A) Assam
(D) Tripura
(C) Nagaland

ted by

(D) Spain

24.

an

in India

(B) Trishul

Nag

(C)

(D)
15.

of the following is

(A) Agni

'Anand Math' was written by

Ram Mohan Roy

of these

Which

tank missile developed

Raja

None

Near objects

(C) Coloured objects

Cauvery

(C)

of

9.

(B) Krishna

(B) Calicut

(D)

8.

Mahanadi

Bankim Chandra Chatterjee

(C) Quilon

7.

(A)

Rabindra Nath Tagore

new name of

the

is a defect of vision of not

seeing

(B) Distant objects

rivers

(B)

is

our

Proper digestion

(A)

Commissioner

(A)

(A)

in

Myopia
clearly

Arabian sea ?

Kohima

necessary

Haemoglobin synthesis

(D)

Cochin

'Kozhikode'

Chennai

is

(C) Proper vision

office without

flows from east to west to join the

Lakshadweep is

capital of

(A)

(D)

(B)

(D) Chief Election

(D) Manali

The

Mumbai

(C) Calcutta

(A) Prevention of blood clotting

the following can be

23.
5.

(B)

body for

(B) Chief Justice of India

The place which experiences

minimum temperature in winter
is
(A)

Andhra Pradesh

(A)

(D) Nilam Sanjiva

of India' is situa-

(A) Delhi

21. Vitamin 'A'

(B)

removed from the

impeachment ?

Mavalankar

(B) G. V.

The 'Gate way

ted in

(A) Bihar

(D) Cricket

speaker

first

Sardar

(A)

Aluminium

(D)

(C) Streptomycin

Das

mines

(C) Locomotives

(A)

with

4.

(B) Coal

Thyroxion

Rabindra Nath Tagore

(D) B.G.Tilak

3.

the injection of

(A)

(C) C. R.

2.

Diabetes can be controlled by

(A) Oil refinery

March/ 2000/ 133

Copyrighted material

dam

Hirakud

29.

is

Which

30.

Tungbhadra

(B)

Chambal

(C)

(C) Madurai

constructed on

(A) Sutlej

34.

Mahanadi

(D)

of the following trains

has

the longest route length ?

Himsagar Express

(A)

31

(B)

Himgiri Express

(C)

G. T. Express

(D)

Guwahati
Express

36.

(B)

Madhya Pradesh

(C)

Andhra Pradesh

with

(D)

W. Bengal

(A) Cricket

Bagh

'Jalianwala

1911

(B)

1919

(C)

1924

(D)

1929

Andhra Pradesh

(C)

Madhya Pradesh

'Abyssinia'

'Mahakaleshwar temple'

37.

was

the

name

old

is

Ayodhya

Mathura

(B)

(1)

(11)
(17)

'b

(18)

o
N

NICHE

(20)
4

G
T

M ^P T

4.(B)

8. (A)

9. (C) 10. (D)

The currency

16. (C) 17. (A)

of spain is

Peseta

(B) Lira

Which

(D) Rouble

of the following

I'

is

31. (B) 32. (B) 33. (D) 34. (C) 35. (C)

used

for

U
A
U

In

D
N

22

Assertion and Reason

in
(Unique for

C.S.V./

10 + 2 students

Price

L
1

0
H

Rs. 35

A
I

25

AIIMS and others Assertion and

Reason type of questions are asked.
These are not quite easy questions. They
require deep understanding of the topics and
specially in

a clear ability of analysing problems. At the

persistent and pressing demand of the medical
aspirants and other students this unique book
has been prepared and published. It will cater
to all your needs in this respect.
Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy byV.P.P. sending

UPKAR PRAKASHAN
2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002
Phone 351238, 351002, 322930; Fax (0562) 351251
e-mail upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
:

00

many competitive examinations,

M. 0. of Rs. 30/- on the following address

Science

PMT, PET and

for General Awareness)

H
U

2J

21

Release

UPKAR'S

Edited by

S
E

36. (A) 37. (A) 38. (C) 39. (C) 40. (B)

18. (C) 19. (C) 20. (B)

J\Jew

5.(C)

26. (B) 27, (B) 28. (B) 29. (D) 30. (A)

(21) SLIP.

17

these

3.(B)

artificial rain

GRAIN

of

The Board of Competition Science Vision

None

7. (C)

13

V
M
E

Khushwant Singh

(D)

11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (C)

In

11

(C)

2. (A)

BARN (3) PARTICLE (9) CADMIUM

NORTH (12) TUNNEL (14) EMPTY
FRENCH (19) EIGHT (22) LOGIC

A
9

Anita Desai

1.(C)

Salman Rushdie

(B)

6. (B)

NOT GATE.
Down (1) BICONVEX (2) RADAR (4) AMMETER
SHUNTS (5) TITAN (6) CANDELA
(7) EDDY
PERIGEE
(13) ISOTHERM
(15)
(8) EIGHTY
INERTIA

(A)

book

Myanmar
None of these

(23)

(16)

Swimming

has
written
the
'Fasting and Feasting' ?

Taiwan

ANSWERS
TUNED

(D)

Who

(C)

(C) Rial

situa-

38.

Across

Badminton

ANSWERS

CSV Crossword-18

(10)

Chess

associated

is

(B)

21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (A) 25. (C)

at

ORBITALS

(C)

Mohota

(B)

(A)

(A)

situated

Pradesh

(B)

(D)

(A)

ted

is

Nisha

(A) Ethiopia

tragedy' occu-

rred in

33.

39.

of

Shankar Prasad

(D) Jai

Nitrate

(D) All of these

(D) Himachal Pradesh

Banbhat

Ammonium

(A) Kerala

40.

(C) Kalhan

32.

(B)

(C) Silver Iodide

(A) Uttar

written by

Bromide

(A) Silver

associated

is

in

(A) Kalidas
(B)

(D) Ujjain

dance

35. 'Kanha National Park'

Trivendrum

was

'Kadambari'

'Kuchipudi'
with

March/ 2000/ 134

Cop

8.

CSV Crossword-1

12.

The decimal equivalent

of binary 1001 (4).

For a curve, the locus of the centres of curvatures of

different points (7).

13.

A famous mathematical

14.

When eyes
sources

17.

You take a

19.

To

(7).

we see

when you

around point

numbers

divide two

get the resultant velocity, you

vectors

Note

analyst

are not dry,

of light (6).

Its

(5).

the velocity

(3).

solution

be published

will

the next issue.

in

(Continued from Page 124

22.

Hydrogen bonding

in

propionic acid

is

stronger than

that in butanol.

23.

Schotten-Baumann reaction

C 6 H 5OH + CICOC 6 H 5
Phenol

24. Addition of

(NH 4

radicals (Ba 2+

group

Across

1.

The name

4.

6.

Self evident truths,

7.

The

of

satellite of

Mars

NaOH

aq

Benzoyl chloride

III

S0 4

Ca 2+

C 6 H 5OCOC 6 H 5 + HCI
Phenyl benzoate

precipitate out group

will

Sr 2+ ) as sulphates along with

radicals.

can never be

27.

Molecularity of a reaction

34.

Genotoxicity refers to the detection of agents that

damages DNA and hence, cause

zero.-

mutations.

(6).

very famous mathematician of incredible talent

36.
(5).

Cancerous tumours

arising from epithelial tissues are

called carcinomas.
of

a theory

10.

The

resistor colour

The symmetry

code

of

of

Not a

common

21.

Magnitude

22.

Heavier than the proton

Down

3.

Bernoulli's

a collection

map joining

points of equal rainfall

axil in

shoot

is

formed by the root.

growing, the lateral buds develop at

acropetal succession.

52.

The genetic code

54.

The proteinaceous
apoenzymes.

(7).

infor-

is a triplet code, and each codon

(code word) consists of three bases.

pattern of atomic sites

in

Indol acetic acid (IAA) is the

is

known

(7).

on stone surfaces

(11).

most

enzyme

is

called

naturally occurring

movable genetic elements

jumping genes reported

(3).

a crystal

part of the

auxin.

57. Transposons are

Optical instrument, the oldest and natural

art of painting figures

55.

of physical

(9).

March/ 2000/ 135

is

The genetic material must be able to store

mation, be replicated, and undergo mutations.

(7).

The 3-d

C.S.V./

of the plant

stem

49.

(7).

5.

The

The skeleton

(5).

Experimentalists are essentially

as a

fluid.

(6).

4.

7.

the inability to convert galactose to

is

Ca

every leaf

Pertaining to the Right side

phenomena

called fourth

impulse arrives at a synaptic knob, calcium ions

(Ca ++ ) diffuse into the knobs from surrounding tissue

48. While the

Line on a

is

a thermoreceptor organ.

45. Transmission of the nerve impulse across a synapse

++ As an
is accomplished by the movement of

(6).

is

of lorenzini is

glucose.

is

(4).

of infinite

of velocity

theorem

The ampullae

42. Galactosemia

46.

element, but

Pertaining to the eye

line is

(3, 2, 2, 4).

2.

momen-

(8).

feeling of challenge you get when you

encounter some tough problems, and you say to

18.

space has as a con-

The perfume spray working on

also known as an
(8).

called gluconeogenesis.

is

cavity of medulla oblongata

ventricle.

41

that the laws of physics are

]

The

(4).

of conservation of angular

20.

number 8

for

Synthesis of pyruvic acid, glucose or glycogen from

amino acids

are essen-

The impulsive
yourself

16.

all

40.

under

invariant

15.

muon;

(6)-.

sequence, the law

development
38.

tum [The property

1 1

for the

(6).

e-neutrino, the electron, the

tially

9.

used as basis

59.

in

similar to

bacteria.

The enzyme responsible

for

the

molecular nitrogen to the level of

leguminous root nodule.

reduction

ammonia

in

of

the

Which

of the following

metals

is

strongest reducing agent ?

10.
1

Two

particles are simultaneously

Their velocities of projection are

2ms _1 and 14ms~

(D)
4.

their

motion

moves

cm

in

ms -1

Find the

(A)

1-0 x

(B)

1-5nuA

uA

(D)
5.

9m

and an a
moving with equal kinetic

proton, a deuteron

(B)

NaCI (s)

(C)

30 2(g)
C 2H 4( g)

When

process

of the following

positive ?
(9)

NaCI 0

20 3(9)

^CH

+ H^g)

a substrate

it

2NOCI

Cl 2(g)

for

synthesis
called a

is

6 (g)

an enzyme
that

of

gene

Repressor (B) Inducer

(C) Activator

(D) Excitant

is

polypeptide

assembled on

a
(A)

energies enter perpendicularly

into a magnetic field. If r
p rd and
r a are the respective radii of the

45

2NO (g)+

(A)

1-0x10- 12A

particle

AS

enzyme,

12.
45

which

In

(A)

stimulates

(C) 2 0 x 10" 12 A
ms

(D) Ni

(D)
1 1

10" 11

(B)

Co

circle of

with a constant

4 0 x1

of

Cr

(C)

is

these

current at a point on the circle

is

of

electron

speed

the process of

in

An

None

radius 10

respectively.

and vertical separation between points A and B is

22m and 9m respectively. The
minimum separation between
Horizontal

the particles

lO^m/s

(C) 2-1 x

thrown from roofs of two high

buildings as shown in figure.

Mn

(A)

DNA

molecule

(B) Nuclear

membrane

rD
circular paths.the ratios -~
'd

(C)

m
90 m
3 0

(D)

and

f
'a

13.

respectively are

-22m(A)

(C) Nuclear pore

(D) 12

(A)

6 0

(B)

-p and
\2
1

pivoted

in

it

at point

system
position

end.

its

6.

and -J=

(C)

^andl

(D)

None

Which

(A)

is

(C)
7.

(B)

is

V m(M +

m)

(B)

(D)

NaN 3
N2

(C)

the incorrect state-

(C)

&
m a/
y M (M + m)

(A)

N = N triple bond is much

weaker than P= P triple bond

P-P

(D)
3.

m
of

2 0

of cross sectional

contains 6 0 x

area

(B)

in

a wire

mm 2

of the wire

single

Phosphorus

much

is

less
16.

Phosphorus can expand its

valence shell to hold more

1-2x 10-5 m/s-

part of brain

in

over

(A)

Cr^andMnO;

(B)

Fe 3+ and Cr 2 C^f

Amygdala

(B)

Cerebral cortex

(C)

Hypothalamus

(D)

Medulla oblongata

Which

of the following bypro-

Cr^andl

(D) Mn 2+

(A)
(B)

the aque-

known as

Glucose-6-phosphate
Fructose-6-phosphate

(C)

Fructose

(D)

All of

the

6-diphosphate

above

Conidiospores are formed

(A)

andCI"

is

Newberg's ester ?

17.

(C)

has greatest
endocrine

the

(A)

ous solution ?

March/ 2000/ 136

Which

fat

body

ducts of glycolysis

of the following pairs of

ions cannot coexist

speed

xlO-^m/s"

Subcutaneous

system ?

bond is stronger
than N-N single bond

Which

1028 free elec-

trons, find the drift

C.S.V./

8.

exists

each cubic metre

(A) 2-1

15.

than eight electrons.

A current
If

(D)

Light-coloured hair or fea-

influence

electronegative than nitrogen

an

body heat ?

rid of

Long ears

(D) Large

(B)

(C)

of the following helps

thers

NH4 +
NH 2 OH

Which

/////////

(B)

for

ment ?

Smooth

(A)

(A)

of the following species

m
-

Which

animal get

of these

nitrogen ?

M when the rod becomes vertical

o"

Homo

(C) Dryopithecus

has lowest oxidation number

is released from the

shown. The velocity of

in

(A) Australopithecus

(D) Aegyptopithecus

rod has a point

attached at

the

V2

O.

mass m
The whole

in

record have been placed

the genus

14.

length

The

true hominids

first

fossil

(B)

(B)

block of mass M is placed on a

smooth horizontal floor. The
block has a massless rod of

Ribosomes

The

By sac, club and imperfect

fungi only

(B)

During sexual reproduction

18.

(C)

By sporangia

(D)

When

In

which

nutrients are available in lesser

amount

of the following phyllotaxy the ninth leaf is

found above the first leaf and the genetic

completes three circles ?

spiral

Distichous phyllotaxy

(A)

(B) Tristichous phyllotaxy

(C) Pentastichous phyllotaxy

(D) Octastichous phyllotaxy
1

9.

CAM plants use PEP carboxylase to fix some C0 2 at

Solution to Quiz No. 22

during

20.

Competition Science Vision

day

(A)

Light or

(B)

Night or dark

(C)

Both

A and B

(D)

None

of the

Last date for sending 28th March, 2000

above

Name

Which of the following is broken down completely

C02 and water during aerobic respiration ?

to

Full

Mr./Miss/Mrs.

Address

Pyruvate from glycolysis

(A)

(B) Malate from glycolysis

(C) Acetyl-Co-A from Krebs cycle

None

(D)

of the

State

Pin

Code No.

above

Age

Academic

Qualification

Competition examination for which preparing

Rules for taking part in Quiz Contest

of Competition Science Vision

have read and understood the

rules of quiz con-

test of Competition

Science Vision issued by Pratiyogita

Darpan and agree

to

abide by them.

(Signature)
1.

2.

students or those appearing in competitive

examinations can take part in this contest.
All

Candidates taking part in quiz contest will necessarily

have to send their entries by a fixed date. Entries are
be sent by ordinary post. Please mark your
envelope 'Quiz-Competition Science Vision' on
to

the top
3.

left

hand

No. of questions attempted

No. of correct answers
No. of wrong answers

side.

Answers given only on the form

RESULT

of the

magazine

will

Marks obtained

be admissible.
4.

In

question number. Contestants should put a cross (x)

in the square for the answer they think is correct.
Giving more than one answer to a question will
disqualify

Contestants should essentially write the number

questions they have solved.

6.

be deducted for wrong answers.

The candidate sending the maximum number of
correct answers will be given Rs. 400 as first prize.
Next two candidates after that will get Rs. 300 and
Rs. 200 as second and third prize respectively. If
there are more than one candidate eligible for a
prize, the amount will be equally distributed among

Marks

Q. No.

Q. No.

1.

11.

2.

12.

it.

5.

7.

ANSWER FORM

the form there are four squares against each

of
3.

13.

4.

14.

will

5.

15.

6.

16.

7.

17.

8.

18.

9.

19.

10.

20.

them.
8.

The decision of the editor will be final and binding in

all cases, and will not be a matter for consideration
of

any

C.S.V./

court.

March/ 2000/ 137

UPKAR'S CAREER BOOKS

4fBm
*33SESB^

RECENT RELEASE
Books
Code No.
314 True or False and

Price
the

Fill in

Blanks in Science
312 The Marching Road ol Hinduism
499 Tips in Science
(MedL Engi.. Pharmacy)
498 Assertion and Reason in Science
(Medi Engi Pharmacy)
497 N.D.A./C.D.S. Mathematics

496

M P.

370

flv
5().<X)

115.00
(SLET)
MedicaiEmruncc Test 78.00

438

150.00
100.00
45.00

280

(H)

BANK CLERK/P.O.
70.00
92.00
80.00

Practical

461

460

5.00

180.00
180.00

313 Bank's Recruitment Tests

3 5 Bank Competitions fly : T.S. Jain
316 New Bank Recruitment Tests
321

Book of Obj. English

4().(X)

404 Objective English Language

30<X)

(For Clerical) (Question Papers)

475 Quicker Reasoning Test
(For Clerical Cadre)
4S6 Quicker Numerical Test
iForjClerical Cadre)

60.IK)

115.00

124 State Bank Probationary Officers

Exam.

325 Banks Probationary Officers Exam.

R.B.I. Officers Grade B' Exam.
O' Level Test of Reasoning
308 O' Level Numerical Aptitude Test
309 O' Level Obj. General English

443
307

70(H)
35 (H)

165 00

55 (H)
37 (H)
40.00

405 Objective English Language

(For P.O.) (Question Papers)
482 Reasoning Test (For Bank P.O.)

35.00
70.00

480 Quantitative Aptitude Tesi (P.O.)

55.00

I!.

60

140 (H)
Test Physics 1*15.00
Test Ch'cm
0 (H)
Test
I

(H)

T.S.

5.00

60
50
50
56

(H)
(H)
(H)

CBSE Cbemistry-AT A glance

CBSE Physks-AT A GLANCE
CBSE (Combined I AT A GLANCE

SAINIK/NAVODAYA/
MILITARY EXAM.
330 Sainik School Entrance Exam.
1

434

78.00
Dr. Lai A Jam
Sainik School Digest flv J. N. Sharmu 92.00
Sainik School (General Science)
;

IX Class
433 Sainik School (Math) IX Class
432 Sainik School G. K. (IX Class)

20.0(1

PCS.
P.SC

P.) Syllabus

18.00

(M.P.) Syllabus

15.00

72.00
190

M P. P.MT Phv sics-A f A GLANCE

M P PMT Chemisirv-AT a glance
M P PMT Zootog} -AT A GLANCE
M P. PMT Bolanv'-A) A GLANCE

(X)

85.00
70(xi

70.00

66(H)

PMT (Combined KAT A GLANCE

280.00

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE
349 (ieneral Know ledge. Current Affairs
350 Objective General Knowledge
351 Ever Latest General Knowledge
I'ttar Pradesh General Knowledge

170

Medical Bioloev
Medical

(H)

Chcmistrv

260.00

Pioneer Scries CBSF. Medical Phvsies

210

CPMT Botan>
CPMT Zoology
Series CPMT Chemistry
Series CPMT Phssics

150.00

Pioneer Series

150.00

Pioneer

240.00

'

175

(H)

C. Combined Preliminary
(20x30/8) Ih : Ih ImI A lain
S.

58 00

08.00

30.00
38.00
65.00

82.00
55.(H)

Precis Writing

50.00

394 Learn to Write Correct English

448 Correct English How to Write it
481 Learn to Write Correct English
(English-Bengali) fly : ftfl. Jain

125.00
105.00
125.00

ARITHMETIC
50.00
357 Arithmetic for Competitive Exams
358 O A R. Objective Arithmetic Review
45.00
447 Quicker Objective Arithmetic
10.00
285.IX)
469 RAS/RTS Objective Mathematics
468 M.P.P.S.C. Objective Mathematics 295.00
467 CP.P.C.S. Objective Mathematics 285.00
1

464

I.A.S. Objective

Math

295.00

INTELLIGENCE TEST
360 Intelligence

373

&

Psychological Tests

20.00

Fresh Approach to Reasoning Tests

48.00

ESSAY/LETTERS
3

Hindi- English Essays

&

Letter Writing

40.IX)

4 Hindi-English Essays
387 Modern Essays
364 Top Letters'
365 Business Letters

36.00

55.00
45(H)
42.00

INTERVIEW
366 Selected Bank Interview
367 LPKAR'S Bank Interview
368 Interv iew & Group Discussions

28.00

30.00

40(H)

95.1H)

458 CAT Combined Admission Exam. I60.(H)

424 M.B.A. Admission Tests
225.00
420 L'.G.C. Junior Research Fellowship
and Lectureship Exam
U.G.C. Chemistry
378 J. E E. Hotel Management Exam.
305 Combined Defence Sen ices Exam.
306 N.D.A. Exam.

115.00
50.00
150.00
130.00
l6\(Hi

POLYTECHNIC
392 Pre-Polytechnic Test (PIT. M.P.i

130.01)

25.00

Raj. B.Ed. Teacher's Aptitude Test

U P. B.Ed. Teacher Attitude &
Aptitude Test
426 M.P. B.Ed. Teaching Aptitude
Pre. B.Ed. Entrance

Exam.

24.00
30.00
1

12.00

GENERAL BOOKS

155.00

CAT/MBA/NDA/CDS/UGC/H.M.

46.3

446
445

487 M.P.

Exam

4X9 S S C. Combined I'rcliminarv Exam.

20x30/8 B\ : Shurma A Smith
.

Pattern Test of Objective

354 A Fresh Approach to General English

355 The Technique ot Comprehension &

TEACHERS APTITUDE /B.Ed.

493 S.S.C. Combined Preliminary Exam.

(For Metric Level) B) Dr ImI 4 Jam
492 S SC. Combined Preliminary Exam
For Metric Level Si Dr Smith & Shunm
S

2 (H)

14.00

60.00

GENERAL ENGLISH
NPTOE New

(H)

Pioneer Scries

60.00

485

70.00
85 (H)

70 (H)
428 M.P. PET Mathematics
427 M.P. PET (Combined).Guide
210 (H)
455 Raj. PMT Chemisirv -at a glance 40 (H)
50 (H)
454 Raj. PMT Zoology-AT A GLANCE
62 (H)
453 Raj PMT Botanv-AT A GLANCil
52 (H)
452 Raj. PMT Phvsics- AT A GLANCE
476 Raj. PMT (Combined) AT A GLANCE 190(H)

4911

(L

70.00

33

Svllabus for Civil Services Exam.

(H)

225 (H)
60.00

430 M.P. PET Chemistry

429 M.P PIT Phvsies

333 Railway Recruitment Board Exam. 70 (H)

396 Railway Commercial Vocational
62.00
Course Entrance Exam.
435 Railway Recruitment Board (Tech.) 10.00
215.00
459 SCR. A. Exam.

flv

311

339
340

English

Pioneer

SYLLABUS

353

(For Medical Entrance Test)

414
415
416
417
418

NTSE/STSE
338 National Talent Search Exam. (Class X 120 (H)
439 Science Talent Search Exam (Class Villi 56.00

335.00

403 CPMT. Botanv -AT A GLANCE

402 C.P.M.T. Zoology-AT A GLANCE
401 C.P.M.T. Phvsics-AT A GLANCE
400 C.P.M.T. Chemistrv-AT A GLANCE
419 C.P.M.T. Combined l-AT A GLANCE
406 CBSE Biologv-AT A GLANCE

CBSE
CBSE

75(H)

140(H)

PMT/PET

399 Pioneer Series

413 Pioneer Series

150(H)

50.00

LP Engineering Adm.
UP Engineering Adm.
LP Engineering Adm.

412
436 M.P.

Polytechnic Pharmacy

75.IH)

44(H)
34(H)
55.00
50(H)

(Combined Guide)

411

I '.P.

80(H)

483 Practice Work Book

407
40K
422
409
410

(For

Work- Book

477 Bihar Polytechnic Combined

SSC EXAM.

102.00

75 (H)
Jain
377 Railway Recruitment Board Exam.
80.0ft
Dr ImI A Jain
flv
flv

Jam

Exam. (Technical)
Nursing Exam.

R.

E. R.

Practice

Entrance Test

Artificer Apprentice Recruitment

AIR FORCE /LIC /RAILWAY

372 Air Force Recruitment Test
(Technical Trade)
328 Air Force Recruitment Test
329 Air Force Recruitment Test

70(H)

462 LIP Engineering Adm. Test Math

344
1

Fund
Commissioners Exam.
85.00
470 E. P. F. O. Lower Division Clerk
62.00
Exam.
466 Tourism & Travel Management
115.00
(Diploma Exam.)
465 Junior Intelligence Officer (Gd.II) 65.00

471

S.

4.S4

7().(H)

Test (Indian Navv)

7().<X)

Selection Test
Assistant Provident

A T

I45.(H)

STATE ENGG. EXAM. (UPSEAT)

Grade "A"

488 CP. MCA Test

479 BBA/BBM Entrance Exam.
478 M.P. General Nursing Training

Shiirmi

^SfflEEEF

393 Polytechnic Entrance Exam iUP.i

N. E. R. Exam.

380 M.
327 M.

340.00

345 Quicker Numerical Physics

(Medical* Engineering)
326 ESIC Insurance Inspector
495 Life Science Qui/.
494 Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan
Teachers Recruitment Test
491 LPFO Data Entrv Operators

.V.

(ieneral Dul\

Practice Sets

MCA Mathematics

385 Direct Entry for Sailors! Indian Navv

382 Clerk's Exam. (Storekeeper A:
381

Eligibility Test for

Lectureship

37

85.00
100.00

450 Sainik School Entrance Exam.

(Combined) IX Class
379 Military School Exam
301 Navoduya School Entrance Exam.
302 Navodava School Entrance Digest

35.00
115.00

dCSSjfc

LARGEST SELLING COMPETITION BOOKS

INDIA'S

303 General Science

55.00

304 QUIZ INDIA

395 The Art of Public Speaking
425 Create Super Intelligence
444 TIRANGA Our National Flag

55 00

442 The
441 The
440 The
449 The

World
Woild
World
World

25.00
35.00

90.00

of Idioms and Phrases

of

38.00

Synonyms and Antonyms

38.00

of Proverbs

30.00

of Inspiring Quotations

42.00

472 The World of Idioms and Phrases

35.00
48.00
35.00

(Eng.-Eng.)
45<, Speak English Fluently
451 Secrets of Life
457 Panacea Computer Course

15.00

While ordering direct send Rs. 40/- by MX). Ask free detailed catalogue.

UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/1 IA. Swadeshi Bima Nazar. AGRA-282 002. Phone
March/ 2000/ 138

351238. 351002. 32293il; Fax

(0562) 351251

e-mail

upkar@nde.vsnl.net

C.S.V./

Cop

in

Upkar

Presents

uicker Numerical

hysics
A

unique approach to gain authority over the

It supplements what you have read
till now and is a true companion as it offers
quick techniques to solve problems.

subject.

It

all your needs and equips you with

problem solving skill which gives you total
control over the subject.

caters to

fast

equations,

Definitions,

?t\ce

glossary,

formulae,

diagrams along with some important facts

make Physics easy to understand as you
have not found before.

The Essential Reference Book For Medical, Engineering

& 10+2

Exams.

Available at your nearest Book-Stall or for ordering direct, send Rs. 50/- as advance for delivery by V.P.P.

UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/ff A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra

e-mail

282002 Phone 351002, 351238, 322930, Fax (0562) 351251

:

upkar@nde.vsnl.net.in

Copyr

LAG 499

Postal Rcgd. No.

Regd. No. R. N. 68888/98

India's

AHMS - 3rd Rank, CBSE PMT

7th

for Medical

BRILLS EDUCATION

Rank

Proudly Introduces

To,

The Director

BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA

E-568, Greater Kailash

NEW DELHI

CLASSROOM
CRASH COURSE

LTD

(P)

- II

110 048.

Sir,

am pleased to inform about my selection in the various

Medical Colleges. Following are my Ranks.
I

AIIMS

Punjab PMT
CMC (Ludhiana)

XII

and

(pass) Students

XII

MEDICAL 2000

1st
1

AFMC
am

FOR

3rd Rank

Rank
st Rank
- 7th Rank
- 12th Rank
-

CBSE PMT
I

Most Trusted Name

O Starting 25th

greatful for the top guidance/schoarship provided

March, 1st April and

10th April (45 Days)

by your

institution.

V Reserve Your Seat Immediately.

Your Sincerely,
Sunny Sandhu

TOP RANKER AIIMS - 9th Rank

Rajasthan

PMT (G)

Rank

1st

To,

The Director

BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA

E-568, Greater Kailash

NEW DELHI

(P)

am happy

1st
1st
1st
1st

CMC

110 048.

(Ludhiana)

AIIMS
AIIMS

inform you that

9th Rank, Rajasthan PMT (G)
Rank.
to

me

in

advice other students to join your Medical Courses.

Thanking you,
ICrati Chauhan

TOP RANKER AFMC-

1st

Rank

2nd
2nd
3rd
9th
7th
19th
19th
20th
10th

CBSE PMT
CBSE PMT
DPMT
DPMT (SC)
BHU
CPMT (UP)
MP PMT
MP PMT
Manipal PMT
Manipal PMT

have been selected in AIIMS 1st Rank and CBSE PMT - 202

Your Classroom course and Test Series has helped

getting the above Ranks.
I

No.

Rajasthan PMT (G)

Punjab PMT

LTD

- II

Sir,
I

MEDICAL
AFMC
CMC (Ludhiana)
Punjab PMT

2nd
1st
5th
13th
19th

Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank

OP e0

J2

To,

The Director

BRILLS EDUCATION INDIA

E-568, Greater Kailash

NEW

DELHI

(P)

E-568, Greater Kailash

LTD

BRILLS

- II

110 048.

- II,

NEW DELHI- 48. C/oIBC

Tel: 6477659, 6474497,

6481228, 6417833,

Sir,
I

am

pleased to inform you that

Rank Pune
I

am

have been selected and got

1999.

thankful to your professors for helping

Course

st

EDUCATION
Delhi

me in Classroom
am in AFMC

Test Series due to their efforts today

(Pune)..

Chennai

INDIA

(P)

Mumbai

LTD
Calcutta

6219378

Fax

6465051

Medical Postal Test Series

2000

Available at the above address.

Free for

NTSE Scholars

Thanking you,
>

Yours Sincerely,
Virender Malik

from 1097-98-99 AH dispute* subject to the furtsdtctwn of Delhi Court*

only.

HOSTEL AVAILABLE ONLY AT SOUTH DELHI